Safety and Storage Solutions LowRes

B A S T I A N S T O R A G E & L E A N S O L U T I O N SMaterial Handling Equipment

Catalog 404BBA

ST

IA

N

ST

OR

AG

E

&

LE

AN

S

OL

UT

IO

NS

catalog 404B

Bastian Material Handling9820 Association Court, Indianapolis, IN, 46280 800.837.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com© Bastian Material Handling, LLC. All rights reserved.

181

Wire Mesh Decking

Wire Mesh Containers

The AmericanExperience --------

Profit From it!

We design and manufacture high-quality,truck loading and unloading conveyors.

The BestReach® Telescopic Boom and drive-in rigid loaders extend automated loading all the way

into the nose of your trailer. If you need a gravity, power, expandable, rigid or telescopic conveyor,

we can provide the solution. www.bestconveyors.com

SAFETYMIRRORS

The 360˚ Total ObservationK-10 Hemisphere®

The 180˚ Hemisphere Mirror for T intersectionsConvex Safety Mirrors for Detailed Viewing

ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED

K-10 Hemisphere & Convex Plexiglass Safety Mirrors See Around Blind Corners and Down Corridors for Improved Safety and Security Observation.

182

SAVOYE manufactures innovative case erection and closing systems for use in pick and pack distribution processes

within the B2B & B2C sectors.

The JIVARO and PAC600 systems remove the requirement for expensive protective void fill materials through innovative design,

reduce both corrugated and labour costs and reduce shipping volumes by up to 30% helping to improve the environment by putting

less trucks on the road.

ROI is approx 18 months.

height-adjustable workbenchesmaterial handling carts

custom workstations and accessories availableon-line workstation configurator -- http://www.pbasics.com

WORKSTATIONS THAT INSPIRE PRODUCTIVITY

ResinDek panels have been certified to contain at least 84%Pre-consumer Recycled content (dry weight basis) and are eli-gible for LEED Credits MR 4.1-2 and possibly 5.1-2 within 500miles of Louisville, KY.

ResinDek (Environmentally Friendly) panels are made with nourea-formaldehyde containing additives and have been lab tested to lessthan 0.05 ppm and are eligible for LEED Credits MR 4.1-2, MR 5.1-2 and EQ 4.4.

ResinDek Panel Options:� Support 1,500-4,500 lbs.� Diamond Seal® stain and scratch resistance� Certified Static Control (ESD)� ResinDek Xspan® requires no corrugated� CAD layouts are available

the panel of expertsSM

Mezzanine Flooring Panels for

Warehouse Distribution Centers

Contact Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products, LLC™ today foryour mezzanine decking needs. www.resindek.com, 888-755-3048

183

WC 0802 BSC©Wildeck, Inc 2008 800-325-6939 | WWW.WILDECK.COM

GEt thE MOst Out Of yOur spaCE

MEZZANINES • MATERIAL LIFTS GuarDING prODuCts

184

Appendix

168 800.937.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com

Order PlacementOnline StOrehttp://www.bastiansolutions.com/material-handling-store/default.asp

By PhOneCall BASTIAN toll free at 1-800-933-2338

By Fax(317) 575-8596 - Indianapolis, IN (260) 489-4129 - Fort Wayne, IN(812) 858-7308 - Evansville, IN(314) 432-2227 - St. Louis, MO(248) 473-9497 - Detroit, MI(616) 235-3779 - Grand Rapids, MI(502) 266-9499 - Louisville, KY(419) 261-4850 - Toledo, OH(513) 459-0132 - Cincinnati, OH(561) 866-1837 - Boca Raton, FL(909) 542-0215 - Los Angeles, CA(703) 359-8901 - Fairfax, VA(702) 645-0417 - Las Vegas, NV

By Mail Please mail orders to: Bastian Material Handling9820 Association CourtIndianapolis, IN 46280

When ordering by Web, mail or fax, please be sure to include the following information:

• Purchase Order Number.• Name of Authorized Purchaser.• Ship To Address if different than Bill To Address.• Complete Phone Number, including area code.• If it is your company’s policy to issue a confirming order

following telephone orders, be certain the order is clearly marked as confirming.

• Catalog description of items being ordered: quantity, size, color, model number, page number of catalog item etc.

Pricing All prices in this BASTIAN catalog reflect Buyer’s net cost in U.S. cur-rency. The prices do not include freight, applicable federal, state, and local taxes, charges, and duties, special crating requirements, or instal-lation fees. Buyer shall pay all such costs, taxes, charges, and duties. BASTIAN offers quantity discounts on most items. Call for more infor-mation. Prices, colors, and specifications are subject to change without notice.

OPening UP an accOUntIt is simple to establish an account with BASTIAN. Please call us or contact us via our Web site. BASTIAN can generally open an account within the same day.

PayMent terMSIn general, open account terms of net 15 are extended to customers with satisfactory credit history. Customers may be required to submit their Dunn’s number, three trade references, and the name of their bank. While BASTIAN establishes open account status, customers may expe-dite an order by including payment with the order. BASTIAN accepts Mastercard, Visa, and American Express for purchases under $5,000.

exclUSive Warranty All products are warranted by the manufacturer to the extent of the manufacturer’s express warranties to BASTIAN to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. Please call BASTIAN for specific warranty information. This warranty is exclusive and is in lieu of any other warranty, express or implied, including, but not limited to, any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

Terms & Conditions

ShiPPingProducts highlighted in YELLOW are available for 24 hour shipment. The 24 hour shipping schedule from the shipping point requires the order to be received at Bastian Material Handling before 12 PM EST. Orders received after noon count as the next day’s orders and are scheduled accordingly. All other products will ship from the designated shipping point within 6 weeks, unless they are a special order (see color chart below). Unless otherwise specified by the buyer, goods will be shipped via carriers of our choice with shipping and handling charges designated as collect. Any extra charges for services requested by the buyer, (i.e. special routing, inside delivery, pre-delivery notification or appointment deliveries, etc.) must be paid by the buyer. Stock levels at BASTIAN are limited. Call BASTIAN for precise shipping times when ordering items advertised as in stock.

DaMageD ShiPMentSThe buyer or receiving department should INSPECT ALL ITEMS for shipping damages BEFORE ACCEPTING DELIVERY. If damage has occurred, buyer or receiving department should NOTE THE EXTENT OF DAMAGE IN WRITING ON THE FREIGHT BILL and call BASTIAN immediately. If damage is severe, photographs should be taken and/or the shipment should be refused. If damage is concealed, BASTIAN must be notified immediately! Buyer shall, at BASTIAN’s option, return any dam-aged products to BASTIAN or to the carrier pursuant to BASTIAN’s instructions.

retUrn POlicySince 1952, our growth and reputation have been based on customer trust and satisfaction. If a return is necessary, you must receive prior authorization from BASTIAN whereby we will issue you a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. All products must be returned within 30 days. The return of custom orders and orders shipped direct from the manufacturer are subject to the prior approval and return goods policy of the manufacturer (which often includes restock charges). Buyer must contact BASTIAN’s sales department for confirmation and shipping instructions prior to the return of any products. All returns must be shipped prepaid, in re-saleable condition, and are subject to inspection for damage or misuse prior to issuance of a credit or refund. Apart from the manufacturer’s RGA policy, all products not returned within 30 days of receipt will be subject to restocking charges.

DeMO Unit POlicySome items in our catalog are available for on-site demonstration. If a demo unit is available, the customer is responsible for freight one way. Demo units may be used on a trial basis for a period of two weeks. If the unit has not been returned after two weeks, the customer may be invoiced in full. The customer is responsible for any damage incurred to the demo units while being used on sight.

PrODUct teStingBASTIAN requires product samples for testing at the factory to confirm your application on complete systems.

SizeSThe sizes shown in this catalog are not always complete lists. Many other lengths, widths, and options are often available. Systems can be designed to suit your specific needs.

Appendix

169800.937.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com

Glossary advanced Shipment notice (aSn): An electronically communicated detailed description of the content of a shipment that has been dispatched to the recipient of the ASN.

aisle Space Percentage (aSP): Defined as the proportion of facility space devoted to aisles.

american national Standards institute (anSi): A non-governmen-tal group responsible for the development of the standard character set of OCR, standard barcode symbology specifications (Code 39, code bar, and Interleaved 2 of 5 Code), and other standard relating to government and industry.

anSi: The American National Standards Institute. ANSI has been respon-sible for the development of design guidelines for computer workstations (ANSI/HFS 100-1988), and draft guidelines for ergonomics (ANSI Z365).

anti-Fatigue Mats: Mats or padding on the floor designed to reduce stresses on the feet and leg when standing for long periods. Cushioned insoles for shoes can be viewed as “portable antifatigue mats.”

aspect ratio: In a barcode symbol, the ratio of the bar height to the symbol length.

attainable cubic Feet (acF): The product of net storage space (sq. ft.) multiplied by the net stacking height(s) permitted by safety regulations and restrictions and floor load limitations with available material handling equipment and storage aids.

automatic Data collection (aDc): Term used to describe direct en-try of data into a computer system, programmable logic controller (PLC), or other microprocessor-controlled device without using a keyboard.

average Peak Staffing: A method of arriving at the number of people needed to staff each warehouse department calculated between average work load and maximum (peak). Designed to compromise between under and over staffing.

Ball transfer: The ball transfer table is used when products are required to be manually rotated or correctly positioned, such as a work station or other similar operation that requires quick, easy handling of a product. It is also used when more than two conveyor lines converge and packages must be transferred from one line to another.

Bar code: An array of rectangular bars and spaces that are arranged in a predetermined pattern following specific rules to represent elements of data that are referred to as characters.

Batch Manufacturing: The production of parts or material in discrete runs, or batches, interspersed with other production operations or runs of other parts or materials.

Batch Picking: An operator picks one product for a group of orders at the same time; requires sortation and possible consolidation of products for the orders. Typically used when large numbers of orders contain the same SKUs.

Bay: A cubic space with limits normally defined by functional or physical constraints, for example: (a) structural bay, the space defined by four col-umns, (b) storage bay, the space defined by the size of a block of material stored within it.

Benchmark: A standard of measurement with enough characteristics common to the individual units of a population to facilitate economical comparison of attributes for units selected from a sample. Benchmarks may be used for job evaluation, performance rating, establishing opera-

tional standards, standard data development, cost estimating, and other purposes.

Bill of lading (BOl): Defined as the receipt given by a carrier or his agent for goods received for shipment or the acknowledgement of the receipt of goods for movement by a carrier and the contract for that particular movement.

Broken case: Term used to describe an item whose order quantity is less than the master carton quantity; therefore, requiring the carton to be opened or broken.

Buffer Storage: The part of a warehouse in which back-up or reserve stock is stored awaiting transfer into active storage.

Bulk Floor Storage: Mode where pallet loads of materials are floor stacked. Primarily used for reserve storage of multiple pallet quantities for the same SKU, normally three to four pallets high, by one to six pallets deep. Height may depend on SKU characteristics.

Bulk Storage: An area in the warehouse set aside for storage of multiple pallets of a given product. Storage in warehouses of any large quantity of supplies, usually in original containers. The area within a facility or ware-house devoted to the placement of large items, floor stocking of pallets and reserve material to re-supply forward picking areas..

cantilever rack: A rack consisting of arms cantilevered from column(s). A cantilever rack is most useful when there is a need for a full clear shelf that can be loaded form the front without obstructing uprights.

capacity: (a) The maximum load in pounds, or the maximum load in pounds at a given load center, that a truck can safely transport and/or stack to a specified height. (b) The number of pieces, volume or weight of material that can be handled by a conveyor in a unit of time when operat-ing at a given speed.

capacity rated: The rated or design capacity of the conveying or load carrying equipment as stated by vendor.

carton Flow rack: Flow-through storage consisting of multiple lanes and levels of gravity carton flow conveyor. All replenishment operations take place at the rear (charge) end, and order selection operations are performed at the opposite (pick face) end. The high concentration of indi-vidual items allows for more efficient picking operations.

carpal tunnel Syndrome: A specific Cumulative Trauma Disorder (CTD) occurring as the result of compression on the median nerve that travels through the carpal tunnel in the heel of the hand. Symptoms can in-clude tingling and numbness in the hand, and loss of dexterity and strength in the hand.

carton Flow Storage: Area for cartons with forward sloping shelves. As a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May be used to store large quantities or cases of product. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases.

catwalk: An elevated service platform or walkway constructed to permit access to equipment, controls or other devices not frequently used. The catwalk generally is designed to support only itself and the weight of per-sonnel required for access to the aforementioned items.

center of gravity: The point in a rigid body where the entire mass of the body could be concentrated and produce the same gravity resultant as for the body itself.

change of elevation: Vertical distance between upper horizontal track of a vertical curve to the corresponding point on the lower horizontal track.

Appendix


clear Overhead height: Distance from the floor to the lowest over-head obstruction (e.g., ceiling truss, sprinkler heads, heating pipes, etc.).

clear Stacking height (Working head room): Distance from the floor to a point usually at least 18 in. below the lowest overhead obstruc-tion. The clearance required between the top of the highest load and the lowest overhead obstruction will vary depending upon local fire codes.

cluster Picking: An operator picks to containers for multiple orders and will pick a product(s) for each order during a single pass through the pick area. Typically used when the total cube of multiple orders can be manually transported.

code 18: A barcode containing a full 18-character ASCII set. Special fea-tures include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a func-tion character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expan-sion or unique applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with each bar or space containing one to four elements.

code 39 (3 of 9): A barcode that encodes 43 data characters (0 through 9, A through Z, six symbols, and a space). Each character is represented by nine elements (five bars and four spaces), three of the elements are wide and six elements are narrow. Nominal Barcode density is 9.4 characters per inch (cpi) (high density) with other densities of 8.3, 4.7, 3.0, and 1.7 cpi.

code 128: A barcode containing a full 128-character ASCII set. Special features include bar and space character parity for character integrity, a function character for symbol linking, and spare function characters for expansion or unique applications. A character consists of three bars and three spaces, with each bar or space contain one to four elements.

common carrier: A carrier engages in the business of transporting goods and /or persons for compensation without discrimination.

computer Simulation: The creation of a mathematical model, repre-senting the operation under study, for purposes of testing the implications of possible operating scenarios without having to implement them. See Simulation.

control System: Hardware/software system that its primary function is the collection and analysis of feedback from a given set of functions for the purpose of controlling these functions. Control may be implemented by monitoring and/or systematically modifying parameters or policies used in those functions, or by preparing control reports that initiate useful action with respect to significant deviations and expectations.

counterbalanced truck: Fork lift truck using rear mounted batteries and/or weights for maintaining balance. The truck is equipped with load engaging means wherein all the load during normal transporting is external to the polygon formed by wheel contacts. Conventional or counterbal-anced fork lift trucks carry the pallet straight out in front of the machine on permanently aligned forks. These trucks must turn at right angles in order to place the material in storage. They require wide aisles (10 to 14 feet) and substantial floor capacity. They are available with both electric and internal combustion power.

cube: (a) The product of length x width x depth. (b) The total area inside a truck trailer. The length times the width times the height of the trailer is the cube space. (c) The true storage capacity of a building: L x W x H.

cube Utilization: The ratio of occupied space to total cubic space avail-able, usually expressed as a percentage.

cycle: One complete up and one complete down operation.

cycle time: (a) Time for a material handling machine to perform one

cycle (pick, store, move). (b) The total time for a process from start to completion.

Dedicated aisles: An aisle in a warehouse serving only one function. This aisle can be for order selection, product storage, or both.

Dedicated Storage: A storage policy (usually contrasted with random storage) in which a warehouse location is dedicated to house a specific SKU or SKUs.

Direct labor: (a) Work which is readily chargeable to or identifiable with a specific product. (b) Work performed on a product or service that advances the product or service towards completion or objectives.

Discrete Picking: An operator picks one order, one product at a time. Typically used when order size, distance traveled, and number of total SKUs is small.

Distribution: The broad range of activities concerned with efficient movement of finished products from the end of the production line to the consumer; in some cases it may include the movement of raw materials from the source of supply to the beginning of the production line. These activities include freight transportation, warehousing, material handling, protective packaging, inventory control, plant and warehouse site selec-tion, order processing, market and sales forecasting, customer service, and attendant management information systems; in some cases it may include buying activities.

Distribution center: Intermediate warehouse(s) where products from different sources are assembled for shipment and distribution to specific customer locations.

Dock: A platform designed to align the floor of a building with the bed of a truck trailer.

Dock leveler: An adjustable rectangular platform of approximately high-way truck width built into the dock edge used to compensate for the dif-ference between varying truck bed heights and delivery platforms.

Dock-to-Stock time: The elapsed time measured for an inbound item from trailer docking to product put away.

Double-Deep racks: Usually two rows of selective racks, one placed be-hind the other, on which pallets may be placed two deep by a double-deep reach truck. Fifty percent of all loads are immediately accessible and, in the worst case, it is necessary to remove the front pallet on any level to have access to the one immediately behind it. Applies to a storage requirement for many pallets of few SKUs.

Downtime: A period of time during which an operation is halted due to the lack of materials, a machinery breakdown, or the like.

Drive-in rack: A rack consisting of upright frames, rails, and ties per-mitting a vehicle to enter the structure from one side only to pickup or deposit pallets on continuous rails. The structure dictates first-in, last-out storage.

Drive-through racks: Similar to drive-in racks in that they allow the fork truck and pallet to enter the rack structure and place the pallet on rails. However, the drive-through rack is not obstructed at the end by brac-ing, but gets its rigidity from its own overhead bracing or by tying into the overhead structure. FIFO movement is possible with drive-through racks whereas LIFO movement must usually be acceptable with drive-in racks.

Dwell time: The time spent at the bin front or storage slot or any equip-ment waiting for a material handling transaction.

Dynamic load: A moving load.

Appendix


edge load: The load on a platform edge as a result of off-center loading.

efficiency, labor: (a) The ratio of standard performance time to actual performance time, usually expressed as a percentage. (b) The ratio of actu-al performance numbers (e.g., number of pieces) to standard performance numbers, usually expressed as a percentage.

eighty/twenty (80/20) rule: The theory that a large proportion of warehouse activity will be generated by a small proportion of the SKU’s.

electronic commerce (e-commerce): The buying and selling of goods and services on the Internet.

end-Of-aisle Picking System: High-density mechanized binnable parts systems such as mini load or carousel units provide dense storage and maximize the use of available storage height. These systems are particu-larly useful when high transaction rates and large inventory levels result in unacceptably high travel times for man-to-part order picking methods. By delivering the part to the order picker, operator travel time is eliminated. These systems are also effective in situations requiring additional packag-ing, checking, or processing which would be impractical to provide on an order-picking industrial truck.

enterprise resource Planning (erP): Such systems will link together all of a company’s operations including human resources, financials, manu-facturing, and distribution as well as connect the organization to its cus-tomers and suppliers.

ergonomics: (a) Design of working conditions to better accommodate the human body’s capabilities and limitations. (Synonym: human factors). (b) The study of work tasks with emphasis on reducing to a practical minimum the physiological cost of doing the work.

extendable conveyor: Used for packaged materials, objects, or units. Conveyor may be one of several types, including roller, wheel, or belt conveyors. Constructed so the conveyor may be extended or shortened within limits to suit operation needs.

Family grouping: A method of storing the same or similar products in a common area.

Fatigue: The reduction in performance ability caused by a period of ex-cessive activity followed by inadequate recovery time. Muscle fatigue is accompanied by a buildup of lactic acid in the working muscle.

FiFO: First-In, First-Out.

First-in, First-Out: An inventory valuation method, in which costs of ma-terial are transferred in chronological order.

Floor loading trucks: (a) A technique used for packing a truck in which pallets and stretch film are not used. (b) Hand carrying (conveyors are frequently used) a load on a truck and shipping the load by leaving it on the trailer floor unprotected.

Floor loading: Measure of the load bearing capacity of a (warehouse) floor, defined in both area (psf) and point loading (psi) for storage rack and machines.

Floor Plan: A scale drawing of the floor area on a building showing col-umns, stairways, elevator shafts, offices, washrooms, doors, and other structural features.

Floor Space Utilization: The ratio of occupied floor space to total floor space available, usually expressed as a percentage.

Floor Stacking: The stacking of unit loads directly on top of each other with the floor as a base.

Flow analysis: The detailed examination of the progressive travel of ei-ther people or material from place to place and/or from operation to op-eration. The examination consists of questioning the reason for the travel and includes determining how the progressive travel, or the operation, may be changed or modified to achieve the utmost economics in both time and material, all other things being equal.

Flow Diagram: A representation of the location of activities or opera-tions and the flow of materials between activities on a pictorial layout of a process. Usually accompanied by a flow process chart.

Flow rack: (a) A tiered structure with multiple storage compartments with conveyors as the load supporting members. (b) Gravity storage or live storage non-powered conveyor lanes pitched at a slight incline so that two or more loads can be stored in one lane with gravity providing the means of movement within that lane. Flow racks are designed for loads to flow to the unloading position. As one pallet or load is removed from the front of the rack, another load moves forward to fill the empty space. Movement is at a controlled rate by means of live rail, gravity wheel, or roller con-veyors. Flow racks permit efficient stock rotation with high density stor-age. Several benefits may be obtained in flow rack applications. First, flow racks allow high-density storage, eliminating many aisles and thus providing maximum use of available space. Second, inventory control is simplified for either FIFO or LIFO systems.

Four-Way entry Pallet: Openings on all four sides of a pallet or con-tainer, which allow fork truck handling from all four sides.

FPM: Feet per minute.

gMa Pallet (gMa-grocery Manufacturers of america): A pallet whose dimensions are 48” x 40”, is made of hardwood, and is forklift ac-cessible from all four sides. Manufactured to GMA requirements.

group technology (gt): A technique for grouping parts to gain design and operational advantages. In robotics, group technology is used to en-sure that different parts are of the same part family when planning part processing for a work cell, or to design widely usable fixtures for part families. Part grouping may be based on geometric shapes, operation pro-cesses or both.

hand Pallet truck: A truck designed to lift loads off the floor high enough to move them from one location to another. Positioning of the truck is by hand. The lifting surface can be a platform or forks. The platform unit is used for handling skids and the fork type unit for handling pallets.

honeycombing: (a) The practice of removing merchandise in pallet-load quantities where the space is not exhausted in an orderly fashion. This results in inefficiencies due to the fact that the received merchandise may not be efficiently stored in the space which is created by the honeycomb. (b) The storing or withdrawing of supplies in a manner which results in vacant space that is not usable for storage of other items. (c) Creation of unoccupied space resulting from withdrawal of unit loads. This is one of the major hidden costs in warehousing.

idle time: Time during which a worker or a piece of equipment is not working in a facility.

indexing: Controlled spacing or feeding.

indirect labor: Labor which does not add to the value of a product but which must be performed to support its manufacture. May not be readily identifiable with a specific product or service.

inspection: A process to ensure incoming merchandise meets required standards (Synonym: quality control).

Appendix


interlock: A device to prevent lift movement when a landing gate is not fully closed and to prevent the landing gate from being opened unless the lift platform is present at that landing.

internal rate-of-return (irr): The rate of return which takes into ac-count only what a project or investment earns, and disregards earnings on cash flows reinvested in other projects.

inventory control: In a complete inventory management system, it in-cludes stock levels, stock locations, reorder points, balance-on-hand, item physical description, rotation, etc.

inventory Shrinkage ratio (iSr): Measures loss of material due to pilferage, error in record keeping, error in material shipment to customer and misplacement of inventory in storage.

inventory turnover ratio: Measures the return obtained from inven-tory investments and provides an indication of the movement of materials. Usually expressed as the ratio of annual sales to average inventory invest-ment on hand.

Kitting: The process of grouping or packaging together different items/SKUs to create a special, single item. Also know as conversions.

last-in, First-Out: An inventory valuation method, in which costs are transferred in reverse chronological order.

layout: (a) A floor plan showing assignment of gross space for storage op-erations and supporting functions. (b) A graphical representation to scale of a facility, usually two dimensions, but sometimes in three.

liFO: Last-In, First-Out.

lift table: A scissors lift device used to raise, lower, stack, convey and/or transfer material between elevations and not limited to landings.

limit Switch: An electrical device, which by predetermined adjustment, limits the rotational or linear movement of a mechanism.

line item: (a) A unique item of inventory synonyms - part number, SKU (b) A separate item of supply on a transaction document.

load height: Maximum overall dimension from the bottom of a pallet or load module to the top.

load length: Maximum overall dimension of pallet or load module, mea-sured in the direction perpendicular to length of aisle for conventional fork truck handling. Automated systems may store loads with length in parallel to the aisle length. Always note the standard in a warehouse. Load length may exceed the pallet dimension with product overhang.

load Width: Maximum overall dimension of a pallet or load module and load in the direction parallel to an aisle for conventional fork truck han-dling, or perpendicular to the aisle for automated systems.

location analysis: Details of the placement of workstations, buffers, ma-terial handling equipment, are worked out. Location analysis may also be applied to location of work pieces, accesses, and tools within a worksta-tion. Typical factors to be considered are: transport time or costs, worksta-tion dimensions, transporter reach, fixed costs, and capacity limits.

logistics: The science of planning and carrying out the movement and maintenance of operations. Deals with the design and development, ac-quisition, storage, movement, distribution, maintenance, and disposition of material.Manifest: A document that captures information on the freight carrier, class of shipment, shipper, recipient, and other information pertinent to the shipment.

Manufacturing cell: A collection of machines, grouped together for pro-cessing of a family of parts or assembly.

Material(s) handling: (a) An aspect of materials management relating specifically to the physical transfer of materials. (b) The movement of ma-terials (raw materials, scrap, semi-finished and finished) to, through, and from productive processes; in warehouses and storage; and in receiving and shipping areas.

Mean time Between Failure (MtBF): Defined as the average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time. A measurement utilized in determining system availability.

Merging: Process of bringing together various parts of an order, which have been selected in different picking areas. Also known as consolidation.

Methods analysis: Those parts of methods engineering normally involv-ing an examination and analysis of an operation or a work-cycle broken down into its constituent parts for the purpose of improvement, elimina-tion of unnecessary steps, and/or establishing and recording in detail a proposed method of performance.

Mezzanine: A platform supported with structural members, used for storage or operations; constructed at a height which permits movement of people and equipment below.

MtBF: (a) Mean Time Between Failures. (b) The average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time

narrow aisle truck (na truck): A self loading truck primarily intended for right angle stacking in aisles narrower than those normally required by counter balanced trucks of the same capacity. Narrow aisle type equipment is represented by three basic categories of vehicle: the straddle, reach, and side loading trucks. In straddle trucks, the load is carried between the front outrigger wheels to minimize the need for counterbalancing.

nec: National Electrical Code.

niOSh: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.

non-value added activity: Category or process task that does not add value nor move the product closer to the customer.

Occupational Safety and health agency (OSha): Establishes stan-dards for a vast number of safety and health requirements. Administers and enforces the compliance with these rules and regulations.

Operations analysis: A study of an operation or series of operations involving people, equipment, and processes for the purpose of investigating the effectiveness of specific operations or groups so that improvements can be developed which will raise productivity, reduce costs, improve qual-ity, reduce accident hazards, and attain other desired objectives.

Operator transaction time: The time an operator spends processing a transaction.

Order allocation: A procedure used when insufficient inventory is avail-able to ship all in-house orders. Management allocates the merchandise through a priority system.

Order Batch: An accumulation of orders released for order picking.

Order Picking: (a) Selection and gathering of items which a customer is buying in a single lot at one time. (b) The selection of less-than-unit-load quantities of material for individual orders.

Order Picking truck: (a) A fork lift type machine on which the driver rides up and down on a mast in an open front cab. The vehicle is specifically

Appendix


designed for order picking and is not suitable for pallet storage/retrieval. (b) A manually loaded industrial truck equipped with both a load platform, and an operator control platform movable as a unit on a mast.

Order Picking and Stacking truck: A self loading industrial truck, pri-marily intended for right-angle stacking and order picking, equipped with an operator control platform that moves vertically on the mast with the load engaging means.

OSha: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Packing: The placing of numerous small cartons comprising different lines into an outer case to protect them during subsequent handling.

Pallet: A horizontal platform device used as a base for assembling, stor-ing, and handling materials and/or products in a unit load. Usually made of wood, this platform supports the load when it is picked up by a forklift or pallet jack.

Pallet Dispenser: A pallet feeder is a device used for feeding empty pal-lets. It is often known as a pallet dispenser.

Pallet Flow rack: Flow-through selection fixturing similar to carton flow rack, but designed to handle unit loads on gravity flow conveyor.

Pallet Flow Storage: Storage area for pallets with forward sloping shelves. As a quantity is picked, the remaining product at the location slides forward. May be used to store large quantities or pallets of product. Con-figurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases.

Pallet height: The total vertical dimension between the outer surfaces of the top and bottom decks.

Pallet identification: Computer generated pressure sensitive generic bar-coded ID label applied to a pallet of material for tracking purposes.

Pallet Jack: See Pallet truck.

Pallet length: Horizontal dimension of the pallet in direction front-to-back stringer boards.

Pallet rack: Steel storage fixturing used for storage of palletized stock.

Pallet rack Shelving: Standard pallet rack can be equipped with shelf panel inserts so that pallet rack can be used for storing binnable, rackable, or palletized materials as needs change.

Pallet Storage: Pallet storage may be used to store whole pallets of product. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases.

Pallet Storage rack: A structure composed of two or more upright frames, beams, and connectors, for the purpose of supporting palletized materials in storage. Among the common methods of assembly are weld-ed, bolted or clipped.

Pallet truck: A manually powered fork truck. The operator physically pushes the forks into the opening on the pallet and “jacks” the ratcheting lift mechanism so as to raise the pallet off the floor. Once lifted, the load can be manually moved from place to place.

Pallet Width: Horizontal dimension perpendicular to stringers.

Palletization: (a) The building of a unit load on a pallet to facilitate storing and handling merchandise. (b) The placing of material on a pallet to facili-tate handling with a fork truck.

Palletizer: Special machines capable of building a complete unit load on a pallet. Although the most common application is for cases, some pallet-izers can also handle sacks and bags. A less common palletizer application would be for special products such as sheet stock. There are two general methods employed for automatically building a full pallet. One makes use of a fixed position or overhead gantry robot with end effectors suited to the individual loads, such as vacuum lifts or a gripper. The other method employs more complex mechanisms for forming pallet layers off line, one at a time, and then shifting or transferring each successive layer onto the pallet as it is lowered via a lift/lower table.

Payback Period: (a) Regarding an investment, the number of years (or months) required for the related profit or savings in operating cost to equal the amount of said investment. (b) The period of time at which a machine, facility, or other investment has produced sufficient net revenue to recover its investment costs.

Performance Specifications: The specification of various important parameters or capabilities in the design and operation. Performance is de-fined in terms of: the quality of behavior, the degree to which a specified result is achieved, and a quantitative index of behavior or achievement, such as speed, power, or accuracy.

Pick aisle: An aisle in which an order selector can pick orders.

Pick cart: A pick cart is usually a manually propelled order picking device designed to hold small packages and tote boxes. May be powered.

Pick Face: A physical opening from which product is picked to fill orders (Synonym: pick slot).

Pick line (Selection line): An arrangement of SKUs in some ordering system to facilitate selection to satisfy orders.

Pick Module: Rack supported order selection fixturing consisting of mul-tiple levels of shelving and/or carton flow rack and/or pallet flow rack, and powered conveyor system.

Pick time: The amount of time required by an order picker to select merchandise, place it into a picking container, mark a picking container, and mark a picking list.

Picking rate: This is usually expressed in terms of number of cases or number of lines picked by one order selector per hour.

Pick to Display (PtD): A picking device that presents the operator with an action that can be comprised of text images, and audio.

Pick to light (Ptl): A computer directed picking system using display technology to identify the bin and quantity of a line item to be picked. Gen-erally applied to carousels, flow rack, and shelving storage systems.

Pickup & Delivery (P & D) Station: A location at which a load entering or leaving storage is supported in a manner suitable for handling by the S/R machine, AGV, AEM or EMS. Also known as pickup & discharge station, transfer station, I/O station, feed/discharge station.

Piece: Is a unit that must be physically picked. If a box of 10,000 bolts is to be picked, that is only one piece, but if the box is to be opened and two bolts picked from it, then two pieces are to be picked.

Plastic Bin: Reusable container used for storing and shipping materials.

Plastic tote: See Plastic bin. Polyethylene plastic, a polymerized resin used especially for making tubing, film or bags for packaging.

Point load: A concentrated load.

Appendix


Pool Shipment: Goods ordered for two or more customers and/or des-tinations loaded into single common carrier unit (as truck or rail car).

Primary location: The slot from which merchandise is selected to fill orders.

Print quality: The measure of compliance of a barcode symbol to the requirements of dimensional tolerance, edge roughness, spots, voids, re-flectance, quiet zone, and encodation.

Product inspection: A step by step review of the product for ergonom-ics, functionality and integration into the existing system.

Productivity: (a) The ratio of output to total inputs. (b) The ratio of ac-tual production to standard production, applicable to either an individual worker or a group of workers. (c) A standard method of measuring the ef-ficiency of a warehouse by assessing the amount of work and rate of work attained individually and collectively by the workforce.

PSi: Pounds per Square Inch.

Ptl: (a) Pick-To-Light. (b) Put-To-Light.

Put-to-light: A sorting technique that uses light displays to indicate a container or bin for an order. The operator places line items of the order into the bin matching quantity on display.

Queue: A line formed by loads or items while waiting for processing.

Quiet zone: A clear space, containing no dark marks, that precedes the start character of a barcode symbol and follows that stop characters. Sometimes called the clear area.

rack-Supported Structure: A complete and independent load storage system in which the storage rack is the basic structural system.

radio Frequency (rF): Utilized in automated identification systems. Ra-dio frequency waves convey information. Transmitters use the waves to convert electrical data to radio frequency signals, which in turn broadcast to receivers. The receivers convert the signals to electrical data that can be understood by other hardware such as a computer, thus providing up to the second information.

radio Frequency identification (rFiD): An automatic identification method, relying on storing and remotely retrieving data using devices called RFID tags or transponders. An RFID tag is an object that can be attached to or incorporated into a product, animal, or person for the purpose of identification using radio waves.

rated capacity: Maximum amount of single-axle load, which may be rolled over the platform surface when the lift is in its fully closed position.

rated load: Maximum capacity as specified by the equipment nameplate.

real time: Continuous computer communications with a device while an operation is performed. (Generally less than 250 milliseconds).

receiving: (a) The function of accepting, recording, and reporting mer-chandise into a facility. (b) The receipt of inbound supplies; includes plan-ning, handling, and document processing incident thereto.

receiving area: Area used for checking, inspecting, and preparing incom-ing material (both new procurement and returns), prior to its delivery to storage areas.

receiving Dock: An area reserved for the unloading of delivery vehicles.

replenishment: The function of transferring stock from a reserve stor-

age area, or directly from shipping, to a primary picking location which has become empty.

rest allowances: Recovery time, including regularly scheduled work breaks, usually provided in jobs where heavy physical work or exposure to environmental extremes occurs. Rest allowances are built into the job standard so that productivity ratings recognize the need for additional re-covery time in these jobs.

returns: Merchandise returned for credit by customer.

reusable container: A container intended for multiple cycles of use.

row: The walkway (aisle) between racks or a single carousel. Storage loca-tions may be on one or both sides. A row is comprised of one or more bays. A zone may be configured to contain one or more rows.

Safety Stock: Quantity of an inventory item carried in stores or stock as a hedge against stockout resulting from above average or unexpected demand during procurement lead time. Synonyms: minimum or protective inventory, buffer inventory, cushion, or reserve.

Seasonal: Daily, weekly, or monthly sales data showing a more or less repetitive pattern.

Seasonality: Storage and shipment of material from a warehouse caused by seasonal surges in customer demands.

Secondary location: Back-up or reserve storage, or secondary location for order selection.

Selective rack(s): Commonly referred to as pallet racks running parallel to the aisle each consisting of a pair of horizontal beams on which pallets may be placed one deep. These beams are connected to the front and rear columns of a vertical truss. Every pallet face is exposed to the aisle provid-ing 100% selectivity.

Selectivity: Ease of accessibility of merchandise. The number of “facings” or immediately accessible storage slots. Selectivity is expressed as the per-centage of the total storage slots which are immediately accessible.

Sequential Picking: The process of order selecting the exact quantity for a single individual customer order when the picker visits an SKU.

Serpentine Pick: A travel path used by an order selector that takes him past every picking slot in the warehouse, to fill one order.

Shelf life: The maximum amount of time material can be retained in stor-age and still be acceptable for use.

Shelving: Used for economical storage of small hand stackable items which are not suited to mechanized handling and storage due to their handling characteristics, activity, or quantity.

Shipping: (a) Actions necessary to deliver material to a carrier for move-ment to a consignee. (b) The function of recording, reporting, and sending merchandise to a consumer.

Shipping area: An area used to assemble and prepare material for load-ing in a truck, railcar, etc.

Shipping Dock: An area reserved for the loading of delivery vehicles.Shrinkage: An inventory adjustment required due to pilferage, over or under shipment, or receiving error.

Simulation: The process of test-driving a system and warehouse prior to installation. This is normally done on a computer, using a mathematical model of an existing or planned operation.

Appendix


Single Deep Storage: Loads stored one deep on each side of the aisle.

Slave Pallet: A pallet used in an automated rack system.

Slotting: The process of determining which products to store in which locations.

Staging areas: Areas between different warehouse operations where goods are temporarily stored awaiting processing by the next operation.

Stock Keeping Unit (SKU): Represents one unique inventory item. Ex-ample: one style of shirt, in six colors and five sizes, would be 30 different SKUs.

Storage location: A physical storage location is the zone, row, bay, shelf, or cell where product is stored. A storage location stores product with the same lot number. Product may be stored in multiple storage locations.

Straddle truck: Fork lift truck with front mounted outriggers which straddles the load being handled. Also a large material handling vehicle which straddles the load and lifts it from above.

Stringer: The spacing boards of a pallet, normally 2 in. by 4 in. in size, and two to three in number. Top and bottom boards are fastened to the string-ers. Coincides with length dimension of pallet.

Supply chain Management: The use of information technology to give automated intelligence to a network of vendors, suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and a host of other trading partners. The goal is for each player in the supply chain to conduct business with the latest and best information from everyone else in the chain, guiding supply and demand into a more perfect balance. Effective management of the supply chain enables a company to move product from the point of origin to that of consumption in the least amount of time at the smallest cost.

Symbol length: The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zone on the two ends of a barcode symbol.

System configuration: An iterative design process consisting of the evaluation of the factors affecting products and production tasks, selection of a design concept based on these factors, and evaluation of the perfor-mance of the selected concept. Following the results of the evaluation, a system can be refined and re-evaluated, or discarded.

Systems integrator: Companies that connect computers, hardware, in-strumentation, and equipment to share data or applications with other components in the same or other functional areas. System integrators of-ten provide engineering services and hardware sales as well. throughput: (a) The amount of merchandise shipped through a system or warehouse in a given time. This is referred to in terms of cases, lines, or tons of product per hour/day/week. (b) The rate of movement of material through a system.

time Study: A work measurement technique consisting of careful time measurement of the task with a time measuring instrument, adjusted for any observed variance from normal effort or pace to allow adequate time for such items as foreign elements, unavoidable or machine delays, rest to overcome fatigue, and personal needs. Learning or progress effects may also be considered. If the task is of sufficient length, it is normally broken down into short, relatively homogeneous work elements, each of which is treated separately as well as in combination with the rest.

tote Box: A small durable container usually used for order picking and/or shipping of small items.

travel time: The time for moving material, industrial truck, or a person from one location to another. Often used as the total travel time in a larger

operation, as order fulfillment.

two Way container: A container whose configuration permits retriev-ing or discharging from opposite direction along the same horizontal axis.

Ul: Underwriters Laboratories (Inc.)

UM: Unit of measure.

Unitization: Securing material to a pallet by strapping, wrapping, or other means to provide a secure load for handling by a fork truck.

Unit of Measure: The unit of measure (i.e. weight, length, volume).

Universal commercial code (Ucc): A standard barcode symbol in the United States.

Universal Product code (UPc): The standard barcode symbol for re-tail food packaging in the United States.

value-added activity: (a) Any change to a product to make it more valuable to the end customer. (b) Any activity that actually makes money for the manufacturer. (c) Any change to the product that the customer is willing to pay for.

vertical Barcode: A code pattern presented in such orientation that the axis of the symbol from start to stop is perpendicular to the horizon; the individual bars are in an array appearing as rungs of a ladder.

vertical travel: The difference between fully raised height of the platform deck and fully lowered height of the platform deck.

voice recognition: Process which a computer or control mechanism can accept data input by spoken command with no intermediate key entry.

vrc: Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor. Moves materials vertically.

Warehouse: A building for the storage of merchandise or commodities.

Warehouse control System (WcS) - A Warehouse Control System (WCS) efficiently directs and manages automated material handling and processing within a warehouse

Warehouse Management System (WMS): Software that integrates mechanical and human activities with an information system to effec-tively manage warehouse business processes and direct warehouse activi-ties. These systems automate receiving, put away, picking, and shipping in warehouses and can prompt workers to do inventory cycle counts. Most support radio frequency communications, allowing real-time data transfer between the system and warehouse personnel.

Wave Picking: An operator picks one order one product at a time for a group of orders. Typically used when orders are released to be picked during a specific time period.

WMS: Warehouse Management System.

Work Measurement: Generic term used to refer to the setting of a time standard by recognized industrial engineering technique, such as time study, standard data, work sampling, or predetermined motion time systems.

Work Methods: Physical methods used to perform tasks of a job, such as reaching, gripping, using tools and equipment, or discarding objects.

Work Sampling: An application of random sampling techniques to study of work activities so that proportions of time devoted to different ele-ments of work can be estimated with given degree of statistical validity.

Appendix


Workstation: An established location in which something or someone stands or is assigned to stand or remain. This space includes that area nec-essary for the operation, material being processed or worked on, and the auxiliary equipment necessary to perform the assigned function.

zone: An order picker’s dedicated work area.

zone Batch Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks a part of one or more orders, depending on what products are stored in the zone.

zone Picking: Picking is organized into zones (i.e., sections of flow rack or shelving) with one operator per zone and picking to all orders. Typically used for high speed picking for limited SKUs is needed.

zone Wave Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks all prod-ucts for all orders stocked in the zone during a specific time period.

Abbreviations

3Pl Third Party Logistics24/7 24 Hours/Day, 7 Days/Weekagv Automated Guided VehicleanSi American National Standards InstituteaS/rS Automated Storage and Retrieval SystemaScii American Standard Code for Information InterchangeaSn Advanced Shipment NoticeaSP Application Service ProviderB2B Business to BusinessBOl Bill of LadingBOM Bill of MaterialcaD Computer Aided Designcg Center of Gravitycna Change Notice ApprovalcPM Critical Path MethodcPM Cases Per MinutecU. yD. Cubic YardD Depth or DeepDc Distribution CenterDia. DiameterDtS Dock to StockeDi Electronic Data InterchangeeOQ Economic Order QuantityePc Electronic Product CodeerP Enterprise Resource Planning FiFO First-In, First-OutFOB Freight On BoardFPM Feet Per MinuteFSD Functional Specifications DocumentFt. Footga. Gaugegalv. Galvanizedh HeighthP HorsepowerhtMl HyperText Markup LanguagehttP HyperText Transport Protocolhz HertziD Inside Dimensionsin. InchiP Internet Protocol iSO International Organization for StandardizationiSP Internet Service Provider

iSr Inventory Shrinkage Ratioit Information TechnologyJit Just In Timel Length or Longl.h. Left HandlB(S) Pound(s)liFO Last-In, First-Outltl Less-Than-Truckload Max. MaximumMhe Material(s) Handling EquipmentMin. MinimumMrO Maintenance/Repair/OperatingMrP Manufacturing Resources PlanningMtBF Mean Time Between Failurena Narrow AisleniOSh National Institute for Occupational Safety and HealthnO. Or # NumbernPv Net Present ValueOah Overall HeightOal Overall LengthOaW Overall WidthOD Outer DiameterOSha Occupational Safety and Health AgencyPc Personal ComputerPh PhasePlc Programmable Logic ControllerPSi Pounds per Square InchPtD Pick To Display Ptl Pick To Lightr Radiusr.h. Right HandrF Radio FrequencyrFiD Radio Frequency IdentificationS/r Storage/Retrieval DeviceSic Standard Industry ClassificationSKU Stock Keeping UnitStD. StandardtcO Total Cost of OwnershiptcP/iP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet ProtocoltMS Transportation Management SystemUPc Universal Product Codev Voltvna Very Narrow AisleW Width or WideWcS Warehouse Control SystemWMS Warehouse Management SystemWt. WeightxMl Extensible Markup Language

Appendix


D

Delrin Bearing 75Diamond Plate Sponge Coat Floormat 89Diamond Plate With GritWorks! Floormat 90Dirtban Swivel Seals 77Dock Accessories 141Dock Equipment 134Dockboards 137Dock Lifts 140Dockplates 138Dollies 115Double-Shift Cabinets 54Double Depth On-Line Shelving 43Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack 35Drum Cradle Truck 110Drum De-header 110Drum Dollies 115Drum Grabs 110Drum Handling Equipment 110Drum Truck 111Durable Shelf Bins 66Durable Steel Benches 86Dust Caps 77

e

Electric Power Pallet Truck 103Enclosed HazMat Stations 57Endura Solid Elastomer 76Engineering Studies 158Entertainment Industry 155Ergonomic Drum Handler 110Ergonomic Seating 92Ergonomic Work Positioner 4Ergonomic Workstations 85Electo-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68Extreme Duty Caster 82Eyeball Lift Truck Mirror 100

F

Fabric Carts 133Feeding and Off Loading 16Flexible Expandable Conveyor 134Floor Height Lift Table 6Floor Level Pallet Lift 9Floor Level Pallet Lift With Turntable 9Flow Work Cell Workstation 87Flush Mount Turntables 7Food Protection Mats 90Foot Pump Hydraulic Lift Tables 11Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers 69Fourth and Fifth Wheel Steer Trailers 118Free Standing Articulating Jib Crane 21Free Standing I-Beam Jib Crane 22Free Standing Workstation Bridge Crane 18Free Standing Workstation Jib Crane 20Full Service Controls 162

g

Gantry Cranes 23Grade A floormat 90Gravity Conveyors 134Gravity Over/Under Conveyor 17

Indexa

Adjustable Platform Step 63Adjustable Top & Bottom Drive Case Sealers 142Adjustable Wire Shelving 48Adjustable Workbench 85Adjustable Work Platform 63Airbag Tilter 12All Direction Ladder 64All Welded Storage Centers With Tilt Bins 52Aluminum Dockboards 137Aluminum Dockplates 138Aluminum Platform Trucks 117Aluminum Tie Rod Work Station Jib Crane 20Annular Ball Bearing 75Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats 89Articulating Jib Cranes 21Assembly Workstation With Cabinets 85Attached Lid Containers 72Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145

B

Bearing Descriptions 75Bollards 98Bridge Cranes 18Bronze Bearing 75Bulk Linen Trucks 133Bulk Storage Rack 47Bumpers 77

c

C-Leg Series Workstation 87Caged Containment Shelving 59Cantilever Rack 34Carton Flow Rack 27Carton Flow Rack Ordering Information 27Carton Flow Roller Track 28Carton Flow Roller Track Ordering Information 28Carts 108Case Former with Pressure Sensitive Bottom Taper 142Case Sealers 142Casters 74Caster Guidelines 74Caster Ordering Information 74Caster Steer Trailers 118Caster Wheel Descriptions 76Caster Wheel Selection Guide 75Ceiling Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21Ceiling Mounted Workstation Bridge Cranes 18ClearView Cabinets 54Collapsible Containers 71Column Protectors 98Containers 65Containment Shelving 59Control System Capabilities 163Control System Integration 164Convertible Aluminum Hand Trucks 113Convertible Steel Hand Trucks 113Conveyor Aisle Guards 97Conveyor Crossovers 63Conveyors 134, 166Conveyors And Sortation Systems 167Cost Effective, Low Capacity Lifts 5Custom Carts 118Custom Containers 70Custom Turntables 136

Appendix


h

Handling Long Workpieces 16Hardwood Dollies 115Hazardous Material Storage 57Heavy Duty All-Welded Storage Cabinets 54Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers 114High Density Storage 49High Lift Skid Positioner 109High Speed Lift Table 6High Travel Lift Tables 4HMI 164Human Machine Interface 164Hydraulic Box Dumpers 14Hydraulic Drum Crusher 110

i

I-Beam Jib Cranes 22IBC Tote Spill Containment Sumps 58In Between Handling Lift Trucks 104Indoor Convex Mirrors 100Industrial Cycles 116Industrial Grade Caster 79Industrial Multitask Chair 92Industrial Network Devices 164Industrial Quality Storage Cabinets 53Industry Experience 151Inplant Offices 60Integrated Systems 156Interface Experience 162Inverting Pallet Loads 16

J

Jib Cranes 20

l

Label Printer Applicators 146Label Printers 149Lean Manufacturing Trailers 118Lift Table Ordering Information 16Lift Truck Accessories 107Lift Truck Ordering Information 107Loading and Unloading Pallets 16Loading Lights 141Low Profile 90° Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers 15Low Profile Caster 83Low Profile Hydraulic Lift 5Low Profile Powered Turntables 7, 136

M

Manifest Software 150Manual Pallet Trucks 108Manual Turntable 136Manual Turntable with Pneumatic Blade Stops 136Mast Type I-Beam Jib Crane 22Medium Duty Caster 78Medium Duty Stainless Steel Casters 82Metal and Plastic Thread Guards 77Mezzanine Flooring 62Mezzanine Ordering Information 61Mezzanines 61Mobile Drum Carrier 110Mobile Lift Tables 10Mobile Scale Truck 109Modular Aluminum Hand Trucks 112Modular Drawer Cabinets 55

Modular Drawers in Shelving 44Modular Enclosures 60Modular Nesting Systems 73Moldon Polyurethane 76Moldon Rubber with Cast Iron Core 76Monster Caster 83

n

Nest and Stack Totes 65

O

Online Data Validation System 149Outdoor Convex Mirrors 100Over/Under Conveyor 17Overhead and Track Protector 95Overhead Door Rail Guards 96Overhead Safety Gate 99

P

Packaging Depot Workstation 87Packaging Machines 143Packaging System 144Pallet Flow Rack 33Pallet Flow Rack Ordering Information 33Pallet Positioners 8Pallet Pullers 141Pallet Rack End Protectors 97Pallet Rotator/Inverter 12Pallets 73Pallet Stacker/Dispenser 14PC-Based Control Systems 165Performa Rubber 76Personnel Hand Rail 95Phenolic 76Picking Technologies 36, 167Pick Modules 27Pick To Display 38Pick To Display Ordering Information 38Pick To Light 37Pick To Light Ordering Information 37Pick To Voice 39Pick To Voice Ordering Information 39Plain & Sleeve Bearings 75Platform Trucks 117PLC Development Process 164Polymer Trucks with Shelves 132Poly Nesting Trucks 131Polyolefin 76Poly Recycle Trucks 131Poly Tilt Trucks 131Poly Trucks 131Polyurethane Hi-Tech 76Portable Tilter 13Positioners 4Power Drive Straddle Trucks 105Powered Drag chain Conveyor 17Powered Over/Under Conveyor 17Precision Medium Duty Caster 78Precision Sealed Ball Bearing 75Precision Tapered Roller Bearings 75Premium Heavy Duty Caster 80Premium Pallet Truck 108Product Guide 166Protective Guard Rail & Columns 94Push Back Rack 35

Appendix


r

Rack 27Rack Armor Rack Protectors 96Rack Decking 32Rack Deck Ordering Information 32Radial Ball Bearing 75Random Size Case Sealers 142Retail Industry 151Returnable Plastic Pallets 73RF Handheld 40RF Handheld Ordering Information 40RFID Printers & Encoders 149Rigid Bulk Containers 70Rivet Lock Boltless Shelving 45Roller Bearing 75Rotary Arm Stretch Wrappers 145

S

Safety Appliance Trucks 114Safety Equipment 94Safety Flammable Cabinet 51Safety Mirrors 100Safety Netting 101Selective Pallet Rack 29Selective Pallet Rack Pricing 31Selevtive Pallet Rack Ordering Information 30Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers with Bumper Release 15Semi-Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145Shelters 60Side Lock Brake 77Simulation Process 159Single Depth On-Line Shelving 43Sit-Stand 92Small Parts Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68Small Parts Storage & Order Picking 67SmartCart 41Smartcart Ordering information 41Software and Controls 167Sortation 167Specialty Casters & Wheels 84Spill Carts 58Sprinkler Guards 98Stack Rack 34Standard Lift Tables 4Standard Stock Picking Ladder 64Steel Carts 119Steel Drum Depots 57Steel Hand Trucks 112Steel Hoppers 15Steel Plate Caster 83Steel Platform Trucks 117Steel Shelving 44Steel Spill Containment Pallets 58Stockpicker Carts 129Stock Picking Ladders 64Storage Cabinets 51Straight Gravity Conveyor 135Straight Wall Containers 72Stretch wrapper Ordering Information 145Stretch Wrappers 145Strip Doors 139Sturdy Hanging Small Parts Bins 66Super Heavy Duty Caster 81Swivel Locks 77System Integration Process 160

t

Tarca™ Bridge Cranes 19Tech-Lock Brake 77

The 24/Seven Floormats 91Thermal Barcode Printer 149Thermal Transfer & Direct Thermal Label Printers 149Thermo 76Tilted Shelving 43Tilting Aluminum Pallet Dollies 115Tool Trolley 92Top Track Storage 50Torrington-Style Roller Bearing 75Total Lock Brake 77Totes 65Tractor Drives for steel or aluminum track 22Transportation 154Transportation Management Software 151Transporting 16Tread Lock Brake 77Trucks 103

U

UltraSoft Diamond Plate floor mat 89

v

V-Groove 76Versatile Work-In-Progress Containers 65Vertical Lift Modules 42Vertical Storage 42

W

Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21Wall Bracket I-Beam Jib Crane 22Wall Cantilever I-Beam Jib Crane 22Wall Cantilever Work Station Jib Crane 20Wall Systems 60Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow 165Warehouse Control Systems 157, 165WCS 157, 165Wheel Chocks 141Wide Span Shelving 46Wire Carts 130Wire Containers 70Wire Deck Bulk Rack 46Wire Mesh Rack Decking 32Wire Partitions 102Wood Deck Bulk Rack 46Wooden Platform Trucks 117Work Enclosures 102Workstations 85Working Out of Parts Baskets 16Workpiece Feeding and Off Loading 16Workplace Ergonomics 16Work Positioners 12Workstation Accessories 88Workstation Bridge Cranes 18Work Station Jib Cranes 20Workstation Ordering Information 88

z

Zero Lift & Tilt Tables 12

Appendix


Supplier Index

3M ...................................................................................................................... 142

Akro-Mils ................................................................................................ 65, 66-68

Aleco .................................................................................................................. 139

American Wire Products (AWP) ............................................................. 32, 70

ASAP Automation ....................................................................................... 37-41

B&P Manufacturing ....................................................... 112, 115, 117, 137-138

Ballymore ............................................................................................................ 64

Best Conveyors ............................................................................................... 134

Big Joe Manufacturing ............................................................................. 103-107

Biofit Engineered Products .............................................................................. 93

Blue Arc Engineering ................................................ 7, 13, 14, 17, 63, 118, 136

Buckhorn Inc. ............................................................................................... 72-73

Colson Caster Corportation ................................................................... 78-83

Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products ....................................................... 62

Denios, Inc .................................................................................................... 57-59

Eagle Manufacturing .......................................................................................... 98

Enduraveyor ....................................................................................................... 14

Faultless-Nutting ............................................................................................. 117

Floor-Mark Mfg. ................................................................................................. 99

Gorbel, Inc .................................................................................................... 18-25

Handle-It ............................................................................................................. 97

Harper Truck, Inc. ............................................................................ 110, 111, 112

Hytrol Conveyor Company, Inc. .................................................................. 135

ID Technology .................................................................................................. 147

Incord ................................................................................................................ 101

Interlake Material Handling Solutions ........................... 27, 30-31, 33, 34, 35

Jamco Products .......................................................................... 51, 52, 119-128

Jarke Corp. .......................................................................................................... 34

K-10 Enterprizes, Inc ...................................................................................... 100

Lantech ............................................................................................................... 145

Lift-Rite, Inc. ............................................................................................. 108, 109

Lyon Workspace Products, LLC ................................................ 47, 52, 53, 92

Meese Inc. .......................................................................................... 69, 131, 133

Metro ............................................................................................ 48-50, 130, 132

Midstates Manufacturing & Engineering ..................................................... 118

Molded Fiber Glass Tray Co. ........................................................................... 65

Morse Manufacturing ............................................................................ 110, 111

Nexel Industries Inc. ................................................................................... 45-46

Orbis Corporation ........................................................................................... 71

Portafab Modular Building Systems .............................................................. 60

Printronix .................................................................................................. 148, 149

Production Basics ........................................................................................ 87-88

Rack Armour ...................................................................................................... 96

Raymond Products Company ....................................................................... 115

Rousseau Metal ........................................................................ 44, 55-56, 85-86

Savoye Logistics ............................................................................................... 143

Schaefer Systems International, Inc. .............................................................. 43

Schmidt Structural Products .................................................................... 96, 98

Shorr Packaging ...................................................................................... 142, 144

Southworth Products .............................................. 4, 5, 6-8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 140

Starrco Company .............................................................................................. 60

Stevens Appliance Truck Company .............................................................. 114

Stronghold .......................................................................................................... 54

Talon Design ....................................................................................................... 26

Torbeck Industries ................................................................................ 94-95, 98

Unarco ........................................................................................................... 28, 29

Vestil Manufacturing Corp. .................. 6, 12, 15, 63, 108, 110, 115, 129, 141

VoCollect ............................................................................................................ 38

Wearwell ....................................................................................................... 89-91

Weber Marking Systems ............................................................................... 146

Wesco Industrial Products, Inc ........................... 11, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114

White Systems .................................................................................................. 42

Wildeck ................................................................................................... 61, 97, 99

Wirecrafters .................................................................................................... 102

Worksman Industrial Bicycles ...................................................................... 116

Wulftech ............................................................................................................ 145

166

Product Guide


Belt Curves Diverters, Pushers, and Transfers

Small Item Sorter Non-Synchronous Overhead

Vertical LiftCustom FabricationSpiral Lifts and ChutesFlexible/ExpandableGravity

Wash DownHinged Steel BeltPlastic BeltLow Profile/CleatedHigh Speed Sorter

Belt Accumulation Drag ChainBelt Driven Live Roller Chain Driven Live Roller

Conveyors And Sortation Systems

Request Our Full Conveyor Catalog Online:www.bastiansolutions.com/catalog-sign-up/conveyor.asp

167

Product Guide


AS/RS Mini and Unit Load Horizontal Carousel Vertical Storage Module

Monorail System

Pick Module

Robotic Palletizing

High Speed Sortation

Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV)

Overhead ScannerSmall Item Sortation “A” Frame Sortation Tilt Tray Sortation

LabelerRF Solutions RFID Tag Integration

Pick To LightPick To Display (Wireless)

Pick To Display Software Pick To Voice

Distributed Controls

Pre-Mounted Control Devices

Control PanelsManifest Software

Custom Controls ScreensWMS with ERP Interface

Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) Software

Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies

Software and Controls

161

Control Systems


Complete Automation Control Experience From a Single SourceMaterial handling and automation systems involve the integration of a wide variety of technologies to meet your specific business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity.

BASTIAN has the experience necessary to bring together the entire system so that each separate piece works in harmony.

Technology experiences

• Conveying systems.• RFID integration.• RF systems.• Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS).• High speed sorters.• Palletizers.• Robotics.• Carousels (horizontal and vertical).• A-frame dispensing systems.• Bowl feeders.• Automated guided vehicles (AGVs).• Tilt tray/cross belt systems.• Packaging equipment.• Fluid loading/unloading.• Laser scanners, RFID, vision systems.• Weighing and cubing systems.• Manifesting systems.• Printers and label applicators.• Vision systems.• Energy reduction management.

BASTIAN’S Competitive AdvantageTurnkey conTrols insTallaTionBASTIAN serves as a single point of contact for your automation project to ensure fast, efficient installation of your project, and provide you with the benefit of improved operations ahead of your competition.

Full service conTrolsBASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your controls projects. We work directly with you up front, ensuring the right services at the right time to make your projects successful.

inTerFace experienceBASTIAN has proven experience interfacing to many different sys-tems that use a wide variety of operational features and interface protocols.

open, non-proprieTory equipmenTOur controls utilize commercially available components and pro-gramming architectures. We specify only the most reliable, cost effec-tive components.

ToTal operaTional visibiliTyHuman Machine Interface (HMI) technologies provide operational visibility to track and diagnose product routing, helping to ensure operational success in your facility enterprise-wide.

Design FlexibiliTyOur design process includes factors for future growth and reconfigura-tions. Our modular design architectures place the controls at the conveyor, making future reconfigurations quick and easy.

broaD inDusTry experienceBASTIAN has a wide breadth of systems experience across many indus-tries. Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to bear for your controls projects.

cusTomizeD soluTionsOur controls engineers start every project with a functional specification process that customizes our controls platforms and programs to your applications

162

Control Systems


information/control systems:

operations:

Full Service ControlsBASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your control projects. We work directly with you up front to provide the right services at the right time. To make your projects successful, we will customize our resources based on your objectives. With the BASTIAN team you can rest assured that we are fully dedicated to your operational success.

Design:

• Controls project management.• Controls system design.• Controls drawings.• Consulting.• Simulation (AutoMod).• Functional specification documents.• Device specification.• Control panels.• Runoffs.• Electrical installation.• Startup assistance.• Maintenance manuals.• UL certified panel build.• Training/certifications.• Failure mode analysis.• Validation services.

supporT

• 24/7 support call center.• Remote dial-in capabilities.• Modifications/upgrades.• Support contracts/services.• Web based video monitoring.• Cell phone/PDA supervisory alerts.• Operational consulting.• Planned maintenance software.• Spare parts specifications.

Interface Experience

• Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC).• PC Based Controllers (VLC).• Warehouse Management System (WMS).• RFID integration.• Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP).• Manufacturing Resource Planning Systems (MRP).• Supply Chain Execution (SCE) System.

• Smart conveyor counting (WCS).• High speed sortation.• Quality control.• Weight verification.• Laser and vision scanning.• Picking/fulfillment .• Pick-to-Light (PTL) operations.• Order management.

The effective flow of information to and from your material handling system is important in the just-in-time, high customer service business environment. BASTIAN’S control system acts as the real-time interface between the floor equip-ment and the upper level information systems. We have proven experience interfacing to many different host systems that uses a wide variety of interface protocols.

• Profibus.• DeviceNet.• ControlNet.• SDS.• Discrete I/O.• Ethernet.• TCP/IP.• Shared files/tables.• FTP.• Serial.

interface networks/protocols:

163

Control Systems


Control System Capabilities

Wcs - smarT conveyorWarehouse Control Systems (WCS) interfaces

controls to WMS and host systems that smartly routes cartons to designated zones. Features

such as priority routing, zone preferencing, and divert confirmation provide maximum

operational flexibility.

Web baseD viDeo moniToringOffers quality images and streaming video, to

keep a close eye on the operation.

carousel conTrols With customized controls parameters, you can optimize carousel performance and inventory

control. Our world-class HMIs make operations easy.

poWereD roller conveyorsMotorized roller conveyors incorporate low

voltage motorized rollers with built-in accumu-lation features to provide quiet, safe and easily

configurable systems.

vision sysTemsToday’s advanced vision systems can read

standard Barcodes, 2D barcodes, OCR for text conversion, and image match for

product recognition.

roboTic TechnologiesOur control systems provide excellent integra-tion of robotics in a wide variety of applications

from production to automated palletization.

compliance labelingOur systems can implement many different

value-added services, from pack and label appli-cation to kitting and inspections.

energy managemenTBuilt-in energy saving logic and

efficient drives reduce your energy cost year after year by implementing idle time shut down

controls and automatic system restart.

auTomaTeD Dispensers High volume dispensing of products that incor-

porate a variety of automation technologies, such as: A-frames, bowl feeder, etc.

high speeD sorTaTion Using ExactaSort™, high speed sortation is maximized for reliable sorting to multiple

locations. The software is designed for sortation on a variety of technologies from pushers to

cross-belt sorters.

FielD Devices conveyor conTrols (Dcc)

Provides distributed controls to speed installations, minimize cost, and maximize future

flexibility and reconfigurations.

sysTem sTaTusMonitoring devices can provide real-time feedback and allow complete visibility to

system status for priority routing, staffing levels, field conditions, etc. Monitoring devices include:

photoeyes, scanners, proximity switches, and optical sensors.

interface networks/protocols:

164

Control Systems


plc DevelopmenT process

• Specify PLC system• PLC hardware design • CAD PLC drawings• Custom control panel design• Distributed control systems• Powered roller controls• Control panel fabrication• PLC software development• Installation and startup• Acceptance and validation• Maintenance training

inDusTrial neTWork Devices

• DeviceNet• INTERBUS-S• PROFIBUS• AS-i actuator sensor interface• Customer-specified network• High speed control• Industry standards• PC connectivity• Open architecture

pc-baseD conTrol sysTems

• Specify PC-based system• PC-based hardware design • WMS• Cost effective modular design• CAD system drawings• Distributed control systems• Powered roller controls• PC software development • Custom PC software• Statistical process control• Installation and startup• Acceptance and validation • Maintenance training

FuncTionaliTy

• Remote web viewing• Automatic pager alert • Remote system monitoring• CAD drawing viewer• Web cam• Automatic e-mail alert• Internet system monitoring

conTrol sysTem inTegraTion

• Turnkey control solutions• System evaluation• Specify system architecture• Application engineering• System hardware design • Custom control panel design • PLC/ VLC/PC software• Distributed conveyor control • RFID• Industrial network devices• ERP/WMS system interface• Real-time WMS interface

• Data acquisition and monitoring• Statistical process control• Sorters/merges/inline scales• RFID integration• Online multimedia training• Controls project management • Human machine interface• WAN and web HMI visibility • Installation and startup• Acceptance testing• Performance responsibility• System specific training• PC-based documentation

human machine inTerFace (hmi’s)

• Throughput statistics• Event statistics• Scanner statistics• Specific alarm conditions• Remote video view• Highly configurable• Adjustable scan rate/device• Maintenance scheduling• Diagnostic fault history• Automatic system alerts • Integrated diagnostics• Remote web/WAN monitoring• Predictive maintenance• Barcode read rates• System specific training• Online help system• Online multimedia training• Embedded planned maintenance

165

Control Systems


Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow

operaTions

Manufacturing, receiving, putaway, picking, shipping, packing, etc.

auTomaTion

Conveyor, inline scales, AS/RS, sorters, carousels, bowl feeders,

robotics, etc.

rFiD label prinTers

pick To Display picTurevieWTm

selecTive rack hanDhelD rF

camera scanner

156

Integrated Systems


Cut Your operational CostsThrough advanced automation technologies and supply chain execution software, reduce operating costs to generate higher profits.

Guaranteed operational suCCess Through a combination of experienced engineers and proven cutting-edge tech-nologies, operational success within your material handling system is guaranteed.

speed to Market Dedicated engineering and project resources get your system from concept to completion fast.

Cost effeCtive sCalable solutions Maximize your capital investment while planning for future growth with modular scalable solutions. best of breed solutions Our broad industry experience brings the best possible technology to your busi-ness processes.

siMpliCitY and aCCountabilitY One point of contact for all of your material handling integration needs.

total life CYCle supportExceptional customer support and service through the entire project life cycle.

real estate/buildinG ConstruCtion inteGrationWe partner with the leading real estate and general construction firms to inte-grate the building design with the material handling systems.

Key Benefits of BASTIAN Integrated Systems

BASTIAN’S Competitive Advantage

• independent systems integrator with access to the best of breed equipment suppliers.

• Customized solutions that meet your unique system’s needs.• Modular system designs to easily incorporate future

growth opportunities.• open, non-proprietary equipment and control architectures.• smart systems that improve operator productivity and

reduce errors.• Cost justification and ROI analysis for capital appropriation.• integration with your existing equipment to reduce initial

investment and increase your return on assets.

• leasing/financing options available for software, hardware, and equipment.

• strategic supplier partnerships that increase purchasing power, resulting in very competitive price structures.

• turnkey installation to minimize your operational impact and reduce risks.

• national networks in commercial real estate for your specific location.

• integrated real estate, architecture, building construction and financing available.

• experienced project management for cost/scope control, budget/schedule maintenance, and operational coordination.

BASTIAN knows the importance of making smart capital investments and the advantages associated with aggressive and timely project execution schedules. Our system solutions are designed not only to meet your immediate needs, but also your long-term business objectives. Some of the characteristics of our company that help you meet your goals include:

operational Costs

investMent JustifiCation (roi)

157

Integrated Systems


Today’s systems involve a wide variety of technologies to meet your business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity. BASTIAN specializes in integrating the entire system from material handling equipment to supply chain execution software and controls. Take advantage of our technology experience to tackle the challenges of integrating your next system project.

Complete Material Handling Solutions from a Single Source

Warehouse Control Systems (WCS)Warehouse Controls Systems (MCS) is the bridge that synchronizes material flow, consolidates orders, and allows for islands of automation. Our MHCS engi-neering team designs advanced control system solutions that coordinate material handling hardware, software, communication networks, and Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs).

autoMation• Conveyor and sortation systems.• Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS).• Small item sorter.• Palletizers.• RFID.

• Pick-to-Display.• Robotics.• Carousels.• A-frame dispensing systems.• Bowl feeders.• Tilt tray/cross belt systems.• Packaging equipment.• Fluid loading/unloading.• Pick-to-Light.• Manifest systems.• Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs).• Pick-to-Voice.

WCs Capabilities

• Connect WMS and ERP to automation• Conventional and networked controls• PLC and PC based controls• “Real Time” connection with supply

chain execution software (WMS, OMS, TMS, YMS)

• Smart conveyor routing (AOR)• Seamless integration with

Exacta® SortTM (sortation software)• Cross docking

appliCation inteGration• Laser scanners, RFID, camera systems.• Weighing and cubing systems.• Manifesting.• Printers and applicators.• RF systems.

enGineerinG expertise• Complete CAD services.• 3-D system renderings.• Simulations.• Slotting and profiling.• Facility layout.• Engineered productivity standards.• Return on investment analysis.• Manning requirement analysis.• Ergonomic workstation design.• Energy management.• Equipment maintenance program.• Custom equipment design/build.• Specification / RFQ development.

supplY Chain exeCution softWare• Warehouse Management Software (WMS).• Order Management System (OMS).• Transportation Management System (TMS).• Yard Management System (YMS).

on-GoinG support value• Extensive training program.• On-site operational support.• Web-based video monitoring.• Event-based notification.• Planned maintenance software.• Mechanical and controls annual support.• 24/7 support service.• Critical spare parts.• Remote web or dial-in access.

storaGe sYsteMs• Pick modules.• Rack and shelving systems.• Mezzanines/platforms.• Deep lane storage.• Fork truck integration.• Rack supported buildings.• Pallet flow rail

158

Integrated Systems


proJeCtinitialization

Current sYsteMassessMent

ConCeptinG

reCoMMendedsYsteM Model

finalreport

staGe 1 : proJeCt initialization• Management design goals.• 3 to 5 year volume projections.• Project team selection.• Critical success factors.• Data requirements.

staGe 2 : Current sYsteM assessMent• Current system layout and material flow diagram.• Information flow diagram.• Interview operators, supervisors, and key stake holders.• Known areas of improvement.• Current operational procedures and constraints.

staGe 3 : ConCeptinG• Confirm design parameters and assumptions.• Prepare conceptual layouts and alternatives for levels of automation.• Review capital requirements for alternatives.• Manning requirements.• System throughput constraints and scalability.

staGe 4 : reCoMMended sYsteM Model• Simulation to verify material flow and manning levels.• Slotting and profile analysis to select the appropriate automation equipment.• Recommended information system architecture.• Description of operations.

staGe 5 : final report• 3D CAD layout (floor space and storage requirements).• Capital requirements.• General description of all equipment (bill of materials).• Return on investment analysis.• Implementation plan.• System rendering with panoramic views.• Optional Request for Quote (RFQ) for vendor bidding.

BASTIAN has several years of practical experience working with clients to specify the optimum system to meet their strategic business goals. We leverage a proven five stage methodology to ensure that we help you meet world class standards in overall opera-tions. At BASTIAN, we stand behind our recommendations in the form of system guar-antees on performance metrics and return on investment.

Engineering Studies

159

Integrated Systems


BASTIAN recommends a simulation study to verify system performance where complex or highly variable material flows and manning requirements are involved. With today’s advanced simulation tools, it makes sense to confirm your system model before spending thousands or millions of dollars in capital. BASTIAN has several highly trained simulation engineers to work with your team and confirm various operational methodologies. BASTIAN uses AutoMod as a simulation tool, which is unsurpassed for the design, analysis, and emulation of complex systems. AutoMod combines Virtual Reality (VR) graphics with a flexible, powerful, discrete and continuous simulation environment.

siMulation proCess

siMulation benefits

• Ensures that the system will meet strategic business goals.

• Validates the recommended system design.• Uses your actual order data to verify system

throughput.• Provides an in-depth understanding of your

business operations.• Allows optimal equipment configuration.• Presents informed decisions of how much

equipment to purchase.• Identifies system bottlenecks.• Tests various operational methodologies.• Ability to ask “what if?” questions to enhance

system performance.• Allows the evaluation of system design

changes against a baseline.• Verifies system staffing requirements.

budGetarY priCinG ................................. $26,000

proJeCtinitiation

teaMseleCtion

dataColleCtion

assuMptions doCuMent

base ModeldevelopMent

final report

optiMizationof thedesiGn

ModelrevieW

ModeltestinG

base Modelvalidation

Tests various operational methodologies

Allows the evaluation of system design Allows optimal equipment configuration

Ensures system will meet strategic business goals

Let Us Simulate Your Process (Simulation Engineering)


System Integration ProcessBASTIAN is dedicated to creating advanced material handling systems for the automation of supply chain logistics. The innovative products developed help companies throughout the world better compete in their individual markets and implement their strategic business goals. BASTIAN enjoys using advanced technolo-gies in the industrial environment to help businesses execute their strategic goals. Success through the con-trol of material flow, information flow, and operational procedures can yield huge competitive advantages. Our integrated material handling systems reduce the total cost of order fulfillment and the cycle time for the end user to receive their product.

enGineerinGstudies

3d faCilitieslaYouts

siMulation

equipMentspeCifiCations

ControlssYsteMs

profilinGanalYsis

proJeCtManaGeMent

installation

traininG

aCCeptanCetestinG

after sale andoperational

support

Receiving Area

Robotic Palletizing

AS/RS Unit Load Non-Conveyable Pick Area

Slow/Medium Pick Area

Void Fill & Seal

Shipping Area

AS/RS Mini Load

Baler

Carousel Pick

Carton Flow Pick Module

Replenishment Racks

1-800-264-9610 www.bastiansolutions.com

Integrated Systems

160

Integrated Systems

151

Industry Experience


Retail

Food, Bakery, Grocery

• Crossdocking• Returns• Orderfulfillment

• RFID• Replenishment• Highspeedsortation

• Coolingtunnels• AS/RS• Freezerbuffers

• Robotics• Palletization• Ordersequencing

152

Industry Experience


Beverage

Automotive

• Casehandling• Mixedpalletbuild• Inspection• Bottlehandling

• Casepackers• Mergetables• Palletizersandrobots• Integratedpackagelines

• Work-in-progressbuffers• Tier1sequencing• Seathandling

• Tirehandling• Robotics• Overheadsystems

153

Industry Experience


Transportation

Third Party Logistics

• Trains,buses,airlines• Partskitbuilding• Maintenance• Partsdistribution

• Automatedpicking• UniversalSTET

• Ordersequencing• Co-packing• Orderfulfillment

• TransactionbasedASPmodel• Replenishment• Valueaddedservices

154

Industry Experience


Catalog and E-Commerce

Computer & Electronics

• Kitbuilding• Repairs• Burn-inpallets

• Progressiveassembly• Work-in-progressbuffers• Valueaddedservices

• Orderfulfillment• Returns• Kitbuilding

• Highspeedautomatedpicking• Manifestingandrateshopping• Slap-n-goRFID

155

Industry Experience


Pharmaceutical

Entertainment

• FDAand21CFRvalidation• Cleanroom• RFIDtracking

• Lotandserialnumbertracking• Cooler/freezer/ambient• Packaging

• Highspeedsortation• Automatedpicking• Palletizing

• In-lineweightverification• Timedreleases• Deepcatalog/popularpick

142

Packaging & Manifesting


Case Sealers

3M-Matic™ RandoM Size caSe SealeRS

Ideal for a variety of box sizes, the versatile 3M-Matic™ 700r Random Case Sealer seals up to 15 cases per minute, automatically adjusting to each box's height and width. The AccuGlide™ taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch™ Brand box sealing tapes. The pneumatically operated packing station holds empty cases for filling and automatically centers them for sealing. Both taping heads can be removed easily for cleaning and main-tenance. The 700r features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box width/height adjustment. (Shown here with optional exit conveyor, casters, and low tape sensor.)

caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS• Minimum: 6” Length x 6” Wide x 4-3/4” High• Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2” Wide x 24-1/2” High• Weight: Up to 85 lbs.• Cases per Minute: Up to 15

BudgetaRY PRice ..................................................................................... $10,450(Highly competitive pricing on consumables)

3M-Matic™ adjuStaBle toP & BottoM dRive caSe SealeRS

The advanced features of the 700a make sealing of uniform-size regular slotted containers fast, precise, and productive. A unique upper and lower drive system using four belts posi-tively conveys cases at up to 30 per minute. The AccuGlide™ taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch™ Brand box sealing tapes. Manual adjustments for various case sizes can be made quickly and easily. The 700a features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box height/width adjustment. (Shown here with optional infeed/exit conveyors, casters, and low tape sensor.)

caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS• Minimum: 6” Length x 6” Wide x 4-3/4” High• Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2” Wide x 24-1/2” High• Weight: Up to 85 lbs.• Cases per Minute: Up to 30

BudgetaRY PRice ....................................................................................... $7,250(Highly competitive pricing on consumables)

caSe FoRMeR with PReSSuRe SenSitive BottoM taPeR

The Combi CE-10 is an automatic system that erects and bottom seals corrugated cases at speeds from 500 to 700 cases per hour. This versatile system can create instant labor savings and increase production for a wide range of medium-speed applications. With industry-lead-ing standard features like low-case and low-tape alarms, and fas,t no-tool changeovers, the CE-10 is a simple, operator-friendly solution for your packaging line.

caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS• High-Capacity powered case magazine (holds 150-200 cases)• Small footprint design minimizes floor space • Low case & low tape alarms with stack light assure continuous operation • Safety interlocked guarding restricts access to moving parts • 2 inch 3M Accuglide II+™ Tapehead • 10 case per minute operation for medium speed packaging lines • CE international certification

BudgetaRY PRice .................................................................................... $23,500(Over 200 sizes of boxes available)

2 Week Delivery

143



Packaging Machines

Pac 600®

The PAC 600® is the complete packaging solution (box-making, product secu-rity and sealing) for those who need the best in packing quality for a wide variety of products. The concept of this system is to erect and close the carton automatically without the requirement for void fill - peanuts / air pillows / paper etc. The full system consists of three machines; a carton erector, shrink tunnel, and a lidding machine. Return on investment is about 22 months.

BeneFitS • A tamper-evident dispatch case• A dust-proof packing concept• A case with high stacking strength• The best in packaging quality• A case with the minimum quantity of cardboard.• No wasted volume, 100% fill possible• A fully automated solution, on-line, with a range of machines to adapt

to your throughput requirements• An efficient solution. There is no need to reorganize products in the

box before dispatch.• With the PAC 600® “hands-free” models, any manipulation of the box

or the film is reduced, for higher productivity and suitable for a fully automated picking process

PRoceSS1. Sleeve2. Gluing of the film to the sleeve outside3. Gluing of the base bank4. Film Shrinking of the case contents5. Gluing of the lid bank - finished product

BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................. $450,000(pricing includes delivery, installation, training, and start up assistance)

jivaRo®

The JIVARO® is a box closing machine that adapts the case size to the fill height, and ships the minimal volume to your client. The JIVARO® is particularly useful where there are variable volumes, small very urgent shipments, and high trans-portation costs. Return on investment is about 18 months.

BeneFitS• The right dispatch case volume• Products secured as the excess board is folded into the box• More cases per trucks, which means less trucks on the road• A minimum quantity of cardboard used• A fully automated solution, on-line, and fast (16 cases/minute)• A very compact solution with only one closing machine• Savings achieved on: reduction in corrugated, no requirement for void

fill material (air bags or peanuts), labor savings, transportation costs

PRoceSS1. Measure2. Cut Corners3. Fold Corners4. Add Lid5. Finished product

BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................. $300,000(pricing includes delivery, installation, training, and start up assistance)

14-16 Week Delivery

144



Fill-aiR® ntS Packaging SYSteM

Sealed air offers a variety of fast, easy-to-use systems that deliver air-filled cushions on demand. The Fill-Air® NTS packaging system is ideal for workstation or on-line applica-tions. Fill-Air® Inflatable Packaging Systems provide excellent protection and efficient void fill while reducing material and shipping costs.

Fill-Air® cushions can be produced in a wide range of sizes which provide numerous ben-efits to your packaging operation including:

• Versatile, On-Demand Packaging • Saves Valuable Warehouse Space • Fast and Easy To Use • Clean, Professional-Looking Packages • Outstanding, Lightweight Protection • Enhanced Customer Satisfaction • Environmental Benefits

FeatuReS• 1500 packs/day• 100-120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1.1 Amp, Single Phase• The auto-replenishment mode automatically keeps the cushion bin full• 92 lbs.• Standard cushion sizes - 8” x 5”, 8” x 8” and 8” x 12”• Overall Size - 36.25” x 35.0” x 67.25”

FRee inFlataBle Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe!** Call Bastian for more details

PaPeRPluS® Packaging SYSteM

The PAPERplus® is a patented paper system that creates ultra-strong paper mattresses which provide the bulk and durability needed to absorb, cushion and protect heavy, fragile or awkward items.

The PAPERplus® patented crimping technique has been proven to provide a thicker pad while delivering significantly better compression strength than competitive paper products. With multiple machine configurations to choose from, extreme versatility makes PAPERplus the right choice for your facility requirements as well as your products protection.

FeatuReS• Standard model - 42 feet/minute; high speed model - 120 feet/minute• Made from 100% natural, recycled Kraft paper that can be used over and over.• 110V• Paper - available in single or double ply• 180º directional chute allows for easy movement for different operator heights and

work environments.• (2) Emergency stop buttons• Foot pedal control• Nine different modes of operation for full control over the operation• Available in tabletop models to double as a packing station

FRee PaPeRPluS Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe!** Call Bastian for more details

2 Week Delivery

145



Stretch Wrappers

SeMi-autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRSSemi-Automatic Turntables are great for wrapping 25-35 loads per hour and can replace expensive hand wrapping. A low-profile models also available,

SPeciFicationS• Load capacity range of 4,000-8,000 lbs.• Wrap height of 82”(Standard) – 128”.• Turntable size range of 51”- 77” diameter.• Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives• No thread pre-stretched carriage• Fork Lift Portable Design• Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles.

q-300 ................................................................................................. $9,595 - $12,800SMl-150 ............................................................................................................. $7,750

autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRSAutomatic Turntables are ideal for operations requiring more automation than a Semi-Automatic machine can deliver and wrapping 30-55 loads per hour. These machines are typically found at the very end of a manufacturing or palletizing line. They can also be found in stand alone operations.

SPeciFicationS• Load capacity range of 4,000-8,000 lbs.• Wrap height of 80” and higher.• Turntable size range of 51”- 77” diameter.• Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives• No thread pre-stretched carriage• Fork Lift Portable Design• Standard Conveyor Configuration, one 5 ft. infeed, one

5 ft. discharge and turntable.• Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles.

wca-150 .......................................................................................................... $34,600 q-300 Xt PluS ............................................................................. $23,595 - $26,800

RotaRY aRM StRetch wRaPPeRSRotary arm stretch wrappers are extremely versatile, capable of wrapping very light to very heavy, tall, and unstable loads. There are two versions the semi-automatic and the auto-matic. The semi-automatic can wrap up to 50 loads/hr and the automatic can wrap up to 100 loads/hr.

SPeciFicationS• Load capacity range for the Automatic 4,000-6,000 lbs.• Load capacity range for the Semi-Automatic unlimited.• Wrap height of 80” and higher.• Turntable size range of 51”-77” diameter.• Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives• No thread pre-stretched carriage• Standard Conveyor 2 ½ in diameter rollers on 3” centers, 52”BR• Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles.

wRta-150 ...................................................................................... $13,000 - $17,000S2500 ................................................................................................. $56,900 - 67,000

StRetch wRaPPeR oRdeRing inFoRMation• What is the size, weight, and dimension of the pallet being used?• Is the product hanging off the pallet?• Does the application require the use of slip sheets?• Does the product being wrapped need to be double wrapped?

S2500

WRTA-150

WCA-150

Q-300 XT Plus

Q-300

SML-150

4-6 Week Delivery

146



Label Printer Applicators Model 5200 (RFid caPaBle)These sturdy, self-contained units combine a high density thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with an automatic label applicator to simultaneously print and apply pressure sensitive labels to the tops, bottoms, or sides of products right along the conveyor line.

FeatuReS• Choose from 203- or 300-dpi print engines• Print pressure-sensitive labels up to 6.0” wide and 6.0” long• Speeds up to 12.0” per second• Flexible print engine selection (Zebra, Datamax, and SATO units)• Three different application methods• RFID upgradable

BeneFitS• Eliminate the expense and inconvenience of preprinted labels• Eliminate label obsolescence• Reduce labor costs• Provide faster, more precise labeling

RFid Model5200 RFID label printer applicator makes it easy to print, encode, verify and apply pressure-sensi-tive RFID smart labels to cartons and pallet loads in one automatic operation. In addition, the system determines if a tag is unverifiable and rejects it prior to application.

• Prints, encodes and applies EPC Gen 2 labels• Senses and rejects unverifiable RFID tags• Handles media up to 5” x 6”• Retrofit kits available to upgrade existing Model 5200 systems

coRneR-wRaP ModelThe Corner-Wrap label printer-applicator combines high quality label printing with a specially designed label applicator that affixes a single label around the corner of a carton as it travels on the conveyor line.

• Unique system prints one label and wraps it around a carton corner.• Select from the highest-quality print engines • Applies labels up to 4” wide and 12” long• RFID print-encode engines also available

twin-taMP ModelTheTwin-Tamp label printer-applicator combines a high-performance thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with a specially configured applicator to satisfy the printing and two-label, adjacent-panel applica-tion of carton labels in line.

• One system prints and applies two labels to adjacent panels• Choice of high-quality print engines• Handles labels up to 6” W and 4” L

5200 aPPlicatoR ................................................................................................................................................................................... $12,900

5200 Stand ................................................................................................................................................................................................ $1,530

2-4 Week Delivery

147



Model 250 (RFid caPaBle)

The model 250 delivers next-generation features, functionality, construction and the simplicity of use to ensure the industry’s lowest cost of operation. Its modular design features hot-swap modules, including EPC Gen-2-ready print engine module for fast RFID capabilities, making setup and replace-ment quicker and easier, resulting in maximum uptime.

FeatuReS• User-configurable interface allows for easy, fast setup and operation• Easy to integrate with PLC’s, scales, and more• Backlit, 2-line LCD and tactile membrane keypad• Can be mounted in any orientation - top, bottom or side label application• Quickly switch between application modules, preserving initial investment• Easily moved from line to line• Regulators, valves, and gauges on all devices• Valve function LEDs• 1” stainless steel shaft for unwind module• Sealed bearings for longer life• Solid all-metal construction with 1/2” face plate

ModuleS• Electronics Module - Advanced microprocessor control, easy user configuration, and easy to read display make setup quick and simple. Reset

default settings by simply recalling factory settings.• Pneumatics Module - Single-manifold design coupled with rugged components and advanced features like LED read-outs and optional plug-in

tamp blow give pneumatic assemblies optimum functionality.• Unwind Module - 12.5” unwind delivers a 1:1 ratio of labels to ribbons, resulting in maximum performance and minimal downtime.

electRic taMP (high SPeed veRtical)

Select the electric tamp option for improved accuracy and speed when labeling products of varying heights. A Model 250 Printer Applicator fitted with this module is able to label boxes ranging from 1”-30” in height at speeds up to 45 cases per minute. That is almost 3 times faster than a standard pneumatic tamp option.

The system is designed to take data from a height detection system positioned upstream and send case heights to the indexer. The trailing edge of the previous box triggers a sensor attached to the Model 250. An actuator then positions the label 1.5” above the expected carton.

When a tamp-go signal is received, the tamp moves towards the box, a smart tamp sensor sees the box, the label is blown onto the surface, and the tamp assembly retracts to the home position. If a taller than expected object is sensed, the label is ejected, and the pad returns to home position to wait for the next box. If the smart tamp sensor does not see a box within approximately 2” of the expected height, it rejects the label and returns home.

The system can achieve a throughput of 20 cases/minute at approximately 150 feet/minute. Carton through-put may increase up to 45 cases per minute when successive cartons are at or near the maximum height.

coRneR-wRaP

The corner-wrap option wraps a single label around the leading edge of a box or pallet which reduces label and machinery cost while allowing for product identification on two sides.

The corner wrap attachment uses a spring loaded vacuum grid with an adjacent neoprene rubber roller for consistent controlled label application. After a label is printed, it is dispensed onto the vacuum grid. As the product travels down the conveyor past the applicator, the front panel of the box or product strikes the vacuum grid holding the label. As the box advances, the label is applied to the front panel and then to the side panel. The rubber roller follows the contour of the box to assure complete adhesion of the label.

BudgetaRY PRice ............................................................................................. $14,000 - $16,000** price for base system

BudgetaRY PRice ............................................................................................. $18,000 - $20,000** price for system with typical options

4-6 Week Delivery

148



SlPa8000R (RFid caPaBle)The SLPA8000r has been developed specifically for high-speed production and distribution environ-ments. Using “Next-Out” encoding, this high-speed printer applicator can verify, encode, print and apply 100% good tags, at speeds in excess of 100 labels per minute.

The industry-leading, patented tag management system has provided users with the most reliable, cost effective method of applying only 100% readable tags to products, while collecting defective tags on the rewind mechanism for post-mortem inspection.

Unlike traditional OEM engine models, the SLPA8000r provides a unique Single System Interface that consolidates both printer and applicator controls, while providing messages on system status, tamp errors and more. Users also gain complete visibility to the printer applicator system to monitor and manage their application process from data transmission to label application.

The SLPA8000r also includes the largest library of UHF RFID tags for EPC global Gen-2 and ISO spec-ifications and is available in an RFID Ready version, the LPA8000r, for traditional bar code applications. The upgrade kit gives users the confidence to upgrade to RFID in the future.

• Ideal for labeling in Work-in-Process and Distribution environments• Easily integrates into most enterprise IT environments with multiple print languages for compatibility with legacy data streams• Print resolutions of both 203 and 300 dpi are available for both the LPA8000 and SLPA8000 printer applicators to accommodate higher bar

code resolution requirements• Uniwall Design –RFID or thermal printers built into the applicator wall for stability and durability• Modular Connectivity For Higher Throughput - Units can be coupled together to address higher speed requirements.• Single System Interface – one General Purpose Input Output (GPIO) enables users to easily program the SLPA with system PLC’s for greater

systems performance in a material handling environment• Product Support - a variety of support levels to help you successfully operate your printers• Performance levels up to 100 labels per minute• Field-upgradable XML forms printing option with embedded industry standard forms and templates with the XML Forms Module• Printronix eXtensible Markup Language (PXML) interface enables real-time printer and job control• Top and side label application orientations, as well as roll-on/front/back• Fully integrated controller board, reducing the costs and complexity found in a traditional Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

SlPa8204R ............................................................................................................................................................................................... $20,963(Smart Label printer applicator 203 dpi)

SlPa8304R ............................................................................................................................................................................................... $21,694(Smart Label printer applicator 300 dpi)

SlPa heated encloSuReThe SLPA Heated Enclosure was designed for manufacturing environments that can be hostile to automation equipment. This enclosure is ideal for print and apply applications with extreme tempera-tures that require consistent and predictable environment controls. It can mount vertically or hori-zontally to accommodate most space requirements for production lines. The enclosure will withstand temperatures to –20ºF. A heater and circulating fan maintain a constant temperature for the printer applicator.

The clear plastic exterior allows visibility to monitor printer controls and media status. The durable enclosure provides access to the SLPA from different angles by simply removing the panels with a screwdriver. Users benefit from a lightweight door panel and latch for quick access to change and load media and ribbons.

FeatuReS• Overall Dimensions - Approximately 40” x 29” x 22”• Materials - 1” tube stainless steel frame with removable side, top and bottom clear

plastic panels• Accessibility - Left-open front door with locking handle• Mounting Orientation - Can rotate nose up, nose down, and horizontal positions• Controls - Controller box contains an Ogden Controller, thermal sensor, fuses and an AC outlet for the SLPA• Heating - Three heating elements for a total of 1200 watts and a circulating fan• Electrical - 15 amps and AC outlet for SLPA• Media - Labels are applied through an opening• Available Options - Aluminum panels, automated tamp door

BudgetaRY PRice ................................................................................................................................................................................ $10,358

149



Label PrinterstheRMal tRanSFeR & diRect theRMal laBel PRinteRSZebra’s 140XiIIIPlus thermal/thermal-transfer printer offers high-speed capabilities and superior flexibil-ity for high-volume, continuous production of in-spec bar code labels.

This model handles pressure-sensitive labels and tags up to 5.5” wide and 39.0” long. Its dual 32-bit microprocessors enable it to produce bar codes, text and graphic images at print speeds reaching up to 12.0” per second. In addition to efficient throughput, the 140XiIIIPlus offers excellent resolution at 203 dpi. The flexibility of the 140XiIIIPlus enables it to print labels one at a time, in multiple strips, or pro-duce a large batch of labels and rewind them in preparation for automatic application.

• Label rewind/peel• Label/tag cutter• Twinax/Coax interface• On-line verifier• Ethernet interface• Label applicator interface• RS422/485 interface• XML-enabled printing

140XiiiPluS ................................................................................................................. $4,272

RFid PRinteRS & encodeRSMuch of the initial growth of RFID will be linked to “smart label” technology, which combines the benefits of bar code labeling with the functionality of RFID by embedding an ultra-thin inlay in the label material for the purposes of transmitting a range of product data. To make certain that you are ready to meet these new RFID specifications of retailers and governments agencies, numerous solutions are now provided. These special label printers encode data on RFID labels and tags, while simultaneously printing text, bar codes and graphics. In addition, smart labels for use in our these RFID printers are available, plus a range of pre-encoded labels and tags to satisfy associated identification applications.

The R4Mplus encodes information on very thin, ultra-high frequency (UHF) transponders embedded in smart labels, then immediately verifies proper encoding. In addition, the printer is designed to support Electronic Product Code (EPC) RFID standards as they develop.

• 203 dpi resolution• Prints and encodes labels up to 4.5” wide and 39” long • 10” per second.

R110Xi .......................................................................................................................... $4,090

theRMal BaRcode PRinteR & online data validation SYSteMThe T5000r Online Data Validation System (ODV) guarantees that bar codes are scannable, offer-ing a complete bar code compliant solution. Online Data Validation (ODV) analyzes every printed bar code to assure that it meets stringent scanning standards. This quality control analyzes each bar code just after it is printed, verifying that the bar code print image falls well within each bar code’s symbology specifications.

• ODV stops bad bar codes from getting into your production or distribution systems – without interruption

• ODV’s unique void-and-reprint technology allows the system to run unattended, minimizing cost and allowing almost instantaneous ROI

• Full compatibility across all Printronix printer technologies• Captures and displays all bar code quality data to ensure enterprise wide remedies for• error conditions • Enables the storage of all bar code quality data in common database applications, such

as Oracle and DB2• ODV with Data Manager ensures bar code compliance while helping eliminate compliance

fines, internal reworks or charge backs.

t5204R odv ................................................................................................................$3,817(Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 203 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface)

t5304R odv ............................................................................................................... $3,996(Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 300 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface)

Zebra 140XiIIIPlus

T5000r

R110Xi

150



Exacta® Manifest SoftwaretRanSPoRtation ManageMent SoFtwaRe (tMS)

Exacta® Transportation Management System (TMS) efficiently handles your transportation requirements to minimize monthly freight bills while meeting your customer’s delivery expec-tations. Exacta® has the capability to integrate upstream into the pack stations and generate compliant shipping labels with assigned tracking numbers. Trailer load sequencing for efficient load drop offs and ORM-D type shipments are accommodated with Exacta®. Freight reports and analysis are provided to gain visibility to your shipments and better manage your costs.

• Reduces monthly freight costs while meeting customer’s delivery expectations• Integrates with the nation’s leading carriers (UPS, FedEx, USPS, AirBorne, LTL’s, etc.)• Handles custom carrier discounts based on shipping volume• Provides manifest rating engines to “shop” for the best freight rate• Compliant labeling for your major retail customers• Accommodates ORM-D and hazardous material shipping requirements• Trailer load sequencing • Automated “In-Line” manifesting to save labor• Collaboration with freight forwarders, and consolidators (extended supply chain)

The Exacta® software interfaces to a wide variety of manifest rate engines including: UPS World Ship, ConnectShip, Kewill, Pitney Bowes, ShipNow and UFMS. Working in conjunction with a scale, manifest information is collected and associated with the specific carton data and uploaded using the export module to the host for customer invoicing.

The Exacta® manifest solution can operate in an unattended or attended manner. Running in an unattended manner occurs in automated systems through the use of an omni scanner and generally in higher volume operations. Attended manifest requires interaction by a person with the software to scan the individual cartons to be manifested. This option is generally used for lower volume operations, less automated operations and exceptions that may occur on cartons processed through an unattended manifest station.

ShiPPing containeR MaRking

Printing (Thermal, Inkjet, Laser) for special shipping container marking instructions. USPS Bulk Mail Center, FedEx or UPS Overnight Container. See previous pages on label print-ing applications.

tRaFFic Routing / Scheduling

Real time dispatching of carriers to specific shipping docks. Scheduling is based on the wave sequencing of orders or full accumula-tion of cartons for a trailer. The shipping lane allows the use of the cube in the trailer for staging outbound orders.

in-tRanSit tRacking

Integration with the major carriers’ tracking systems (UPS, FedEx, USPS, etc.) to tell the exact status of a shipped order. Provided via a web interface with look-up based on custom-er’s purchase order number or distributor’s sales order number.

Attended Manifest Unattended Manifest

134

Dock Equipment


Gravity ConveyorsFlexible expandable Conveyor - SkatewheelThis model is a heavy duty, flexible, gravity conveyor. A proven performer for trailer loading and unload-ing, it is ideally suited for packaging, shipping and flexible assembly lines. Other applications include work-in-process lines, value added operations, and temporary lines. Order optional leg connect brackets to lock units together. Capacity is 200 lbs/ft. and the adjustable conveyor height is 28-1/2” to 41-1/2”. Models also available in 170 and 300 lbs/ft.

Model number overall width

(in.)

Standard lengths (ft.)Compacted/

expanded

leg Sets per Unit

Skate wheels per axle

weight(lbs.)

price

black poly (bp)

Steel (St)

BF200-18-12 18 3 to 12 4 7 215 $828 $828

BF200-18-16 18 4 to 16 5 7 286 $1,056 $1,056

BF200-18-20 18 5 to 20 6 7 357 $1,289 $1,289

BF200-18-24 18 6 to 24 7 7 429 $1,520 $1,520

BF200-24-12 24 3 to 12 4 9 252 $901 $901

BF200-24-16 24 4 to 16 5 9 336 $1,154 $1,154

BF200-24-20 24 5 to 20 6 9 420 $1,407 $1,407

BF200-24-24 24 6 to 24 7 9 504 $1,650 $1,650

BF200-18-12 18 3 to 12 4 7 215 $828 $828

BF200-18-16 18 4 to 16 5 7 286 $1,056 $1,056

BF200-18-20 18 5 to 20 6 7 357 $1,289 $1,289

BF200-18-24 18 6 to 24 7 7 429 $1,520 $1,520

Flexible expandable Conveyor - rollerHeavy duty flexible-expandable roller conveyor is excellent for handling boxes, bags, and low grade corru-gated cartons that could get hung up on skatewheel conveyor. Capacity per linear foot is 150 lbs. 5” swivel casters come standard on model. Side rails as well as other optional equipment is available.

Modelnumber

overall width

(in.)

Standard lengths (ft.)Compacted/

expanded

leg Sets per

Unit

roller axle Centers

weight(lbs.)

price

BFR-18-12 18 4 to 12 4 5 225 $1,123

BFR-18-16 18 5’ 4” to 16’ 5 5 300 $1,454

BFR-18-20 18 6’ 8” to 20’ 6 5 374 $1,791

BFR-18-24 18 8 to 24 7 5 449 $2,107

BFR-24-12 24 4 to 12 4 5 264 $1,213

BFR-24-16 24 5’ 4” to 16’ 5 5 352 $1,565

BFR-24-20 24 6’ 8” to 20’ 6 5 440 $1,921

BFR-24-24 24 8 to 24 7 5 528 $2,264

BFR-30-12 30 4 to 12 4 5 304 $1,259

BFR-30-16 30 5’ 4” to 16’ 5 5 405 $1,627

BFR-30-20 30 6’ 8” to 20’ 6 5 506 $2,006

BFR-30-24 30 8 to 24 7 5 607 $2,355

aCCeSSorieSPackage Stop ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................$37.80Leg Connect Brackets (For Roller Conveyor) ...................................................................................................................................................................... $22.95 Per SetAxle Connect Brackets (For Skatewheel Conveyor) .............................................................................................................................................................. $9.26 Per Set6” Casters ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $18.52 Per Leg Set

2-3 Week Delivery

135

Dock Equipment


Straight gravity Conveyor - SkatewheelExcellent for setting up temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping departments, assem-bly areas, etc. Allows for accumulation at smaller decline angles than gravity roller. Not recommended with unevenly loaded totes. Can maintain product orientation and allows for better product flow on longer lengths of gravity conveyor. Aluminum is often used for lightweight gravity gates. A minimum of 10 wheels under the product is required. Spurs and curves also available.

Model number description overall width (in.) wheel per Foot weight (lbs.) price

SW-12-3-10-5 5’ Straight Steel, 3” axle centers 12 10 37 $71.66






AW-12-3-10-5 5’ Straight Aluminum, 3” axle centers 12 10 20 $81.29






Straight gravity Conveyor - roller (1 3/8” diaMeter rollerS)The model SSR is a very versatile conveyor with numerous applications. Excellent for setting up per-manent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities, shipping departments, and assembly areas. The SSR has close roller spacing for small products. It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of products. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required. Available in steel and aluminum frames. Spurs and curves also available.

Model number description overall width (in.) wheel per Foot weight (lbs.) price

SSR-12-1.5-5 5’ Straight Steel 12 1-1/2 55 $112.09


SSR-12-3-5 5’ Straight Steel 12 3 37 $68.51










SAR-12-1.5-5 5’ Straight Aluminum 12 1-1/2 29 $152.16


SAR-12-3-5 5’ Straight Aluminum 12 3 20 $93.63










** Other sizes available. Please call Bastian for more information

24 hour delivery

136

Dock Equipment


Custom TurntablesManUal tUrntable

• Operators can easily rotate heavy loads to work from all sides• Constructed with heavy duty welded structural steel for

tough applications• Heavy duty pallet load applications, up to 3,000 lbs.• Spring loaded detents for (4) positions• Automatic blade stops (orange) that come up when turntable

is turned away from home position. Mechanical actuation, which means no outside power required!

bUdgetary priCe ........................................................................... $4,400 * for base turntable with orange stops

UpStreaM/downStreaM ManUal blade StopS .......... $825 ea.

ManUal tUrntable with pneUMatiC blade StopS

• Turntables typically used for plastic returnable containers, allows operator to work out of both sides of the container without having to walk around

• Heavy duty welded structural steel construction• The base frame is built to match slope of upstream and

downstream conveyors• Manually rotates by pushing handle, has (4) detent positions• Includes (2) independently operated pneumatic blade stops to allow

container to flow in/out of work cell• Each of the manual hand valves is color coded to easily identify which

valve to activate

bUdgetary priCe ............................................................................ $8,250

low proFile powered tUrntableS

• Includes a reversible chain driven live roller conveyor with powered transition rollers at both ends

• 460/3/60 electric motor driven• The rotation of the turntable is done via an air motor drive• The turntable utilizes a heavy duty Rotek style bearing to ensure

long life and a compact design• Includes a heavy duty welded structural steel base that can be

mounted to a lift table, shuttle car, or anchored to the floor• The top of roller elevation can be as low as 14”• Includes solenoid valve and flow controls to control rotation• (2) proximity sensors to sense rotation position

bUdgetary priCe .......................................................................... $11,000

4-6 Week Delivery

137

Dock Equipment


Dockboards and Dockplates

alUMinUM doCkboardSAluminum Dockboards are essential for loading and unloading anything from a truck. We have discovered that having high strength aluminum curbs preserve the life of the dock-board and keeps the board lightweight. Having aluminum curbs fully welded onto the deck allow the dockboard to flex with the weight and make sure the forklift stays on track. This curb design adds to the strength and durability of the dockboard and actually reduces the overall weight. Made from high strength aluminum, our dockboards can handle up to 17,000 pounds. This means that the entire load can be on the dockplate at once.

• Up to 17,000 pound capacity • Handles and chains available • More durable aluminum construction • Complete perimeter weld for aluminum curbs• Will outlast competitor’s steel curbed models

Standard dUty

Size(in.)

5,000 - 7,000 lbs. Capacity5/16” aluminum 3” welded curb

10,000 lbs. Capacity3/8” aluminum 3 1/2” welded curb

(w x l) Capacity (lbs.) part number weight (lbs.) price Capacity (lbs.) part number weight (lbs.) price

48 x 36 7,000 L7-4836 80 $469.71 10,000 L10-4836 97 $475.71

48 x 48 7,000 L7-4848 107 $576.83 10,000 L10-4848 130 $589.09

60 x 36 7,000 L7-6036 93 $535.63 10,000 L10-6036 113 $567.89

60 x 48 7,000 L7-6048 124 $662.77 10,000 L10-6048 151 $677.02

60 x 60 7,000 L7-6060 155 $785.21 10,000 L10-6060 188 $814.75

72 x 48 5,000 L5-7248 141 $748.71 - - - -

72 x 60 5,000 L5-7260 177 $900.58 - - - -

heavy dUty

Size(in.)



(w x l) Capacity (lbs.) part number weight (lbs.) price Capacity (lbs.) part number weight (lbs.) price

60 x 36 14,000 L14-6036 120 $648.65 17,000 L17-6036 146 $725.76

60 x 48 14,000 L14-6048 160 $813.45 17,000 L17-6048 195 $920.71

60 x 60 14,000 L14-6060 200 $981.79 17,000 L17-6060 244 $1,108.23

72 x 48 12,000 L12-7248 181 $915.87 15,000 L15-7248 223 $1,051.01

72 x 60 12,000 L12-7260 226 $1,121.87 15,000 L15-7260 279 $1,283.05


how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkboard1. Determine the Capacity - add the weight of the forklift and the weight of the maximum load2. Determine Width - the width of the dock board should be at least 18 inches wider than your widest equipment passing over the board.

Remember, safety curbs take up 6 inches of usable width, a 60 inch dock board has 54 inches of space3. Determine the length - you need to know the maximum difference between the height of the dock and the height of the highest truck bed.

Max truck bed height - dock height = 4. Use the chart below to determine the type of dock board to use

MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in.)

Slope angle

1 2 3 4 5 5.5 6 7 8 8.5 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

11º bend Standard

- - - 30 36 - 42 48 - 54 - 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

4-6 Week Delivery

138

Dock Equipment


alUMinUM doCkplateS

High traction, safety treadplate surface and beveled edges are only a few of the advantages of these dock plates. Made from high strength aluminum, these dock plates are backed by a 2 year warranty and come in capacities up to 10,000 pounds. Weight capacities are actual capacities, assuming the entire load will be on the dock plate at once. Some companies assume that only 2 wheels of the load will be on at once, and overstate their capacity. As we have tested our dock plates to full capacity, we are including that extra margin for safety. Dockplates are not for use of forktrucks. Please review the previous page if equipment is needed for this application.

• Easy lifting handles • High traction safety treadplate • Bolted legs for easy repair • Beveled edges for a smooth transition • Engineered bend to keep the dock plate flush with truck • 2 - Year Warranty • Actual capacity rated • Up to 10,000 lb. capacity

Size(in.)

el SerieS5/16” plate

e SerieS3/8” plate

eh SerieS1/2” plate

(w x l) Capacity(lbs.)

part number

weight(lbs.)

price Capacity(lbs.)

part number

weight(lbs.)

price Capacity(lbs.)

part number

weight(lbs.)

price

36 x 36 1,757 EL-3636 59 $309.26 2,500 E-3636 68 $315.50 4,300 EH-3636 82 $401.42

36 x 48 1,318 EL-3648 76 $384.52 1,900 E-3648 87 $394.37 3,000 EH-3648 108 $502.67

48 x 36 2,343 EL-4836 72 $381.72 3,500 E-4836 83 $382.60 5,300 EH-4836 104 $470.88

48 x 48 1,757 EL-4848 94 $480.64 2,600 E-4848 107 $494.43 3,800 EH-4848 137 $600.37

48 x 60 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1,800 E-4860 132 $585.06 2,900 EH-4860 168 $758.12

54 x 36 2,636 EL-5436 79 $410.00 3,700 E-5436 90 $393.04 5,300 EH-5436 114 $507.48

54 x 48 1,977 EL-5448 103 $520.33 2,600 E-5448 118 $507.48 4,200 EH-5448 150 $655.80

54 x 60 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2,000 E-5460 146 $606.00 3,400 EH-5460 185 $820.01

60 x 36 2,928 EL-6036 85 $455.56 4,100 E-6036 98 $462.63 6,600 EH-6036 125 $592.13

60 x 48 2,196 EL-6048 111 $578.15 2,900 E-6048 129 $600.37 4,800 EH-6048 164 $768.70

60 x 60 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2,000 E-6060 160 $734.56 3,700 EH-6060 203 $958.23

72 x 36 3,514 EL-7236 99 $430.16 4,300 E-7236 118 $550.91 7,800 EH-7236 145 $693.38

72 x 48 2,636 EL-7248 129 $675.68 3,400 E-7248 151 $720.45 5,900 EH-7248 191 $911.14


how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkplate - not For Fork trUCk traFFiC!1. Determine the width - add 12” to the widest load that will go over the plate 2. Determine the capacity - weight of pallet jack + maximum load weight + operator weight 3. ** If the maximum load is within 50 lbs. of the stated capacity, select the next highest capacity4. Determine the length - the difference in height between the dock and the truck floor

MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in.)

Slop angle

1 2 3 4 5 5.5. 6 7 8 8.5 9 10

11º bend Standard

- - 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84

4-6 Week Delivery

139

Dock Equipment


Strip Doors

Clear-Flex ii® Strip doorS

energy Savings - Reduces the amount of heated or cooled air lost through an unprotected open-ing. Superior design features, like rounded edges to prevent cutting and concaveness to promote tight sealing, assure maximum efficiency and safety. Special fabrication process keeps the strips hang-ing straight without warping, even under temperature extremes.

efficient design - Formulated with a non-stick additive that prevents strips from clinging to each other, while promoting an effective seal against heat loss, noise, and dust. Finished edges are rounded to prevent cupping and concaveness, promoting a tighter seal between strips.

Special Safety Strips - Maximize safety with Clear-Flex II®’s special bright orange safety strips. These strips are provided at no extra charge and when hung at the extreme right and left of the door, clearly mark the throughways to help prevent accidents.

bUlk-FUll rollS pvC Stripping

part number

description price

171105 8” x .080 x 150’ Std/Smooth $105.72

170008 8” x .080 x 300’ Std/Smooth $192.22

170009 8” x .080 x 150’ Std/Ribbed $131.72

170012 12” x .120 x 150’ Std/Smooth $224.71

170013 12” x .120 x 150’ Std/Ribbed $289.64

Strip door typeS

SCratCh gUard® - Features superior scratch resistance. Its non-stick surface reduces static electricity while providing an easier safer entry

air-Flex® - Allows fresh air in and keeps insects out. Mesh strips made of 12 oz. PVC coated polyester for long life and durability. Air Flex may be alternated with clear, smooth PVC strips

Standard - Formulated for indoor/outdoor appli-cations, withstanding temperatures from -10°F to 150°. Standard Smooth is the most versatile material and it will not discolor in sun light.

low-teMp - For interior applications only. Recommended for cooler/freezer applications and USDA inspected facilities. Remains flexible in tempera-tures as low as -40°F

low-teMp reinForCed - Utilizes nylon string within the material to prevent elongation or shrinkage of material due to temperature variations. For interior applications only. Remains flexible in temperatures as low as -40°F. Best for cooler/freezer applications. Meets requirements for food service operations and USDA inspected facilities.

dark aMber or azteC orange - Best strip door for welding screen applications or as a partial sight barrier. opaqUe - Comes in black only. Use for conveyor opening curtains or as a total sight barrier between areas. Not recommended for areas where motorized traffic might be present

aMberteCh™ - Anti-insect and anti-glare. Restricts most flying insects ability to detect attracting lights and heat. Reduces blinding daytime glare and has the same standard properties as the standard door type.

anti-StatiC - Reduces static electricity from objects or persons, dissipating it back into the atmo-sphere. For use in clean rooms, computer component assembly areas, etc. User should determine suitability of this product for its intended use. Comes in light green tint for identification only.

oFFSet ribbed - Reduces scratching and abra-sions from heavy use. Lasts longer and provides a stronger seal than smooth material.

Clear-Flex ii® - partial overlap

Size of door opening

(ft.)

Strip width

(in.)

Strip thickness

(in)

Standard Smooth

price

Standard ribbedprice

3 x 7 8 0.08 $79.30 $96.75

4 x 7 8 0.08 $105.30 $128.47

5 x 8 8 0.08 $150.15 $183.18

6 x 8 8 0.08 $180.70 $220.45

8 x 8 12 0.12 $274.95 $335.44

8 x 10 12 0.12 $343.20 $418.70

10 x 10 12 0.12 $429.00 $523.26

12 x 12 12 0.12 $617.50 $753.35

** above pricing includes mounting hardware. Please contact Bastian for pricing on other materials and sizes.

24 hour delivery

140

Dock Equipment


Dock LiftsThese heavy duty lifts are ideal for cargo handling and lifting heavy industrial loads. Built-in hydraulic overload relief protects personnel and structures. Heavy-plate platforms with structural reinforcements minimize deflection, while the wide base provides increased rigidity and stability. Dock Lifts are for use in applications that do not justify the cost and space required for a loading dock. Dock lifts may be used alone, or in combination with dock levelers to provide total flexibility in the dock area for handling unstable loads, level transfer of materials, and wide variations in truck bed heights.

appliCationS• No dock • Extremely low or high dock• For lift truck access to grade level • For a dock with low to moderate use • For a wide variation in truck heights • For a dock with a narrow apron • In a restricted truck area • For unstable loads• For loads requiring level handling

tranSFer arrangeMentS

FeatUreS• Capacity to 20,000 pounds (uniformly distributed) at heights to 59”• Hinged split diamond tread throw-over plate. Travels from 15º below horizontal to 15º beyond vertical for a total swing of 120º• Weatherproof up/down constant pressure push button control• Safety: Hydraulic velocity fuse at cylinders. Adjustable lowering time in flow control valve for uniform lowering speed. Removable pipe rails

42” high with mid-rail, 4” kick plate, and snap chain opposite throw-over plate. Up locks for maintenance. Bevel Toe guard platform with safety yellow accordion skirting

• Complete installation package includes: 20’ coiled cord on control, power unit reservoir filled with hydraulic oil, and 5’ of hydraulic hose with power unit

• Typical installations: on top of grade with optional ramp; in pit, flush with grade; in front of dock on pad; or flush in face of dock• Transfer arrangements: Rail and hinged throw-over plate locations should be indicated if other than style A (as shown in diagram at right)• 10,000 lb. min. roll-over capacity (static load) on “M” models & equal to lift capacity on “H” models• NEMA 1 linestarter/transformer for 24 Volt controls• Diamond tread deck surface• Standard 208/230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle (please specify voltage)• Removable lifting eyes for installation

Model number

Capacity(lbs.)

Standard platform

(ft.)

lowered height

(in.)

raised height

(in.)

nominal rise Speed

(FpM)

elevating time(sec.)

weight(lbs.)

price

DL5-59M 5,000 6 x 8 8 67 11 27 2,800 $6,907

DL6-59M 6,000 6 x 8 10 69 11 27 2,900 $7,478

DL8-59M 8,000 6 x 8 10 69 7 42 3,200 $9,360

DL10-59H 10,000 7 x 12 16 75 9 34 5,000 $14,720

DL12-59H 12,000 7 x 12 16 75 8 36 5,200 $15,440

DL16-59H 16,000 7 x 12 16 75 6 50 5,500 $18,240

DL20-59H 20,000 7 x 12 22 81 5 60 7,900 $23,760


4-8 Week Delivery

141

Dock Equipment


Dock Accessoriesloading lightSLights minimize freight damage while expediting loading and unloading operations. Provides uniform vis-ibility inside trailers or around dock areas. All Dock Loading Lights are UL listed.

Incandescent lights offer good color, low replacement cost and turn on instantly even in cold environ-ments. It utilizes a 90 watt bulb, model PAR-38, sold separately. Adjustable arm knuckle joint allows vertical and horizontal positioning. Incandescent lights typically provide more lumens/watt, better energy efficiency, have a longer service life and experience less light depreciation over their lifetime. It is supplied with a 500 watt bulb. Light turns on instantly.

Model number description length (in.)

weight (lbs.)

price

LL-40 Incandescent, Double Strut, Double Arm 40 22 $86.00

LL-60 Incandescent, Double Strut, Double Arm 60 28 $103.01

PAR-38-90 90 Watt Halogen Bulb, 1270 Lumens (LL) - 1 $11.34

LL-40-FAN Package: LL-40 light, fan, brackets and wiring - 78 $165.38

wheel ChoCkS• Rubber Wheel Chocks - Constructed of reinforced rubber to provide a sure grip on virtually

any surface. Curved surface contours to fit tires. Rubber resists tearing, abrasion, ozone weathering, etc. Functional design is durable in all weather conditions

• Aluminum Wheel Chocks - Lightweight and easy to handle extruded aluminum chocks. Also available with a 36” high handle and/or sign

• Steel Wheel Chocks - Made of high-strength, annealed ductile cast steel. Features grip slot for easy pick up and positioning and maximum traction on any surface

• Molded Urethane Wheel Chocks - Made of a lightweight, yet durable, molded urethane. Available in four sizes: Mega, Jumbo, Standard and Mini

Model number

description dimensions (in.) (w x h x d)

weight (lbs.)

price

RWC-8 Molded Rubber Chock (eyebolt) 7-5/8 x 6 x 8-5/8 10 $15.12

RMC-4 Extruded Rubber Chock 6-1/2 x 4-3/4 x 4-1/4 16 $10.77

EALUM-7 Extruded Aluminum Chock 7 x 8 x 10 8 $34.97

MS-15 Molded Steel Chock 9 x 8-1/2 x 8 18 $32.98

URWC-2 Mini-Urethane Chock 7 x 6 x 8 2 $17.77

URWC-15 Standard Urethane Chock 8 x 8 x 11 5 $27.41

URWC-25 Jumbo Urethane Chock 14-1/2 x 14-1/2 x 17 30 $158.76

URWC-45 Mega Urethane Chock 18 x 18 x 34 54 $242.87

pallet pUllerSPallet Pullers are used to pull pallets to the rear of trailers for easy fork truck access. These pullers are made out of rugged steel and the heads are self cleaning and unaffected by wood particles, paint, or grease.

Model number

description pulling Capacity

(lbs.)

Jaw height

(in.)

Jaw opening

(in.)

weight(lbs.)

price

PAL-12 Single Scissor 5,000 2-3/4 5-1/2 14 $52.92

PAL-14 Cam Scissor action 5,000 1-1/2 3-1/2 17 $68.04

PAL-16 Single Scissor Heavy Duty 6,000 1-1/2 5 16 $61.43

PAL-21 Double scissor 5,000 2-3/4 4-1/2 25 $60.48

PAL-LP Double scissor low profile 5,000 1-3/4 4-1/2 24 $68.04

PPC-20 20’ of 1/4” chain w/ grab hook 6,000 - - 17 $30.24

PPC-40 40’ of 1/4” chain w/ grab hook 6,000 - - 32 $54.81

Model LL-40

Model MS-15 Model RWC-8

Model URWC-15

Model EALUM-7

Model PAL-12

Model PAL-14

2 Day Delivery

108

Carts & Moving Devices


Manual Pallet Trucks

Full Featured Value ergonomic Pallet truckThe full featured value ergonomic pallet truck is an economical way for one person to move heavy pallet loads without the use of a fork truck. Proven ergonomic design has been proven to provide years of reliable usage. This pallet truck includes two articulating steering wheels and two front load rollers. Ergonomic design requires only 75 lbs. of pulling force when fully loaded. Steering wheels include bearing dust covers for added life. Nose wheels are located on the front edge of each fork to assist in clean pallet entrance and exit. Reinforced triple-formed steel forks provide twice the strength of standard single-formed forks. Equipped with internally mounted solid steel adjustable push rods. Spring loaded loop handle auto-matically returns to vertical position when not in use. Chrome-plated hydraulic pump pis-ton for long seal life.

• Sloped and rounded fork nose design • User friendly entry and exit rollers • Service range is 2-7/8” lowered to 7-3/4” raised• Forks are 48” long and 7” wide • Quick lift pump design requires only 12 strokes for full travel • 6° articulating wheel assembly for uniform axle loading on uneven floors • Available in 20” and 27” widths

model capacity (lbs.)

Fork Width(in.)

Fork length(in.)

Service range(in.)

Weight (lbs.)

Price

PM5-2048 5,500 20 48 2 7/8 - 7 3/4 225 $299.46

PM5-2748 5,500 27 48 2 7/8 - 7 3/4 280 $299.46

2-5 Day Delivery

Premium Pallet truck - 5,500 lbS. caPacityFor years of service, hand pallet trucks have been the cornerstone of numerous warehouses, factories, trailers, and retail businesses. This new premimuim pallet truck provides dependability with its new features. The pump body is cast in one piece to keep oil in the pump and off your floor; a new lowering valve cartridge provides superior operator lowering control; the high qual-ity thrust load ball bearing and plate equipped with grease fittings makes load steering easier than ever before.

• Replacement parts available• New onepiece hydraulic pump improves performance and reliability• Low Rolling Resistance - High strength non-marking Nylon wheels and rollers packed

with shielded ball bearings provide superior rolling and reduce operator fatigue• Quality Finish - Metal surfaces are finished in durable powder coating that keeps

the paint on the truck and off your product• Reinforced Chassis - Designed for durability and built for forgiveness, the robotically

welded chassis incorporates multiple reinforcements• Solid entry brackets and steel exit rollers make pallet entry and exit easy• 2-year pump warranty• ** Available in low profile, 4-way profile, and freezer models• 20.5” Frame width trucks are used with Euro-style pallets


Frame Width(in.)

Fork length(in.)

Fork Width (in.) Weight (lbs.)

Price

LCR55-A36 5,500 27 36 7 147 $417.20

LCR55-A42 5,500 27 42 7 157 $417.20

LCR55-A48 5,500 27 48 7 167 $417.20

LCR55-B36 5,500 20-1/2 36 7 12 $417.20

LCR55-B42 5,500 20-1/2 42 7 147 $417.20

LCR55-B48 5,500 20-1/2 48 7 152 $417.20

4-7 Day Delivery

top Sellers

109



mobile Scale truckThis mobile scale pallet truck combines the controlling function of a very accurate weigh-ing system with the mobility and flexibility of a hand pallet truck. This truck is great for applications that need to weigh skids within shipping areas or for outbound pallets.

• Eliminate dedicated scales.• Low profile forks.• Weighing accuracy ± .22 lbs., or 3.5 oz.• LCD display scale• Metler-Toledo Hawk scale/sensor• UL approved scale operates on six D cell batteries or AC• Charge rechargeable type “D” size batteries without removing display• Three position hand control• 205° turning radius• 7” wide forks• 7” moldon polyurethane steering wheels• 3” moldon polyurethane load wheels• 1 year pump warranty


raisedHeight

(in.)

loweredHeight

(in.)

Fork Width(in.)

Fork length(in.)

Weight (lbs.)

Price

272936 5,000 8 2 8/9 27-1/2 47-1/2 307 $1,460

272938 5,000 8 2-8/9 22 47-1/2 300 $1,460

4-7 Day Delivery

HigH liFt Skid PoSitionerErgonomic improvements boost productivity, cut costs, and create a safer workplace. The Ergonomic 3000 is a portable scissor lift that can move skids, tote boxes and any other opened bottom con-tainer and is ideal for use in the printing industry. Once the load is in position, the lift can then be raised to the perfect ergonomic height and product can be loaded or unloaded. This product can eliminate awkward heavy lifting and prevent injuries. The Ergonomic 3000 is available in both manu-ally operated or electric powered hydraulic lift. The manual version comes with a “Quick-lift” fea-ture for swift raising of lighter loads. The electric version is completely self-contained and includes a battery and automatic battery charger.

• Lowest lowered fork height in the industry allows entry into many different skids and baskets

• Light weight design is easy to maneuver with pallet truck style steering configuration. • Direct thrust solid piston rod lift cylinder is a stronger and more reliable solution to

the telescopic cylinder found in other units• Quick-lift mechanism (manual pumps) provides quick lifting for lighter loads (loads under

400 lbs.) • Self-contained battery powered power pack (electric models) eliminates power source or

power cord problems• Electric model comes equipped with a 12 V DC battery powered and built-in battery

charger (110/1/60) to prolong battery life• Comes equipped with a manual pump in the event of a low battery• Raised bulkhead design provides greater backrest surface, ergonomic location for

automatic battery charger and clear view of load

model type capacity (lbs.)

raisedHeight

(in.)

loweredHeight

(in.)

Frame Width(in.)

Fork length(in.)

overall length

(in.)

Weight (lbs.)

Price

ERG30E-20 Electric 3,000 31-1/2 3-1/4 20 48 64-1/2 399 $2,747

ERG30E-27 Electric 3,000 31-1/2 3-1/4 27 48 64-1/2 419 $2,747

ERG30-20 Manual 3,000 31-1/2 3-1/4 20 48 64-1/2 327 $1,419

ERG30-27 Manual 3,000 31-1/2 3-1/4 27 48 64-1/2 337 $1,419

4-7 Day Delivery

** Can only be used with open bottom pallets (skids) and containers.

110



deluxe drum cradle truck (8818-41)• 700 lbs. capacity• Dual handles• 43-1/2” L x 23” H x 16” W• Wheels - 5” x 1-3/8” solid

rubber 3” X 13/16” rubber, swivel• “Non-skid” feature on front

rockers to prevent frame from sliding when drum is tipped

• Ship weight - 30-1/4 lbs.

Price ......................................................$110.28

Value drum cradle truck (36)• 500 lbs. capacity• Welded construction• Single handle• Retractable handle standard• Ship weight - 25 lbs.• 700 lbs. capacity• For 55 gallon drum• Use with model 31 tipping lever

Price .....................................................$73.71

mobile drum carrier (80a)• 800 lbs. capacity• 55 gallon - 22 1/2” diameter

steel drum• Ship weight - 97 lbs.• 800 lbs. capacity• 30 gallon - 19” diameter steel

drum• Ship weight - 97 lbs.

Price .................................................. $283.73

drum de-Header (272301)• 100% non-sparking• Replacement blade included• Ship weight - 6.4 lbs.

Price .................................................. $263.78

Value drum carrier and diSPenSer (Vdcd)

• Economically priced• Three height adjustments: 9-1/4”,

10.625” and 12”• Vertical and horizontal locking

positions• Polyurethane wheels and casters.• 8” x 2” wheels and 4” x 1-1/4” caster

Price .................................................. $308.06

Drum Handling Equipment

Hydraulic drum cruSHer (Hdc)• 38,000 pounds of crushing power • Drum head piercer allows drum venting • Built-in fork pockets aid in transporting • 6.5 Hp motor, 208-230/460V, 3-phase,

60 Hz • Protective plastic cover on power unit • 15 gallon oil reservoir

Price .....................................................$7,339

drum grabS (dJ-55)• All welded steel construction

for durability• Cost effective way to move

55 gallon steel drums• 1500 lbs. capacity• For use with fork trucks

Price .................................................. $366.39

Value drum grabS (SVg-55)• Economically priced lower

capacity grabs• VG models the jaws are not

adjustable

Price .................................................. $208.32

Poly drum grabS (PJ240148)• Patented fork truck attachment.• Handles most 55 & 30 gallon poly drums.

Price .................................................. $326.42

ergonomic drum Handler (dm1100)• Legs retracted - 650 lbs. capacity• Legs extended - 1,100 lbs. capacity• Lift height - 20” (rise/stroke = 1”).• 48” OAH x 36-41” wide

(depends on leg position).• Ship weight - 355 1/2 lbs.• Ergonomic solution for lifting,

transporting, & placing drums on spill pallets

• Up to 1,100 lbs. capacity hydraulic jack for easy lifting of steel, poly & fiber drums

• Spring loaded cam holds any rimmed drum

• 5” X 2” phenolic swivel casters & floor lock

Price ....................................................$2,202

4-7 Day Delivery

111



drum truck - economy SerieS (5btW)

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 62” H x 24-1/2” W• Polyolefin wheels• Ship weight - 53 lbs.

Price ................................................. $159.47

drum truck - Standard SerieS (30bt)

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• Comes with drain stand• 56-1/2” H x 24” W.• Moldon rubber wheels• Ship weight - 82 lbs.

Price ................................................. $222.53

Poly drum truck (40bt)• 1,000 lbs capacity• 59-1/2” H x 23-1/2” W.• Moldon rubber wheels• Replaceable feet & belt• Handles all poly drums.

Price ................................................. $298.82

Poly drum truck (50bt)• 1,000 lbs. capacity• Comes with drain stand• 58” H x 23-3/4” W• Moldon rubber wheels• Standard with belt• Ship wt. 86 lbs.

Price ................................................. $254.12

combo drum & Hand truck (156dH-Hb)

• 800 lbs. capacity• 48” H x 19-3/4” W• Moldon rubber wheels• Ship weight - 42-1/2 lbs.

Price ................................................. $100.27

drum rackS (dr2-240026)• 1,600 lbs capacity.• 45 1/2” L x 30” W x 12 1/2” W.• Drum capacity - 2.• Can be safely stacked 4 high.• Shipped knocked down-easy assembly.• Ship wt. 49 lbs.

Price ....................................................$90.91

drum truck (9468)• 1,000 lbs. capacity• Dual handle• Max. Drum height - 44”• Min. Drum height - 22-1/2”• 59” OAH x 24” OAW• Wheels - 10” x 2” moldon rubber• Ship weight - 41-1/2 lbs.

Price ................................................. $277.11

drum truck (76a59)• 1,200 lbs. capacity• Maximum drum height - 48”• Minimum drum height - 26”• 59-1/2” OAH x 24-1/2” OAW• Wheels - 10” x 2.5” moldon rubber• Ship weight - 52 lbs.• Spring loaded device helps ease drum onto

toes & automatically returns truck to vertical position when drum is disengaged

Price ................................................. $277.56

drum truck (155)• 1,000 lbs. capacity• For 30-55 gallon drums• 10” X 2-1/2” moldon rubber wheels• Ship weight - 41 lbs.

Price ................................................. $140.40

ergonomic drum truck (15btc)• 1,000 lbs capacity• 60” OAH x 24” OAW• 10” X 2 1/4” moldon rubber

wheels & 6” swivel casters• 16-1/4” wide at nose• Ship weight - 79 lbs.• Ergonomic swivel design

reduces operator muscle strain and fatigue.

• Swivel casters allow for smooth and tight turns in narrow work areas, such as truck beds and loading docks

• Replaceable hard faced double beveled nose prongs

• Not recommended for loading and unloading pallets

• Self-standing kickstand

Price ................................................. $308.70

4-7 Day Delivery

112



PgcSk16blk (*Value buy)• 500 lbs. capacity• Composed of glass filled nylon. Lighter and

stronger than steel or aluminum hand trucks• Height - 48”• Frame Width - 12”• Overall Width - 20-1/2”• Wheels - 10” x 3-1/2” pneumatic wheels• Toe plate size - 7” x 14”• Axle - 5/8”• Ship weight - 22 lbs.• Optional wheels available

Price .................................................. $47.37

a1-b1-c1-d1• 600 lbs. capacity• Loop handle• Straight back• Noseplate - 14” x 7.5”• Wheels - 8” x 2” Performa Rubber

Price ................................................. $130.72

a11-b1-c4-d1-e1-e52• 600 lb.s capacity• Double grip handle with U-brace• Straight back• Noseplate - 14” x 9”• Wheels - 8” x 2” Performa Rubber• Stair climbers with plastic wear strips• 52” frame extension

Price ................................................. $170.17

Hand TrucksinduStrial grade Steel Hand truckS

20t, 30t, 56t modelS• Heavy Duty 800 lbs. capacity frames• 1-1/4” tube welded steel construction• 8” x 14” x 1/4” thick base plate• Integral stair / curb climbers• Curved back to accommodate cylindrical loads

Series 20t Series 30t Series 56t

model number

Wheel type

capacity(lbs.)

Price model number

Wheel type

capacity(lbs.)

Price model number

Wheel type

capacity(lbs.)

Price

20T60 60 800 $124.94 30T60 60 800 $131.19 56T60 60 800 $127.86

20T02 2 800 $131.63 30T02 2 800 $137.89 56T02 2 800 $134.55

20T17 17 700 $137.54 30T17 17 700 $143.79 56T17 17 700 $140.46

20T01 1 800 $139.97 30T01 1 800 $146.23 56T01 1 800 $142.90

EN24 (optional nose extension for above model numbers) .............................................................................................................................................................. $27.50

52t85 (*Value buy)• 500 lbs. frame capacity• 1-1/4” tube welded steel construction• 7” x 14” 8-gauge baseplate• Integral stair/curb climbers• 8” x 2” rubber on Polyolefin wheels

Price .................................................. $66.65

4-7 Day Delivery

a7-b1-c2-d5-e1• 600 lb.s capacity• Loop handle with vertical grip• Straight back• Noseplate - 18” x 7.5”• Wheels - 10” x 3.5” 4 ply pneumatic with two

piece steel hub• Stair climbers with plastic wear strips

Price .................................................. $162.15

a2-b2-c4-d2-e3F• 500 lbs. capacity• Loop Handle with U-Brace• Lattice Back• Noseplate - 14” x 9”• Wheels - 10” x 3.5” 2 ply pneumatic with

one piece steel hub• 30” long folding nose extension

Price .................................................. $178.55

ligHt WeigHt modular aluminum Hand truckS (all PartS rePlaceable)

** Many other configurations available. Please call Bastian for details.

02 - 10” Gray non-marking rubber on polyolefin core

01 - 10” Flat-free, polyurethane foam on steel hub

60 - 10” Solid rubber on polyolefin core

17 - 10” 4-ply full pneumatic on 3 piece steel hub

56T 30T 20T

112


113



ligHt WeigHt conVertible aluminum Hand truckS

• Used by parcel delivery companies and beverage distributors.• Thicker and stronger frame with heavy duty side channel reinforcements• Crossbars are four sided tubes with two sides ribbed for added strength• Crossbars are attached with individual aircraft-grated rivets at each corner, provid-

ing better frame integrity• Heavy duty tensile steel axle will not bow under maximum loads• Balloon cushion caster wheels provide better rollability (wing brake standard on

one wheel)• 18” x 9” solid extruded noseplate• High quality 10” x 3-1/2” 4-ply pneumatic tires with precision bearings• Handle Type - Senior model: loop handle with comfort sleeve, Junior model: double

grip swing arm• Frame - Senior model: heavy duty frame with 5 cross members, Junior model: heavy

duty frame with 4 cross members

Specifications Senior model Junior model

Overall Width 20” 20”

Frame Width 12” 12”

Overall Length 56” 43”

Height as Hand Truck 61 1/2” 52”

Height as Platform Truck 46” 41”

Platform Bed Length 51 1/2” 38 1/4”

Platform Height from Floor 11” 11”

Balloon Cushion Swivel Casters 5” x 1 1/4” 5 x 1 1/4”

Value conVertible aluminum Hand truckS

• Sturdy, lightweight aluminum frame• 18” wide noseplate for large loads• Extra strength noseplate cast from special aluminum alloy• 10” full pneumatic wheels• Non-marking 5” x 1-1/4” swivel casters• Pedal release allows easy conversion from 2-wheel to 4-wheel position• Spartan Jr. - 52” OAH, 12” x 38” frame bed, 37.5 lbs.• Spartan Sr. - 61-1/2” OAH, 12” x 51” frame bed, 41 lbs.

SPtn-t18-Pe-Jr ............................................................... $180.41

SPtn-t18-Pe-Sr .............................................................. $185.80

conVertible Steel Hand truckS

210639• Convertible, two-in-one truck• Heavy duty tubular steel construction• 10” x 2-1/2” solid rubber wheels, 5” x 1-1/4” casters• 700 lbs. capacity for two wheels; 800 lbs. capacity for 4 wheels• 18” W x 8-1/2” D noseplate• Lever activated position conversion• Wheels guards• Ship weight - 77 lbs.• Optional wheels available•

Price ................................................................................. $143.91 210639

Junior Price ................................................................... $306.12

Senior Price .................................................................. $330.15

Senior Model

Junior Model

4-7 Day Delivery

SPTN-T18-PE-JR

SPTN-T18-PE-SR


114



Safety Appliance TrucksSteel (Srt-m-60)

• Height - 60”• Weight - 72 lbs.• Footplate - 7 gauge x 5” x 24”• Frame width - 17”• Load capacity - 1,200 lbs.• Construction - Rugged 1” x 14 gauge tubular steel• One 3-ply, two-piece 14’ strap• Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil • Padded with protective felt• Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers• 8” x 2” x 3/4” thermoplastic tread/polyolefin core wheels• Patented “ESCORT” roller bearing crawler treads • Retractable 3-1/2” swivel casters for supporting load during operation• 55º Angle with swing released

Price ................................................. $338.00

Steel (Srt-8)• Height - 60”• Weight - 48 lbs.• Footplate - 9 gauge x 5” x 24”• Frame Width - 16”• Load Capacity - 800 lbs.• Construction: Strong, re-designed frame made form 1” x 14 gauge steel tubing• One 3-ply, two-piece 14’ strap• Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil • 8” x 2-1/2” solid rubber tires with ball bearings• Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers• ESCORT roller bearing crawler treads

Price ................................................. $338.00

magneSium (mrt)• Capable of moving large loads• 500 lbs. capacity• 60” OAH x 17” wide• Toe plate - 5” x 24”• One 3-ply, 2 piece 14’ web strap with ratchet strap tightener and automatic strap recoil.• Roller bearing crawler tread• Bronze self-lubricating bushings in 6” x 2” cushion tread rubber wheels• Padded with non-marking rubber and soft, protective felt• Ship weight approximately 41 lbs.

Price ................................................. $325.00

Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers(uP to 30,000 lbS!)

induStrial roller kitIndustrial rollers are made with precision ground and hardened steel rollers that form an endless chain which revolves around a central load-bearing plate in the frame. Weight of the load is trans-ferred directly from load-bearing plate to rollers. This eliminates axle friction and requires less force to start and move the load. Industrial rollers roll easily over cracks and pitted floor areas to reduce possible damage to goods. Availbale in 2,000; 8,000; 15,000; and 30,000 lbs. capacity.

HmS-2k ......................................................................................................................... $485.61(Includes (4) 2,000 lbs. capacity industrial rollers and (2) 29” knocked down steering handles in a rugged steel tool box)

SRT-M-60

MRT

SRT-8


115



Dollies

HardWood dollieS• 1,000 lbs capacity, solid oak boards• 4” gray, non-marking rubber, swivel casters with ball bearing wheel hubs and double ball bearing

swivel raceways• Available with standard raised, rubber capped, or flush style end boards• Standard sizes are 18” x 24” and 18” x 30”

Standard Style endboardS RD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $53.88 RD1830-SS4-485 ......................................................................................................................... $55.14

rubber caPPed endboardS RCD1824-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $63.37 RCD1830-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $64.63

FluSH Style endboardS (toP boardS FluSH) FD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $59.50 FD1830-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $61.43

Stock Item - 24 Hour Delivery

drum dollieSThese multi-purpose dollies have a high polished bright zinc finish for corrosion resistance and (4) 3” x 1-1/4” swivel casters. Each unit comes with a 4 foot long nylon pull strap that helps in transporting down aisles or over thresh holds. Rubber-coated hook allows strap to hook on top of drum for storage.

model number description castertype

capacity(lbs.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

DRUM-QUAD-H Bright Zinc Finish Hard Rubber 900 30 $60.32

DRUM-QUAD-C Bright Zinc Finish Cast Iron 1,200 31 $80.08

DRUM-QUAD-CS-SS Stainless Steel Hard Rubber 900 30 $123.76

DRUM-TRI-H Bright Zinc Finish Hard Rubber 900 30 $56.16

DRUM-TRI-C Bright Zinc Finish Cast Iron 1,200 31 $74.88

2 Day Delivery

tilting aluminum Pallet dollieS• Easy to carry, average weight 40 lbs.• Manually able to move pallet.• Strong extruded aluminum frame and steel axles.• Tilt construction with 360° turning. Non-tilt available.• 3-1/2” rollers with sealed bearings.• Frees fork lift trucks from short hauls. Greater worker safety and reduced labor time

Size 4,000 lbs. capacity - 6 roller 6,000 lbs. capacity - 8 roller 8,000 lbs. capacity - 10 roller

Width x length

model number

Weight(lbs.)

Price model number

Weight(lbs.)

Price model number

Weight(lbs.)

Price

36” x 36” 3636-6T 32 $257.05 3636-8T 37 $340.82 3636-10T 40 $379.08

36” x 42” 3642-6T 34 $268.94 3642-8T 40 $330.37 3642-10T 43 $368.63

36” x 48” 3648-6T 36 $275.22 3648-8T 41 $336.66 3648-10T 44 $374.92

40” x 48” 4048-6T 36 $278.34 4048-8T 42 $339.78 4048-10T 45 $378.03

42” x 42” 4242-6T 37 $287.12 4242-8T 43 $348.55 4242-10T 46 $386.81

42” x 48” 4248-6T 37 $289.64 4248-8T 43 $351.07 4248-10T 46 $389.33

48” x 48” 4848-6T 38 $290.89 4848-8T 44 $352.32 4848-10T 47 $390.58

24” x 24” 2424-6T 34 $240.89 - - - - - -

4,000 lbs. Capacity - 6 Roller 6,000 lbs. Capacity - 8 Roller 8,000 lbs. Capacity - 10 Roller

top Seller

2 Day Delivery

116



Industrial Cycles and Accessories

induStrial bicycleS

Industrial Bicycles are simply the most heavy duty bikes made. All bikes feature a dual top bar and 16 gauge steel frames (extra thick tubing), which are fully lugged. Chains are 50% thicker than conventional bicycle chains, and the wheels feature steel clincher rims. Industrial Bicycles provide a cost-efficient way of travel for empolyees or supplies and also provide large gains in productivity.

model number

description Frame(in.)

brake type Wheel Price

INB Industrial Newsboy (Men’s Frame) 17 1/2 Coaster Brake 26 $279.50

ING Industrial Newsgirl (Women’s Frame) 17 1/2 Coaster Brake 26 $279.50

G1 Small Front Basket (18” x 3” x 6”) - - - $15.60

G2 Large Front Basket (21” x 15” x 9”) - - - $23.40

induStrial tricycleS

Industrial Tricylces are the toughest industrial tricycles on the market. The mover tricycle features a one-piece welded frame with a gigantic mainframe beam. Everything on these tricycles is over-built for strength and safety. The chains are extra thick, and the crank housing, seat tube, and rear axle are all reinforced. Rear Axles are 7/8” machined solid steel, creating an extremely durable drive chain. The wheels have a clincher rolled edge and 11 gauge spokes for added strength.

model number

description brake type Price

M2626-CB I Speed w/ 26” Wheels Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake $741.00

M2026-CB I Speed 20” Front and 26” Rear Wheels Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake $734.50

M2020-CB I Speed w/ 20” Wheels Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake $728.00

L4M Solid Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels) - $58.50

M13970 Rear Steel Basket (23” x 23” x 12”) - $102.70

M17350 Rear Cabinet (23” x 23” x 12”) w/ Top Opening Lid

- $128.70

Value tricycleS

Value Tricylces perfectly fill the need that some companies have for inexpensive, light-duty or medium duty tricycles. Both models feature two-piece, bolt together, easy step through frames, making them ship quickly and economically. These tricylces also feature super com-fortable 13” wide seats with extra cushioning and have a load capacity up to 350 lbs.

model number

description brake type Price

EAG-CB Light-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake $331.50

EXEC-CB Medium-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake $648.70

ST24T Airless Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels) - $58.50

5 Day Delivery

top Sellers

117



Platform Trucks

Wooden PlatForm truckS• 2,000 lbs. capacity• 1-1/4” thick premium oak deck• Standard with 8” x 2” performa rubber casters• One fixed blue steel crossbar handle• Options include - removable handle, corner and wrap around bumpers, floor locks,

and other caster options available

model number dimensions(in.)

Price

PT2442-FH1-01 24 x 42 $164.72

PT2448-FH1-01 24 x 48 $168.33

PT2754-FH1-01 27 x 54 $182.42

PT3060-FH1-01 30 x 60 $198.69

add-on oPtionSFloor Locks (add FL to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ $20.00Donut Bumpers on Handle (add DB4 to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................ $10.00Corner Bumpers on Deck (add CB to Model Number) ...................................................................................................................................................................... $6.00Wrap Around Bumper (add SB to Model Number) ............................................................................................................................................................................ $55.00** includes corner bumbers as well

1-2 Week Delivery

aluminum PlatForm truckS• 2,000 lbs. capacity• Lightweight, easy to handle, and clean• Choice of diamond tread plate or smooth deck• Removable, reversible handle.• Corner handle sockets - fixed, solid welded members, integral with frame• 8” x 2” gray, non-marking Performa Rubber casters• Options include - full protective perimeter bumper, additional handles with crossbars,

floor locks, and carpeted deck

diamond tread Plate deck Smooth deck

model number dimensions (in)

Price model number dimensions (in)

Price

PT-2436T-150-850 24 x 36 $329.45 PT-2436S-150-850 24 x 36 $313.28

PT-2448T-150-850 24 x 48 $353.00 PT-2448S-150-850 24 x 48 $334.27

PT-3060T-150-850 30 x 60 $432.12 PT-3060S-150-850 30 x 60 $410.28

1-2 Week Delivery

Steel PlatForm truckS• 2,000 lbs. capacity• One piece 14 ga. formed steel deck with cross and full-length steel members• All welded construction with gray enamel finish• Lightweight and easy to clean• Standard with 8” x 2” moldon rubber casters with cast-iron core• Steel pipe sockets with “wrap around” flat steel welded to deck• Optional casters and handles available

model number dimensions (in) Price

33-003-013 24 x 36 $275.37

33-003-014 24 x 48 $282.08

33-003-015 27 x 54 $282.10

33-003-016 30 x 60 $313.40

33-003-064 36 x 72 $347.40

3-4 Week Delivery

top Seller

** Shown with diamond tread plate and optional

perimeter bumper.

118



caSter Steer trailerS • Capacities to 6,000 lbs heavy duty steel frame with round corners• Standard with hook and eye couplers.• Two pockets on each end outside frame on 23” centers• Cross bar handles on both ends available as an option• Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from

13” to 14-3/4”• Double ball bearing swivel casters and roller bearing wheels (rubber - polyure-

thane - steel)

model number dimensions (W x l) (in)

Price

304UR3060 30 x 60 $776.20

304UR3672 36 x 72 $811.89

304UR4272 42 x 72 $827.79

308UR3060 30 x 60 $928.79

308UR3672 36 x 72 $968.29

308UR4272 42 x 72 $985.47

312UR3060 30 x 60 $1,163.12

312UR3672 36 x 72 $1,196.49

312UR4272 42 x 72 $1,222.95

4 Week Delivery

FourtH and FiFtH WHeel Steer trailerS • Capacities to 40,000 lbs. Heavy duty steel frames• Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from

8-1/4” to 27”• Wheels available - moldon rubber, pneumatic, and polyurethane.• Fifth wheel is grease plate type• Options - An extra Fifth wheel plate assembly to tow wagon from either end• Forth wheel steering provides better tracking and a shorter turning radius• Dozens of standard sizes available, ranging from 24”x 42” to 60”x 144”.• Various coupler/hitch styles available

budgetary Price ...............................................................................................................$3,000

4 Week Delivery

cuStom cartS & lean manuFacturing trailerS

aSSembly cartSAssembly carts are used to hold, raise/lower,

rotate parts to allow easier assembly

comPonent cartSComponent carts feature a design that has a

place to hold each component.

lean trailerSLean trailers are used to move heavy product

easily form one location to another.

119



Steel Carts

rugged, general uSe - model Sb

model number Width x length Weight (lbs.) Price model number Width x length Weight (lbs.) Price

SB136-U5 18 x 36 82 $184.80 SB260-U5 24 x 60 140 $250.32

SB148-U5 18 x 48 98 $196.56 SB348-U5 30 x 48 140 $262.08

SB236-U5 24 x 36 100 $208.32 SB360-U5 30 x 60 164 $282.24

SB248-U5 24 x 48 120 $230.16 SB472-U5 36 x 72 216 $367.92

oFFSet Handle, loW ProFile - model Sl

oPtionS• All swivel casters ................................................................... $18.48• Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00


SL136-U5 18 x 36 84 $184.80 SL260-U5 24 x 60 142 $250.32

SL148-U5 18 x 48 100 $196.56 SL348-U5 30 x 48 144 $262.08

SL236-U5 24 x 36 102 $208.32 SL360-U5 30 x 60 168 $282.24

SL248-U5 24 x 48 122 $230.16 SL472-U5 36 x 72 224 $367.92

• Top shelf lips down (flush) ............................................... No Cost• Both shelves lips down (flush) ........................................ No Cost• Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................. $92.40• Vinyl matting on top shelf ......................................... $5.88/ Sq. Ft.

• Bottom shelf lips down (flush) ....................................... No Cost• Top shelf lips up ................................................................. No Cost• Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................ $92.40• Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.

5 Day Delivery

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... $28.56• All swivel casters ................................................................... $18.48• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • All welded construction, with durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, and 12 gauge

caster mounts for long lasting use • Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel• 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention • Clearance between shelves - 25”• Overall height - 35” • 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • All welded construction, with durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, and 12 gauge

caster mounts for long lasting use• Raised offset handle (10” above top shelf)• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 5” diameter urethane caster.s. Also available in thermorubber and steel• 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on top shelf and lips up on bottom shelf (see options)• Clearance between shelves - 17”• Top shelf height - 27” • 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

120



HeaVy duty tranSPorter - model lb

oPtionS• All swivel casters ................................................................... $18.48• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Floor lock ................................................................. $42.00$221.76


LB136-U5 18 x 36 76 $168.00 LB260-U5 24 x 60 136 $233.52

LB148-U5 18 x 48 92 $179.76 LB348-U5 30 x 48 134 $245.28

LB236-U5 24 x 36 94 $191.52 LB360-U5 30 x 60 158 $265.44

LB248-U5 24 x 48 114 $213.36 LB472-U5 36 x 72 210 $351.12

order Picking - model So

oPtionS• All swivel casters ................................................................... $18.48• Pneumatic casters with brakes ......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00


SO136-U5 18 x 36 94 $221.76 SO260-U5 24 x 60 154 $287.28

SO148-U5 18 x 48 110 $233.52 SO348-U5 30 x 48 156 $299.04

SO236-U5 24 x 36 114 $245.28 SO360-U5 30 x 60 180 $319.20

SO248-U5 24 x 48 134 $267.12 SO472-U5 36 x 72 234 $404.88

• Both shelves lips up for retention ................................. No Cost• Vinyl matting on top shelf ..........................................$5.88/ Sq. Ft.• Tubular push handle .............................................................. $16.80

• Vinyl matting on top shelf ........................................ $5.88/ Sq. Ft.• Top shelf lips down (flush) .............................................. No Cost• Both shelves lips down (flush) ....................................... No Cost• Locking drawer with 2 keys ................................................ $92.40

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use • Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel• 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options)• Clearance between shelves - 20”• Overall height - 30”• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available.

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • 12” full width writing stand• All welded construction • Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts, and tubular handle

with smooth radius bend.• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in thermorubber and steel• 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention • Clearance between shelves - 25”• Top shelf height - 35”• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available.

121



angular Frame, inStrument cartS - model ab

model number Width x length Weight (lbs.) Price

AB236-N8 24 x 36 130 $329.28

AB242-N8 24 x 42 140 $351.12

AB248-N8 24 x 48 150 $374.64

oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters ................................. $15.12• 6” Diameter casters with brakes ...................................... $18.48• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00

tool rePair - model Sr


SR236-U5 24 x 36 144 $468.00

SR248-U5 24 X 48 164 $414.96

SR336-U5 30 X 36 160 $426.72

SR348-U5 30 X 48 204 $532.00

oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $28.56• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00• Vinyl matting on top shelf ...................................................... $5.88•

• Both shelves lips up for retention .................................. No Cost• Locking drawer ....................................................................... $92.40• 6 Outlet power strip ........................................................... $104.16• Conductive drag chain .......................................................... $16.80

• 6 Outlet power strip ........................................................... $104.16• Wood top 3/4” plywood ...................................................... $67.20• Drawers keyed differently .................................................... $16.80

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • Top and bottom shelves covered with shock absorbing, non-slip, cushioned, non-conductive vinyl matting• All welded construction (except casters), durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, and

12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid• 8” diameter full pneumatic casters. Also available in 6” full pneumatic and 5” polyurethane casters• 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options).• Clearance between shelves - 20”.• Top shelf height - 34” (8” casters), 31” (6” casters), 30” (5” casters) • 8” full pneumatic casters priced below. Other caster options available

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • Top shelf has front lip down for flush work area and 3 lips up• 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5” H x 16” W x 20” D • All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Bottom shelf lips up for retention• Clearance under drawers - 19”• Top shelf height - 34” (38” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options and top shelf heights available

122



HigH dual Sided, louVered PanelS - model re


RE336-N8 30 x 36 190 $453.60

oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

2 draWer - model JH

oPtionS• Wheel brakes on two swivel casters .................................$15.12• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00


JH236-U5 24 x 36 176 $352.80

JH245-U5 24 x 45 204 $466.00

PlaStic binS & PackageS• 7” H x 8-1/4” W x 11” D .............................................. $5.46 EA.• 5” H x 5-1/2” W x 11” D .............................................. $4.20 EA.• 3” H x 4-1/8” W x 7 1/2” D ......................................... $1.26 EA.• 48 Large ................................................................................. $262.08• 96 Medium ............................................................................ $403.20• 192 Small ............................................................................... $241.92• 16 Large, 48 Medium, 48 Small ........................................ $349.44

• Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.• Add middle shelf lip down .................................................. $50.40• Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20• Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ................................... $67.20

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • Double sided louvered panels accept different size plastic bins• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 8” diameter full pneumatic casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and urethane• Size of louvered panels 50” H x 36” W• Overall height - 64” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters)• Louver tabs per panel (each side) - 12 wide x 24 high• 8” full pneumatic casters priced below. Other caster options available

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • Lockable handle on 12 gauge door(s) (keyed alike) with 2 keys.• All welded construction• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention• Bottom shelf lips down (flush)• Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

123



one draWer, one door - model Je


JE236-U5 24 x 36 180 $425.04

JE245-U5 24 x 45 214 $478.80

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56• Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

4 draWerS, one door - model JF

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • Lockable drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys• 36” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 16” W x 20” D• 45” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 20” W x 20” D• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Lockable handle on 12 gauge door• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention• Bottom shelf lips down (flush)• Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available


JF236-U5 24 x 36 240 $708.96

JF245-U5 24 x 45 296 $809.76

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $28.56• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $25.20• 5” Diameter casters with brakes ...................................... $12.60• Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00• Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.

• Vinyl matting on top shelf ........................................ $5.88/ Sq. Ft.• Add middle shelf (behind door) ........................................ $50.40• Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20• Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ................................... $67.20

• Add middle shelf (behind door) ......................................... $50.40• Wood top 3/4” plywood ...................................................... $67.20• Drawers keyed differently .................................................... $16.80• Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) .................................... $67.20

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • One (1) lockable drawer and one (1) locakable 12 gauge door• 36” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 16” W x 20” D • 45” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 20” W x 20” D • All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting us• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention• Bottom shelf lips down (flush)• Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

124



tool cart WitH Peg rack and 2 draWerS - model Sm

•


SM236-U5 24 x 36 172 $468.72

SM336-U5 30 x 36 188 $502.32

oPtionS • Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters ................................ $25.20• 5” Dia. Casters with brakes ................................................ $12.60• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $25.20

tool cart WitH louVered bin Panel, 32 binS and 2 draWerS - model Sn


SN236-U5 24 x 36 174 $509.04

SN336-U5 30 x 36 190 $530.88

oPtionS • Wheel brake on (2) swivel casters .................................. $25.20• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $25.20• 5” diameter Casters with brakes ...................................... $12.60• Floor lock ................................................................................ $42.00•

• Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.• 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16• Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20• Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

• Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft.• 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16• Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20• Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5” H x 16” W x 20” D• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up)• 14 gauge peg rack (angle frame) - 24” x 36” • Tubular handle with smooth radius bends• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pneumatic casters• Bottom shelf lips up for retention (models SM & SN)• Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19” • Top shelf height - 34” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters)• Overall height - 58” (62” with full pneumatic casters)• Other bins available• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5” H x 16” W x 20” D• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up)• Louvered panel (angle frame) - 19” x 36” that accepts different sizes of plastic bins• Includes 32 yellow plastic bins (3” H x 4-1/8” W x 7-1/2” D)• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement• 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Bottom shelf lips up for retention• Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19” • Top shelf height - 34” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters) • Overall height - 58” (62” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

125



4 & 5 SHelF Stock truckS - model cd

4-Shelf - cd Width x length Weight (lbs.) Price 5-Shelf - ce Weight (lbs.) Price

CD148-P6 18 x 48 194 $438.00 CE148-P6 232 $502.00

CD248-P6 24 x 48 234 $496.00 CE248-P6 282 $566.00

CD260-P6 24 x 60 274 $540.00 CE260-P6 330 $618.00

CD360-P6 30 x 60 332 $600.00 CE360-P6 390 $688.00

3 SHelVeS - model ec


EC242-P6 24 x 42 194 $386.40

EC248-P6 24 x 48 210 $404.88

EC260-P6 24 x 60 240 $430.08

EC360-P6 30 x 60 286 $492.24

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................ $18.48• Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $25.20• Floor lock ................................................................................. $42.00• Ergonomic handle .................................................................. $16.80•

• All shelves lips down ......................................................... No Cost• Fork lift pockets ..................................................................... $75.60• Writing stand .......................................................................... $36.96

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 3,000 lbs.• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, and 12 gauge caster mounts• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid• 6” diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters• 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options)• Clearance between shelves - 15”• Overall height - 60”• 6” phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ........................................................................................................... $15.12• Pneumatic casters with brakes .................................................................................................................... $25.20• Floor lock .......................................................................................................................................................... $42.00• All shelves lips down ................................................................................................................................... No Cost• Fork lift pockets ............................................................................................................................................... $75.60

• Capacity - 3,000 lbs.• Two sided entry for ease of access• Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 6” diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters• Clearance between shelves - 15”• 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options)• Overall height - 57”• Other shelf spacing available• 6” phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available

126



3 Sided Solid truck WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Fb


FB242-P6 24 x 42 284 $435.12

FB248-P6 24 x 48 302 $451.92

FB260-P6 24 x 60 342 $475.44

FB360-P6 30 x 60 386 $535.92

3 Sided meSH WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Zb

• Capacity - 3,000 lbs. • Full access on one side• Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting

use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart trackin• 6” Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters• Clearance between shelves - 22” • 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention (see options)• Overall height - 57”• Other shelf spacing available• 6” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS

• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................................. $16.80

• Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64• Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5’ high .......................................................................................................................................... $126.00• Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80• All shelves lips down (flush) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ no cost• Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56

5 Day Delivery

• Capacity - 3,000 lbs.• Two sided entry for ease of access• Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use • Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 6” diameter phenolic casters. Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters• Clearance between shelves - 15”• 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options)• Overall height - 57”• Other shelf spacing available• 6” phenolic casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS

• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ........................................................................................................... $16.80• Pneumatic casters with brakes .................................................................................................................... $25.20• Floor lock ........................................................................................................................................................... $38.64• Ergonomic handle ..........................................................................................................................................................

$16.80

127




ZB236-U6 24 x 36 162 $357.84

ZB248-U6 24 x 48 186 $388.08

ZB260-U6 24 x 60 212 $414.96

ZB348-U6 30 x 48 214 $433.44

ZB360-U6 30 x 60 242 $463.68

ZB472-U6 36 x 72 306 $552.72

3 Sided Slat truck WitH 2 SHelVeS - model Hb

• Capacity - 3,000 lbs.• Full access on one side• 1” x 3/16” steel slats on 6” centers, 4’ high on 3 sides• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, 2 swivel & 2 rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking• 6” Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters• Clearance between shelves - 22”• 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention• Overall height - 57”• Other shelf spacing available

• 6” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS• Wheel brakes on two swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................. $16.80• Pneumatic casters with brakes ........................................................................................................................................................................................... $25.20• Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64• Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80• All shelves lips down (flush) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ no cost• Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56


HB236-U6 24 x 36 156 $357.84

HB248-U6 24 x 48 178 $388.08

HB260-U6 24 x 60 202 $414.96

HB348-U6 30 x 48 204 $433.44

HB360-U6 30 x 60 232 $463.68

HB472-U6 36 x 72 294 $552.72

meSH Security truck WitH 1 SHelF - model Va

• Capacity - 2,000 lbs.• Four sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh, 4’ high and top cover• 2 Flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh doors on one side with lockable hasp (padlock not included)• All welded construction (except casters)• Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting

use • Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 6” Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters• Shelf lips down (flush)• Clearance between shelves - 46” • Overall height - 57”

• 6” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80• Pneumatic casters with brakes ........................................................................................................................................................................................... $25.20• Floor lock ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $38.64 • Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. $16.80• All sides flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5’ high .................................................................................................................................................. $168.00• Shelf lips up ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. no cost5 Day Delivery

128



• Fork lift pockets ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $70.56


VA248-U6 24 x 48 254 $693.84

VA260-U6 24 x 60 286 $735.84

VA348-U6 30 x 48 280 $732.48

VA360-U6 30 x 60 318 $767.76

VA472-U6 36 x 72 398 $863.52

Solid box truck, 4 SideS - model bd

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs.• Sides are 20” high 12 gauge steel• Top shelf (deck of box) is 20” high• All welded construction (except casters)• (2) 12 Gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use• Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid• 5” Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention (see options)• Clearance between shelves - 12”• Overall height (see options) - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters)• 5” urethane casters

priced below. Other caster options available


BD136-U5 18 x 36 152 $241.92

BD236-U5 24 x 36 180 $270.48

BD248-U5 24 x 48 216 $287.28

BD348-U5 30 x 48 238 $320.88

BD360-U5 30 x 60 276 $347.76

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters $12.60• Pneumatic casters with brakes $25.20• Floor lock $38.64 • Shelf lips down (flush) no cost

box on WHeelS - model bl

• Capacity - 1,200 lbs. • 4 Sides are 20” high 12 gauge steel• All welded construction (except casters)• (1) 12 Gauge steel shelf, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use

• Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance• Bolt-on casters, 2 swivel & 2 rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 5” Diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters• Overall height - 27” (30” with full pneumatic casters) - see options• 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS• Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................................................................................................................................... $12.60• Pneumatic casters with brakes ............................................................................................................................................................................................. $25.20• Ergonomic handle .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $16.80

• Fork lift pockets ..................................................................... $70.56• Handles on both sides .......................................................... $16.80• 12” High box (40” OAH) .................................................. no cost• Solid hinged top lid with lockable clasp ............... $16.80 / Sq. Ft.

5 Day Delivery

129



Stockpicker Cartsmedium duty

Combine the mobility of a cart with the versatility of a step ladder with these stock picker carts. Designed to minimize any risk of injuries that can occur when attempting to stock or unstock shelves from a ladder while pushing a cart. The convenient spring loaded step ladder holds the cart securely in place while a person is standing on the ladder. The crutch tip ladder prevents the cart from moving while stocking. The springs then return the ladder to the raised position once the person exits the step.

• All shelves have 2” lip to prevent items form falling off.• Casters - 4” x 2” mold-on rubber, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with wheel brakes• Steel units powder coated blue as are the ladders of the aluminum units

model number

number of Shelves

type of construction

bottom Shelf(W x l)

Shelf clearance

(in.)

top Shelf Height

(in.)

capacity per Shelf

(lbs.)

total capacity

(lbs.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

SPA2-2236 2 Aluminum 22 x 36 27 35 330 660 98 $454.65

SPA2-2840 2 Aluminum 28 x 40 27 35 330 660 135 $499.80

SPA2-2848 2 Aluminum 28 x 48 27 35 330 660 147 $531.30

SPA3-2236 3 Aluminum 22 x 36 13-1/2 35 330 1,000 125 $516.60

SPA3-2840 3 Aluminum 28 x 40 13-1/2 35 330 1,000 150 $582.75

SPA3-2848 3 Aluminum 28 x 48 13-1/2 35 330 1,000 180 $635.25

SPS2-2236 2 Steel 22 x 36 27 35 550 1,000 200 $359.10

SPS2-2840 2 Steel 28 x 40 27 35 550 1,000 210 $384.30

SPS2-2848 2 Steel 28 x 48 27 35 550 1,000 225 $422.10

SPS3-2236 3 Steel 22 x 36 13-1/2 35 550 1,000 260 $406.35

SPS3-2840 3 Steel 28 x 40 13-1/2 35 550 1,000 275 $445.20

SPS3-2848 3 Steel 28 x 48 13-1/2 35 550 1,000 298 $469.35

Hi-duty and HigH-Frame

These oversized units are perfect for large jobs. Hi-duty and high frame stockpicker carts are ideal for over-sized cartons, boxes, parts, and supplies. These units feature a spring loaded ladder for sure, safe climbing and loading. Steps have non-skid footing with a self-cleaning surface.

• Each unit features 3 shelves• Casters - 4” x 2” moldon rubber, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with wheel brakes• Durable steel or aluminum construction• Steel units and ladders are powder coated with a blue finish

model number unittype

type of construction

bottom Shelf(W x l)

Shelf clearance

(in.)

top Shelf Height

(in.)

capacity per Shelf

(lbs.)

total capacity

(lbs.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

SPA-HD-2252 Hi-Duty Aluminum 22 x 52 13-1/2 35 330 500 156 $687.75

SPA-HD-2852 Hi-Duty Aluminum 28 x 52 13-1/2 35 330 500 168 $957.60

SPS-HD-2252 Hi-Duty Steel 22 x 52 13-1/2 35 500 1,000 230 $601.65

SPS-HD-2852 Hi-Duty Steel 28 x 52 13-1/2 35 500 1,000 270 $668.85

SPS-HF-2252 Hi-Frame Steel 22 x 52 27 63 500 1,000 230 $736.05

SPS-HF-2852 Hi-Frame Steel 28 x 52 27 63 500 1,000 270 $838.95

130



Wire Cartsmobile Wire truckSThe open wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and visibility. A standard unit con-sists of four shelves, posts, plastic split sleeves, donut bumbers, and 5” rubber casters. Polyurethane casters are also available.

• Chrome shelves • 63” chrome-plated posts• 69” overall height• (2) swivel casters resilient rubber casters• (2) brake casters resilient rubber casters

model number

Shelf dimensions

(W x l)(in.)

Shelf Quantity

Finish Weight(lbs.)

Price

N336BC 18 x 36 4 Nickel Chrome 60 $297.50









SP SerieS - HeaVy duty cartSThese heavy duty, highly maneuverable carts can handle and distribute a large volume of material safely and efficiently. The modular shelf construction makes units easy to assemble with positive placement, and makes relocation of shelves quick and simple. The wire shelves have a bright, sanitary and modern appearance, with an open construction that minimizes dust accumulation and maximizes visibility and air circulation. Carts also available in chrome and stainless steel.

• Casters - 5” swivel with resilient or polyurethane tread. Donut bumpers included.• 39” height (floor to handle)• Can customize cart for many applications.

model number

dimensions (W x l)

(in.)

Shelf Quantity

Finish Weight(lbs.)

Price

2SPN33DBR 18 x 36 2 Super Erecta Brite 41 $262.50












2SP

24 Hour delivery

131



Poly Trucks (comPare WitH rubbermaid©!)

Poly tilt truckSPolyurethane tilt trucks are excellent in food handling and pharmaceutical industries. They are also excel-lent for trash handling by hospitals, schools, retail, and general industries. These trucks handle up to 2,000 lbs. and roll easily with ergonomically engineered designs. Their rotationally molded polyethylene construc-tion withstands non-stop, punishing operation and is virtually immune to rain, snow, sunlight, and cleaning chemicals. This model features metal reinforcing braces set near the upper rim and at the mid-section to strengthen key load bearing areas and handle even heavier payloads.

• Sturdy, powder coated steel under-frame around entire perimeter

• Four industrial duty casters• Nest when empty for low-cost delivery, space-

saving storage• Optional lids, casters, and custom colors available

and can be organized by department in your facility• Available in recycled (re-ground) material

Poly recycle truckSThese durable polyurethane recycling trucks speed material collection and promote efficiency in over-the-road transport. The recycling cart also fits neatly three across in standard trailers to maximize space efficiency during over the road transportation, which cuts the number of trips required for collection and delivery. It measures a precise 28-1/2” and can be rolled straight onto and straight off of the trailers without being turned around.

• Payloads up to 400 lbs. • 21 cubic feet of capacity• 17,000 lbs. per trip in a standard 53

foot trailer• Rotationally molded in a single unit of

weatherproof polyethylene• Heavy-duty base combined with 5/8”

painted marine plywood• Six industrial strength swivel casters

Optional locks, colors and paper feed dividers for grade separation

• Lockable, sliding hinged lid available

Poly neSting truckSThese nesting trucks feature a durable plastic body with a safety rolled top rim in a wide range of capacities set on a galvanized steel pan, full-perimeter base for hauling full loads of almost anything. They nest inside of each other for stackable, space-efficient storage and over the road transport. Models available with a choice of caster configurations and colors.

model capacity (cu. feet)

capacity (bushels)

outside dimensions

(in.)

overall Height

(in.)

depth (in.)

Price

39-6 7 6 34 x 24 25 21 $183.24

39-8 10 8 37 x 25-1/2 28-1/2 24 $200.91

39-10 12 10 39-1/2 x 27-1/2 29 25 $216.44

39-12 15 12 39-1/2 x 29-1/2 32 28 $226.25

39-14 17 14 43 x 31-1/2 32 28 $243.51

39-16 20 16 43 x 31-3/4 34 30 $274.28

39-18 22 18 45-1/2 x 33-1/2 34 30 $299.28

39-20 24 20 51 x 35-1/2 34 30 $328.88

model capacity (cu. yards)

capacity (lbs.)

outside dimensions

(in.)

overall Height

(in.)

inside depth (in.)

Price

P-303S 3/5 750 54 x 26 38 32 $429.36

P-303H 3/5 1250 54 x 26 38 32 $579.06

P-305S 1-1/10 1000 70 x 32 43 37 $484.55

P-305H 1-1/10 2000 70 x 32 43 37 $633.46

P-307S 1-1/2 1250 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 48-1/2 41-1/2 $609.33

P-307H 1-1/2 2000 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 48-1/2 41-1/2 $763.79


capacity (bushels)

outside dimensions

(in.)

overall Height

(in.)

inside depth (in.)

Price

54P-16R 18-1/2 16 42-1/2 x 28-1/2 34-1/2 28 $269.68

54P-18R 22-1/2 18 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 33-1/2 27 $368.42

54P-26R 33 27 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 45 39 $387.59

50P-12R 13 11 35-1/2 x 24-1/2 34-1/2 28 $243.85

50P-14R 19 16 39-1/2 x 28-1/2 38-1/2 32 $265.66

50P-16R 21 18 43-1/2 x 28-1/2 38-1/2 32 $269.56

2-4 Week Delivery

top Seller

132



Polymer truckS WitH SHelVeS

metromax Q™• Provides quick adjustment through the patented Corner Lock release• No tools or disassembly required for shelf adjustment. Multiple piece shelf design provides

maximum storage flexibility• Shelf mats and support beams can be removed in seconds to convert a shelf into an

open frame• Shelf mats made of Microban®, which is a compound that inhibits stains and odor causing

bacterial growth. Shelf mats carry a lifetime warranty• Posts are epoxy coated and carry a 15 year warranty• Accessories to customize the application include ledges, dividers, lift-out baskets, bins, solid

and open-grid mats, enclosure panels, can and tray racks, label holders and covers, and casters• Smooth, crevice-free polymer surfaces clean easily

overall Height

(in.)

Shelf(W x d)

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

79 36 x 18 71 $590.80

79 48 x 18 91 $669.20

79 60 x 18 111 $728.00

79 36 x 24 78 $467.60

79 48 x 24 94 $747.60

79 60 x 24 110 $848.40

69 36 x 18 69 $572.60

69 48 x 18 89 $651.00

69 60 x 18 109 $669.90

69 36 x 24 78 $652.40

69 48 x 24 94 $729.40

69 60 x 24 110 $826.00

StarSyS™ truckS The Starsys™ system is a productivity focused, high density transport and storage system that adapts to change and provides safe and comfortable access to the material it stores. The Starsys™ is a system of polymer components that can be configured as tall or short units, mobile or stationary, and in single, double or triple widths. The optional full shelf extension offers increased storage capacity compared to standard shelving and carts. Some benefits of the StarSys™ system are:

• Full extension shelf levels are height adjustable in 1” increments. Glides snap into posts without tools

• 5” rubber casters• Features stationary top and bottom shelves with 4 posts, base and (4) swivel casters

(2 with brake)

overall Height(in.)

Shelf(W x d)

Shelf Quantity Weight(lbs.)

Price

51 23 x 27 2 175 $725.20

51 23 x 27 2 187 $994.70

72 43 x 27 2 66 $812.70

72 43 x 27 2 118 $1,038.80

additional SHelVeS

model number

dimensions(W x d x l) (in.)

capacity(lbs.)

Style Weight(lbs.)

Price

SXSWQ-KD 19 x 21 x 1 1/2 150 Stationary 10 $61.60

SXSWAR-KD 16 x 21 x 1 1/2 60 Full Extention 13 $87.50

SXDWQ-KD 39 x 21 x 1 1/2 300 Stationary 20 $82.60

SXDWAR-KD 36 x 21 x 1 1/2 125 Full Extention 22 $116.20

additional SHelVeS

model number

dimensions(W x d) (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price ea.

1836GX2 36 x 18 12 $82.60

1848GX2 48 x 18 16 $102.20

1860GX2 60 x 18 20 $116.90

2436GX2 36 x 24 15 $51.80

2448GX2 48 x 24 19 $121.80

2460GX2 60 x 24 23 $147.00

24 Hour delivery

133



Bulk Linen Trucks

72PThe 72P Series bulk linen truck is a depend-able workhorse for commercial laundries and delivery companies serving hotels, resorts, nursing homes, hospitals, health clubs, res-taurants and other institutions. Its cutaway design speeds loading and unloading, and the optional closure secures goods during trans-port and storage.

90PThe 90P bulk linen truck features a novel round trip design that enables commercial laundries and laundry service companies to use the same cart for delivering finished, folded goods and for picking up and returning soiled linens. The 90P comes with a choice of wire or plastic horizontal shelves that after delivery, one person can easily slide into a ver-tical position for use as a bulk laundry cart.

90PSlThis truck features a breakthrough design that combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable, lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return. Developed for commercial laundry services, hotels, resorts, nursing homes, spas and other lodging and institutional facilities.


capacity (lbs)

outside dimensions

(in)

overall Height

(in)

inside depth

(in)

Price

72P 48 38 48 x 28-1/2 66-1/2 59 $441

90P 38 32 48 x 28-1/2 62 54 $561

90PL 38 32 48 x 28-1/2 62 54 $825

90PSL 38 32 48 x 28-1/2 62 54 $899

95PSL 49 32 63-3/4 x 58 72 30-3/4 $1,350

100P 38 32 48 x 28-1/2 62 54 $759

90PlThe 90PL is a high-capacity, attractive clean linen delivery truck designed for upscale hotels, resorts and other properties where a premium is placed on visual appeal, durabil-ity, and longevity. The 90PL comes with two permanent horizontal shelves, each molded in a single piece of smooth polyethylene, set in a weatherproof, all-plastic cart that can’t harbor bacteria and wipes clean. Solid, closed roof keeps linens clean, dry and secure.

95PSlThe 95PSL delivers payloads of up to 900 lbs. safely and smoothly with 3 shelves for the ultimate in volume and organization. It combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable, lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return.

100PThe 100P bulk linen truck features a break-through internal rib design and steel-top ring that nearly doubles the strength, structural integrity and load bearing capacity of the cart versus other carts on comparable footprints. Bowing out at the top rim under extreme loads is virtually impossible. Handles loads up to 700 lbs. with two shelves.

Fabric CartsFabric carts are often used in return centers for storage. Fabric carts feature durable canvas liners set in wire frames atop rugged, high carbon steel bases and industrial strength casters. More than a dozen different styles and sizes are available in a range of colors. This cart can also come with an innovative wire frame and removable liner that allows it to be knocked down for easy, low profile transport or space-saving storage. The puncture-proof vinyl liner attaches to the rugged frame with a breakthrough Velcro strap. It’s easily removed and replaced by one person and enables a soiled liner to be replaced without replacing the entire cart.

model capacity (bushels)

dimensions (in)(l x W x d)

overallHeight (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

32 GM-6 6 30 x 20 x 20-1/2 27 30 $135.09

32 GM-10 10 36 x 24 x 25 31-1/2 38 $150.28

32 GM-14 14 40 x 28 x 27-1/2 34 47 $188.20

32 GM-18 18 42 x 30 x 30 36-1/2 51 $207.54

32 GM-24 24 54 x 34 x 30 37-1/2 70 $267.44

2-4 Week Delivery

103

Pallet Trucks


24-Volt Electric Power Pallet Truck (4,500 lbs Capacity)The PTE-45 is a quality powered pallet truck for almost every pallet moving application. The PTE-45 pal-let truck features a tight turning radius and compact design to maneuver in confined areas. Its powered movement promotes user productivity when moving heavy loads all day and is simple to operate by all personnel. The PTE-45’s design is proven under harsh industrial conditions, which means low main-tenance. All trucks are fully seam welded.

OptiOns• Traction tire• Load backrest• Spring loaded stability casters• (2)12V 135AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in

110VAC charger• (4)6V 180AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in

110 VAC charger (1)24V 255AH industrial battery

Features• Standard Equipment - Curtis Transistor Travel Controller, Thumb Control, Key Switch, Horn, Hour Meter BDI Combo Gauge, and

Reversing Switch• Battery - 24-volt industrial battery or battery pack. Minimum battery weight 480 lbs. AH capacity minimum/maximum 135/255. Battery

compartment dimensions are 29.25” x 8.75” x 29” tall. Connector is SB-175 Gray• Speed - Curtis SepEx™ transistor travel control variable from 0 mph to 3.66 mph empty. Variable from 0 mph to 2.86 mph loaded• Weight - 855 lbs less battery• Tires - Drive: 10.5” x 5” polyurethane. Load: 3.15” x 4.75” polyurethane• Hydraulics - Lift cylinder is hard chrome. Pump unit (including motor, gear pump, and solenoid actuated, pressure compensated lowering

valves) is mounted high in the power compartment for ease service• Electrical - Curtis SepEx™ transistor travel controller and separately excited Class H drive motor provide high torque throughout entire drive

range. Travel speed remains constant relative to throttle position, regardless of load on truck. No directional contactors. Master contactor operates with main on/off switch. Automatic resetting circuit breaker and fused circuit protection complete the 24V electrical system

• Brakes - Drum brake is mounted on motor armature shaft, which multiplies the braking power through the double reduction transmission. Brake is applied when control arm is within 12.5” of vertical or 28.7” from horizontal handle position

• Controls - Travel lift/lower functions are located in the ergonomic operator handle. Designed to allow operation with either hand. Wrap around guard, reversing switch, thumb control, and horn are standard

• Transmission - Horizontally mounted drive motor is direct mounted to gear housing. Oil bathed double reduction helical end spur gear drive train transfers power to axle. Time proven basic design allows for long life and ease of maintenance

• Bearings - Drive Wheel: Tapered roller bearings sealed in oil bath. Load Wheels: Sealed ball bearings. Transmission Mount: Vertical thrust and horizontal tapered load bearings. HD Fork Linkage: Self lubricated heat treated bushing, no lubrication needed

• Accessibility - Removal of one-piece power head cover exposes major components for inspection and maintenance. Drive tire can be removed with one nut

Model number Capacity (lbs.)

Battery Volts

Dimension (in) Weight(lbs.)

price

a B C

PTE45-2748-40 4000 24 28 69 75 1085 $4,150

WPT-40-24 4000 24 34 75 82 1833 $8,919

WPT-60-24 6000 24 34 75 82 1833 $9,140

8 Week Delivery

104

Pallet Trucks


IBH - In Between Handling Lift TrucksThese manual drive, power lift trucks are the economical choice for a wide variety of applications such as loading and unloading trailers at street level, used as a portable lift table or leveler, or stacking in narrow aisles or confined areas. The IBH is simple to oper-ate by all personnel and its design is proven under industrial conditions, which means low maintenance. All trucks are fully seam welded.

Features• 1,000 to 2,500 lbs. capacity• Structure - Seam welded mast with heavy duty mast rollers provide smooth,

even lift. Rigid box straddles furnish lateral stability and strength. All trucks (excluding XT models) have double chain lifts supplying added lifting stability and safety for heavier loads

• Brakes - Dual self-adjusting floor locks insure secure grip• Hydraulic System - Built-in relief valve protects against overload conditions

Lowering control valve provides variable lowering speeds for precise load position

speCiFiCatiOns• Battery & Charger: Long-lasting, industrial 12 volt rubber-clad battery with

overload resistant charger offers 120 to 150 AH power, depending on model Charger plugs into standard 110 volt electrical outlet

• Caster Wheels: 4” diameter x 2” wide steel• Load Wheels: 4” diameter x 2-1/2” wide steel• Gradeability: Please call Bastian for information• Recharge Time: Approximately 8 hours• Running Time: Intermittently for one 8 hour shift

Model number

Capacity (lbs.)

Dimension (in) Weight(lbs)

price

a B C D e F G H

adjustable Fork & non-telescopic, 24” Load Center

1524-A5 1500 57 71.5 34 26 6 24 36 55 760 $3,194

1524-A6 1500 69 83.5 34 26 6 24 36 55 800 $3,279

1524-A7 1500 81 95.5 34 26 6 24 36 55 830 $3,369

2024-A5 2000 60 77 50 42 6 28 36 55 975 $3,545

2024-A6 2000 72 89 50 42 6 28 36 55 1015 $3,625

2024-A7 2000 84 101 50 42 6 28 36 55 1055 $3,710

2524-A5 2500 60 77 50 42 6 28 36 55 985 *

2524-A6 2500 72 89 50 42 6 28 36 55 1025 *

2524-A7 2500 84 101 50 42 6 28 36 55 1065 *

telescopic Mast & adjustable Forks, 24” Load Centers

1524-T8 1500 96 69 38 30 10 28 36 55 940 $3,917

1524-T9 1500 108 75 38 30 10 28 36 55 970 $4,002

1524-T10 1500 120 81 50 42 10 28 36 55 1030 $4,087

1524-T11 1500 132 87 50 42 10 28 36 55 1050 $4,178

1524-T12 1500 144 93 50 42 10 28 36 55 1080 $4,263

2024-T8 2000 96 69 50 42 6 28 36 55 1285 $4,204

2024-T9 2000 108 75 50 42 6 28 36 55 1305 $4,289

2024-T10 2000 120 81 50 42 6 28 36 55 1365 $4,374

2024-T11 2000 132 87 50 42 6 28 36 55 1385 $4,465

2024-T12 2000 144 93 50 42 6 28 36 55 1405 $4,550

2524-T8 2500 96 66 50 42 6 28 36 55 1315 *

2524-T9 2500 108 71 50 42 6 28 36 55 1335 *

2524-T10 2500 120 78 50 42 6 28 36 55 1395 *

2524-T11 2500 132 83 50 42 6 28 36 55 1415 *

2524-T12 2500 144 90 50 42 6 28 36 55 1435 *

** Please Call Bastian for pricing

14 Week Delivery

105

Pallet Trucks


Power Drive Straddle TrucksThese trucks are a less costly alternative to a riding fork lift truck. Power drive straddle trucks employ power drive and power lift for quick movement of pallet loads, increasing the productivity of your staff. All units are in compliance with OSHA. They feature a tight turning radius and their compact design allows access to narrow aisles and confined areas. These trucks are simple to operate by all personnel. Their rugged design is proven under harsh industrial conditions, which means less maintenance. All trucks are fully seam welded.

Features

• Structure - Chassis, mast, and straddles form an integrally welded structure built to withstand industrial use. Dual lift chains provide excellent load carriage control and safety.

• Spring Balanced Steering Arm allows operator to precisely control the lowering speed, features 3-speed forward and 3-speed reverse controls which provide maneuverability; “Belly-button” safety switch in the steering handle reverses truck direction if an operator is backed into a confined area; “Dead-man” feature returns the steering arm to upright position, deactivates the travel power, and engages the disc brake to stop the truck; horn to alert others of the truck’s presence.

• Disc Brake - Two-way disc brake produces stopping power when the steering arm is all the way up or all the way down. The operator has complete control from light breaking to a full stop.

• Dynamic Brake - Activated by push-button on the steering arm, produces electrical braking for accurate payload positioning, smooth stopping and better load control up and down ramps.

• Drive Motor - Direct drive, heavy-duty transmission that operates at a low gear ratio for plenty of power and longer life for transmission.• Hydraulic System - Chrome plated lift cylinder provides smooth lift/lower performance and long seal life. Built-in relief valve protects entire

system from overload conditions.• Electrical System - Fully fuse protected. All cables and wires are coded for easy servicing. Easy access, modular design makes maintenance

simple and fast. Long-life industrial batteries are selected for power requirements of each model. As a safety measure, a battery disconnect handle is accessible to the operator.

• Gradeability - Units with rigid forks: unloaded 10% & loaded 5%. Units with adjustable straddles: unloaded 8% & loaded 5%.

pDi - interMeDiate Duty**Sold with Pallet Positioner (Page 8)

teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn• Lifting Capacity - 2,000 lbs. at both 18” and

24” load centers• Lift Range - 5’ to 12’• Power System - 24 volt with built-in fully

automatic charger• Battery & Charger - Two industrial 12 volt

rubber clad batteries, 150 AH of power provides 24 volt power source. Includes 12 volt, 15 amp charger with timer. Plugs into 110 volt outlet

• Drive Wheels - 10” x 4” rubber press-on• Load Wheels - 4” x 2-3/4” polyurethane

Model number

Capacity (lbs.)

Dimension (in) Weight(lbs.)

price

a B C D e F G H i

rigid Fork & non-telescopic, 24” Load Center

PDI-2024-R5 2,000 60 75 25 17 15 26 30 57 59 1175 $7,250

PDI-2024-R6 2,000 72 87 25 17 15 26 30 57 59 1200 $7,347

Adjustable Fork & Non-Telescopic, 24” Load Center

PDI 2024-A5 2,000 57 75 34/50 26/42 6 24 36 60 68 1275 $7,444

PDI 2024-A6 2,000 69 87 34/50 26/42 6 24 36 60 68 1300 $7,535

PDI 2024-A7 2,000 81 99 34/50 26/42 6 24 36 60 68 1325 $7,632

Adjustable Fork & Telescopic Mast, 24” Load Center

PDI 2024-T8 2,000 96 72 38/50 30/42 10 24 36 60 68 1375 $8,070

PDI 2024-T9 2,000 108 78 38/50 30/42 10 24 36 60 68 1400 $8,167

PDI 2024-T10 2,000 120 84 50 42 10 24 36 60 68 1425 $8,258

PDI 2024-T11 2,000 132 90 50 42 10 24 36 60 68 1455 $8,355

PDI 2024-T12 2,000 144 96 50 42 10 24 36 60 68 1475 $8,451

14 Week Delivery

106

Pallet Trucks


pDM - MeDiuM Duty truCk

teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn

• Lifting Capacity - 2,000 to 3,000 lbs. at 24” load center• Lift Range - 60” to 154”• Power System - 12 volt• Turning Radius - From 58”• Travel - 3 speeds forward and reverse• Battery & Charger - Two long lasting industrial 12 volt rubber clad

batteries and a 12 volt, 30 amp charger with timer. Plugs into a standard 110 volt outlet. 2000 and 2500 pound trucks - 300 AH of power; 3000 pound trucks - 400 AH power

• Drive Wheels - 10” x 4” rubber• Load Wheels - 2000 & 2500 lb. - 4” x 2-3/4” polyurethane; 3000 lb. - 4”

dual tandem• Recharge Time: Approx. 8 hours

Model number Capacity (lbs.)

Dimension (in.) Weight(lbs.)

price

a B

rigid Fork & non-telescopic, 24” Load Center

PDM 20-60 2000 60 77 1480 $9,065

PDM 25-60 2500 60 77 1540 $9,432

PDM 30-60 3000 60 77 1555 $9,798

PDM 20-106 2000 106 71 1830 $9,556

adjustable Fork & telescopic, 24” Load Center

PDM 20-130 2000 130 83 1910 $9,680

PDM 20-154 2000 154 95 1990 $9,798

PDM 25-106 2500 106 71 1890 $9,922

PDM 25-130 2500 130 83 1970 $10,046

PDM 25-154 2500 154 95 2050 $10,170

PDM 30-106 3000 106 70 1905 $10,295

PDM 30-130 3000 130 71 1985 $10,413

PDM 30-154 3000 154 83 2065 $10,537

14 Week Delivery

107

Pallet Trucks


Lift Truck AccessoriesreMOte LiFt/LOWer COntrOLsRemote lift only in handle; remote lift/lower in handle; & remote lift lower with push button box & 3’ cord. Price ................................................................$250 to $600

OperatOr saFety pLatFOrMLock-on platform has built-in remote control, non-skid deck, 36” high guard rails with chain opening (specify front or either side), & 72” high mesh guard between operator & mast (overhead guard is avail-able as option). Several sizes. Fits rigid or adjustable forks. Remote not available on power drives.

iBH, pDM, pDi Models:Dimensions price

36” x 36” $1,250

36” x 42” $1,300

36” x 48” $1,350

42” x 42” $1,375

42” x 48” $1,400

48” x 48” $1,450

steer WHeeLReduces steering effort and rolling resistance while improving maneuverability and ease of operation. Consists of dual 8” x 2” phenolic resin wheels and swivel caster with spring loaded “T” bar handle.iBH OnLy (excluding XT, R6 & R7 models)Price ................................................................................$675

rOLLer BeDSlip-on roller bed for side or front loading. 1000 lbs. capacity. Rigid or adjustable forks. 26” x 26” square roller area. Rollers on 3” centers.Xt, iBH, pDM, pDi, pDHPrice ................................................................................$500

paper rOLL rOtatOrSimilar to a drum tilter. Has rubber-lined jaws stan-dard. 44” grip range. Large grip pads available as an option.iBH, pDM, pDiPrice .............................................................................$3,550

BOOM WitH HOOkPortable crane operation. 26” long to hook, stan-dard 300 lbs. capacity (higher available). 12” lowered height at hook.aLL truCksPrice ................................................................$300 to $500

raMFor coil and roll handling. 2-1/2” x 26” is standard length. 500 lbs. capacity at 18” load center.Xt, iBH, pDM, pDiPrice ................................................................................$500

LOaD pLatFOrMsRemovable and permanent platforms in several sizes. Slips onto and locks to rigid forks, slip-on type for adjustable forks. Not for personnel use. Smooth surface standard, non-slip diamond plate optional.iBH, pDM, pDiPrice ................................................................$150 to $200

LOaD BaCk restUseful safety accessory for high cubic loads and especially for tilting feature on PDC models. 48” high from forks.aLL truCksPrice ................................................................. Call Bastian

Die puLLerFront-load roller platform, 1000 lbs. capacity (with proper straddles) complete with winch. Secures to rigid or adjustable forks. 26” square roller area; roll-ers on 3” centers.iBH, pDM, pDi ........................................... Call Bastian

LiFt truCk OrDerinG inFOrMatiOn

• Load Center and Capacity - In general, if your pallet is less than 36” in length, an 18” load center is sufficient. If the pallet is more than 36” long, use a 24” load center. If the pallet load center is larger than 24”, the truck capacity decreases. Loads too heavy for capacity cause excess wear on mechanical parts. Incorrect load centers, load capacities, and forks that are too short could cause the truck to tip. Carefully calculate your truck needs or please call Bastian for assistance.

• Mast Height - Make sure the collapsed masthead will fit through entry and exit ways. Add the load and any truck accessories when calculating the total height. Consider the telescopic models if the mast is too high.

• Straddles - Will the straddles fit into your pallet racks? Are adjustable straddles needed for diverse applications? Consider a counterbalanced model to eliminate straddle incompatibilities.

• Electrical - All Big Joe industrial batteries and battery compartments meet OSHA and UL requirements. Battery specifications are aimed for use under normal conditions and capacities. They are designed to work for one continuous 8-hour shift before recharging is required. Recharging usually takes about 8 hours. All standard chargers plug into a standard 110 volt outlet. Many different battery and charger combinations are available. 24 volt batteries are recommended for ramps and for constant lifting conditions.

• Working Conditions - Consider the conditions in which the truck will be operated. Are casters designed for soft, rough, or uneven surfaces needed? Will you have to move the loads a long distance? If so, consider a power driven model. If the truck will remain stationary, manual drive is best.

94

Safety Equipment


Protective Guard Rail & Columns

Protective guard rails and columns are safety equipment for structural plat-forms, inplant offices, conveyors, water mains, valuable equipment and personnel.

Features• 10,000 lb. load at 4 mph rating• Simple layout with universal column• Simple installation with all the hardware included• Bright, OSHA yellow finish on columns• Designed to AISC specifications• Strong protection for mezzanines, in-plant offices, conveyors,

water mains, valuable equipment and personnel

speciFications• Available in 18” high, single rail and 42” high, double rail styles• All columns are 5” x 5” with 1/2” thick, steel base plates• E-Z installation: Hardware kits include anchor, hole caps & post caps• 12” x 12” base plate

columns

model number Description price

CA-1 18” Column - Single Rail $33.71

CA-2 42” Column - Dual Rail $51.31

** NOTE: Add “–LO” to the model number for lift out rails and columns.

model number Description length(ft.)

Wt. price model number Description price

GR-03 Guard Rail 3 33.07 $29.94 GR-03L Lift-out Rail $69.94








** Quantity discounts available

3-5 Day Delivery** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15

95

Safety Equipment


Personnel Hand RailPersonnel hand rail is an economical and versatile handrail system for plants, warehouses, and distribution centers.

Features • Quick, easy installation• Corrosion resistant• 1-1/4” Schedule 10 steel pipe• Lightweight and reusable• Bright yellow finish• OSHA two-rail and BOCA three-rail compliant• Polished aluminum fittings

applications• To protect dock areas and drop offs• Mezzanines• As machine guards• To protect personnel and vulnerable equipment• To designate walkways• For crowd control

model number Dimensions (in.)

price

CHRK-4 4’ x 4’ Corner (2-Rail) $210.21

SHRK-4 4’ Straight Run (2-Rail) $112.84

EHRK-4 4’ Extension (2-Rail) $85.54

CEHRK-4 4’ x 4’ Corner Extension (2-Rail) $85.54

3CHRK-4 4’ x 4’ Corner (3-Rail) $222.04

3SHRK-4 4’ Straight Run (3-Rail) $142.87

3EHRK-4 4’ Extension (3-Rail) $107.38

3CEHRK-4 4’ x 4’ Corner Extension (3-Rail) $107.38

** For three-rail application, add “3” to the model number. ex: 3CHRK-4


Overhead and Track Protector

Features• Protects overhead mechanical lines and conveyors• Protects automatic overhead doors and reduces costly repairs in plants, warehouses,

shipping areas, etc. • Includes “Banger Bar”• “Banger Bar” warns operator• Quick, easy installation• Adjusts to fit width/height required• Bright OSHA yellow finish

model number Description Width(ft.)

price

STH-10 10’ H Clear 10 $905

STH-12 12’ H Clear 11-1/2 to 12-1/2 $996

STH-16 16’ H Clear 11-1/2 to 16-1/2 $1,156


96

Safety Equipment


Overhead Door Rail GuardsDoor rail guards can save you money and aggravation by extending the life of your roll-up doors. The simple but tough design eliminates the frequent repair of door tracks that are damaged by forklift trucks and pallet jacks. Guards are constructed of 1/4” steel plate and brake-formed to protect the rail on its three exposed sides.

The innovative design allows for quick and easy installation. Available in 2’ and 4’ heights, as well as custom heights, the door rail guard bolts into the floor and wall. The guards are shipped as a kit, which includes a pair of guards and all the mounting hardware required for installation.

Features • Eliminates damage to door tracks.• 1/4” steel plate construction.• Comes complete with floor mounting and wall-mounting hardware.• Easy to install.• Available in 2’ and 4’ height (standard).

model number

Height (ft.)

Width (in.)

Depth (in.)

Weight (lbs.)

price

DTG-02 2 5-3/4 6-1/4 40 $115.34

DTG-04 4 8-3/4 6-1/4 80 $175.76

3 Week Delivery

Rack Armor Rack Protectors(saves up to 80% oF rack Damage)

Rack Armor is an innovative, tough and inexpensive device to significantly reduce the costs of racking damage. Rack Armor uses a new improved approach to forklift impacts. Steel guards or increased rack thickness absorbs impacts before cracking bending and then being torn out of the concrete. Rack Armors hard outer polymer shell diffuses the point of impact, over the whole 24” area. The foam inner core absorbs the remaining kinetic energy. The round shape is difficult to hit, and the bright yellow color help guide the fork truck drivers.

• Tests have proven that Rack Armor withstands repeated impacts from the forks of a 4,400 lb. forklift travelling at 4 M.P.H.

• It saves up to 80% of the cost of damaged uprights.• Rack Armor has passed the U.K. S.E.M.A. tests, the European F.E.M. tests and the

Australian NZ tests. It is the only Rack protector in the world to have passed all tests.• Fits most 3” wide rack columns and another model for 4” wide. You can re-use , re-

locate and re-cycle • No drilling, no anchor bolts, and no installation costs• Clip it on and it’s working for you•

Features• Works in Freezers down to -40 F°• Ideal for SEISMIC Rack, does not protrude into aisle or beam space• One person can install in minutes. No anchoring• Unaffected by fire, mold, acid, alkaline and most solvents• 3” and 4” profiles fit most popular racks

model number Height(in.)

column Width(in.)

price

RA-3A-24-Y 24 3 $36.25

RA-3A-12-Y 12 3 $21.25

** Quantity Discounts Available

10 Day Delivery

97

Safety Equipment


Pallet Rack End ProtectorsPallet rack end protectors provide a simple and cost effective solution for increasing warehouse safety and preventing damage to expensive rack and inventory. They are painted safety yellow and have been designed to withstand extreme lift truck punishment. When properly anchored to the floor, rack protectors will pro-tect your investment and help you avoid costly repairs and downtime.

The wide range of standard single and double-sided rack protectors available can be adapted to virtually any distribution center or warehouse without affecting traffic flow patterns. 48” extension angles are also available and may be field cut, allowing you to customize your application.

Rack Protector “Lite” is ideal for lighter traffic areas such as storage areas, tool cribs, and storage lock-ers. Rack Protector “Lite” is an economical solution that can add an extra measure of protection to your warehouse equipment. Extension angles are available for the standard 48” protectors and may be field cut, allowing you to customize your application. Mounting anchors are included.

model number

length (in.)

end capHeight

(in.)

angle Dimension

(in.)

Description Weight (lbs.)

price

WGR48-L 48 12 4 x 6 x 1/2 Left Side Rack Protector 90 $100.67

WGR48-R 48 12 4 x 6 x 1/2 Right Side Rack Protector 90 $100.67

WGR48-EX 48 - 4 x 6 x 1/2 Rack Protector Extension Angle 75 $67.14

WGR48L-L 48 8 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 Left Side Rack Protector “Lite” 61 $76.25

WGR48L-R 48 8 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 Right Side Rack Protector “Lite” 61 $76.25

WGR48L-EX 48 - 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 Rack Protector Extension Angle Lite” 39 $64.06

1-3 Day Delivery

Conveyor Aisle GuardsConveyor guards are floor-mounted protection equipment that serves as a barrier between forklift traffic and conveyor pick-up points. Conveyor guard systems consist of guard sections from 3’ to 10’ long in one foot increments. The sections can be joined to make a continuous straight run in one inch increments, starting at 3’. Turns of 90° are accommodated through joining two opposite hand 45° conveyor guard sections.

• Easy-to-use instructions allow the heavy duty steel guard sections to be installed correctly, using furnished 1/2” wedge anchors

• Barriers are designed to withstand impact to keep conveyor stands safe from forklift traffic

• Conveyor guard sections are constructed of sturdy 7 gauge steel formed into 12” high × 6” wide units

• 5 strengthening gussets are welded to the back of 6’ through 10’ sections. Shorter sections have 3 gussets

• Sections bolted together through matching vertical gussets and bolting with the supplied 5⁄16”bolts

model number

overall Height (in)

overall length (ft)

Description # of gussets

Weight (lbs.)

price

CG-3 12 3 Conveyor Guard 3 44 $99.74








CG-R 12 5 Right 45° Conveyor Guard 3 68 $150.98

CG-L 12 5 Left 45° Conveyor Guard 3 68 $150.98

4-7 Day Delivery

98

Safety Equipment


BollardsInstant protection for dock doorways and building passages. Bollards are also excellent for segre-gating vehicles from people. Surface mount for quick installation.

Features • 42” high in 4” and 6” diameters • Bright OSHA yellow finish • Optional High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) covers for “no maintenance” finish

model number Description price

B-1 6” Diameter Pipe $149.24

B-2 4” Diameter Pipe $74.62

BC-1 6” Cover $81.90

BC-2 4” Cover $63.70


Column ProtectorsColumn protectors are an affordable protection for warehouse and factory columns and beams. All sizes are available in high visibility orange (OR) and lime green (LM) with reflective straps. These blow-molded 100% high density polyethylene protectors fit 6”, 8”, 10” and 12” round or square supports. No tools required. Two halves attach with easy-to-install straps.

model number

Description Weight (lbs.) price

1704 4” - 6” Narrow Column Protector 16 $97.48

1706 6” Structural Column Protector 40 $168.14




lm/or: aDD to cost above ............................................................................. $12.89(Lime Green or Orange Structural Column Protectors come with Reflective Straps)

2 Week Delivery

Sprinkler GuardsSprinklers in the uppermost pallet racks are often not visible from floor level. As a result, they can be accidently damaged by forklifts depositing or retrieving loads. A bigger problem can be the ensuing water damage to your products caused by water pipe and sprinkler head breaks. The sprinkler guard protects the sprinkler head without eating up valuable storage space. The sprin-kler guard retrofits quickly and easily to existing pallet racks.

Features • 5/8” diameter hot-rolled steel bar stock with welded 1/4” mounting plates• Comes complete with mounting hardware• Easy to install

model number Width (in) Quantity price each

SG-04 2’ 6” - 4’ 10 - 50 $51.80

SG-04 2’ 6” - 4’ 51 - 200 $50.19

SG-04 2’ 6” - 4’ 201 - 500 $47.09

SG-04 2’ 6” - 4’ 501 - 1000 $43.94

SG-04 2’ 6” - 4’ 1000 + $40.81

** $500 set up fee.

3 Week Delivery

99

Safety Equipment


Overhead Safety GateThe Overhead Safety Gate is committed to safely and efficiently move palletized material to and from your mezzanine. Designed for smooth and reliable operation, the Overhead Safety Gate occupies a small footprint and protects workers and material from falling off the mezzanine.

Features • Solid, balanced design allows easy gate operation during mezzanine loading

and unloading• When one side opens, the other closes• Spring assist slows descent of gate, avoiding foot injuries• Integral kickplate keeps objects from falling off mezzanine• Unique leveling mechanism resists gate binding• Coated cables provide smooth, quiet operation• Track guarding resists damage during loading and unloading• Quality design ensures reliable service life

speciFications • Shipping weight: 550 lbs. (with hardware)• Installation footprint - 65” W x 65” D x 98” H• Assembly hardware and instructions included• Pallet / Load clearance - 57-1/2” W x 60” D x 82” H• Painted safety yellow for high visibility• Meets applicable IBC codes and OSHA safety standards

buDgetary price .................................................................................... $4,225

1-3 Day Delivery

Floor MarkThis product can be used on the floor just like tape or paint, but with some significant differ-ences. Unlike tape, it has a release backing that is removed before applying. Because of this, Floor Mark does not stretch and curl like traditional floor tape. This material is thinner than traditional tape so it does not snag as easily. Floor Mark can be removed by applying heat, unlike paint that requires harsh chemicals to remove.

• Does not snag and curl up like tape• Does not require chemicals to remove like paint• Available in many colors• Choose from 1, 2, 3, and 4 inch widths• Designed for dry, indoor environments at temperatures above 40°F (5°C).• Wash with soap and water when necessary• Can be removed by applying heat• 100’ per roll

Diameter (in) price (roll) price (case) # rolls/case

1 $10.87 $613.20 60

2 $21.74 $613.20 30

3 $32.64 $613.60 20

4 $43.48 $613.05 15

1 Week Delivery

100

Safety Equipment


Safety MirrorsinDoor convex mirrorsUse for in-plant safety and detailed vision situations. The bright distortion-free image provides excellent vision for quality inspection of assembly lines or machinery production areas.

12” rounDFrD-012 ....................................................................................................................... $42.5118” rounDFrD-018 ....................................................................................................................... $50.31

24” rounDFrD-024 ....................................................................................................................... $62.01

36” rounDFrD-036 ....................................................................................................................... $85.45

outDoor convex mirrorsIdeal for in-plant traffic control safety where employees and equipment cross paths. This style also used for outdoor installation in blind alleys, loading dock areas and parking ramps or garages.

12” rounDFrD-012-HD ................................................................................................................ $42.51

18” rounDFrD-018-HD ................................................................................................................ $60.42

24” rounDFrD-024-HD ................................................................................................................ $71.15

36” rounDFrD-036-HD .............................................................................................................. $120.90

eyeball® liFt truck mirrorEyeball® Mirrors eliminate lift truck operator’s blind spots. The Eyeball® will reduce the reflected image while amplifying the total view of surroundings. In addition to seeing everything behind and to the sides, the operator will have a proportionate view of the load directly in front of them.

8” Diametereblts-45s-b ............................................................................................................... $50.28** With Bracket Assembly, Black Steel

360° HemispHere mirrorProperly positioned and suspended from the ceiling with an installation kit, this mirror sees around every blind corner, providing a view of an entire area, allowing in-plant vehicles and/or personnel to move safely through the facility. A pendulum-style installation kit is available for 30”, 36” and 42” diameter mirrors. The 18” and 24” diameter mirrors can be attached to T-bar ceilings with the provided mounting clips, or they can be screw mounted to the ceiling or wall.

36” 360° Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersectionHF42360 ..................................................................................................................... $175.11** For ceilings 25’ and higher

42” 360° Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersectionHF42360 ..................................................................................................................... $323.31** For ceilings 25’ and higher

180° HemispHere mirrorThis very popular mirror provides maximum visibility at 3-way (T) intersections, whether approaching from the center, right or left. The 180° Hemisphere is available with a fully enclosed top and back, chains and hardware for suspended installation of 36” and 42” sizes for installation in warehouses and factories. Smaller sizes come with T-Bar ceiling mounting clips and are also pre-drilled for screw-mounting, if preferred.

36” 180° Dome W/ kit For “t” intersectionHF36180-Fe ............................................................................................................... $136.50** For ceilings 25’ and higher

** Outdoor Convex Mirrors feature plastic backs!

3-5 Day Delivery

101

Safety Equipment


Safety Netting

Safey netting is a solution for passive overhead protection on racks and shelves. It’s easy to install conveyor safety net systems and solid liners. The durable containment nets for storage safely provide protection for plant personnel working under or near conveyor lines. Safety netting reduces product loss and protect workers if products should fall. Nets won’t rust, peel, rot or dent like metal contain-ment systems. Various different mesh size openings and colors are available, allowing you to color code conveyor lines or specific areas.

• Synthetic mesh has the advantage of stretching to absorb shock loads, then returns to its original shape

• Comes in a variety of mesh size openings (1/4” - 6”) and can be custom manufactured to meet most applications

• Nets range from 250 to 6,000 ft-lb capacity• Mesh is lightweight, making it easy to install, thus reducing labor costs• Treated with Iron-Kote™ (a non-toxic, water based coating that will provide maximum

protection inside and out). Can be pressure washed, is impervious to most common chemicals and is mildew resistant. Fire retardancy option is available on special order

• Solid, non-porous liners for water and other non-hazardous liquids are available to catch fine particles or as drip/liquid guards. Excellent in bottling or food applications

• Used as rack guard, mezzanine guard, conveyor guard, visual barriers, and partitioning

types oF netting

l-100 spillex

• Reinforced polyethylene with a web border and grommets 1’ O.C.

• Solid, non-porous• 100 ft-lb capacity• Color availability - Cream, opaque

or clear-translucent

price ............................ $2.70 sQ./Ft.

m-250

• Ideal for conveyors and small rack protection, cargo control

• 1” mesh size• 250 ft-lb capacity• Color availability - Black, white

(add 10% to price below)

price ............................. $0.74 sQ./Ft.

m-500

• The economical meduim duty conveyor and rack guard mesh

• 2” mesh size• 500 ft-lb capacity• Color availability - Black, white

price ............................. $0.76 sQ./Ft.

m-1250

• Used in heavy duty conveyor applications & rack systems

• 2” mesh size• 1,250 ft-lb capacity• Color availability - Black, white,

gray, blue, yellow, or sand/tan

price ............................. $0.82 sQ./Ft.

m-3000

• Most popular style mesh for protecting against full pallet falls

• 4” mesh size• 3,000 ft-lb capacity• Color availability - Black, orange

price ............................. $1.04 sQ./Ft.

m-6000

• The heaviest mesh system for large loads or high traffic areas

• 3.5” mesh size• 6,000 ft-lb capacity • Color availability - Black only

price ............................. $1.43 sQ./Ft.

** Price reflects netting at least 10’ x 10’ in dimension. Please call Bastian for special pricing on dimensions smaller than 10’ x 10’

2 Week Delivery

102

Safety Equipment


Wire Partitions and Work Enclosures

Partitions can be used to build free standing secured storage areas, tool cribs, secu-rity enclosures, or to divide large buildings into smaller sections. System sets up fast with standard hand tools, secure once in place, and easy to reconfigure as needs change. Open but secure design allows free circulation of building’s lighting, HVAC, and fire suppression systems throughout secured areas. Separate, secure, or store valued items with this easy to install system. Use twenty standard sized panels and steel support posts to build partitions, enclosures, or storage areas of any size or configuration. Unique design conceals all hardware from the exterior of secured area. Full line of hinged, sliding, and vertical rise gates available.

beneFits• Modular Design - twenty basic panels and a “building block” approach

can accomplish virtually any layout• Strong - panels bolt directly to support posts. Standard 3/8” wedge

anchors hold partition firmly in place. Base plates welded on posts allow direct floor anchoring

• Secure - utilizes the heaviest assembly hardware in the industry. Bolts are only accessible from inside

• Fast installation - fewer parts than standard partition systems. Angle frames give clear access to all mounting hardware

• Straight lines and clean exterior makes a handsome finishing touch.• Flexible - easy to reconfigure as needs change

Features• Comes in ten widths, 1’ to 10’ in one foot increments• Two heights: 4’-0” and 5’-0”• Full height partition walls built by stacking two+ panels between posts• Mesh: 10 gauge wire woven into 2” x 1” rectangular openings• Frame 1-1/4” x 1-1/4” x 1/8” steel angle• Custom size panels available• Doors - Hinged, tunnel, and sliding doors available. Service windows are

also available• Door Openers - electric, pneumatic, hydraulic, and sliding door• Standard and custom locks available

buDgetary pricing

8’ to 5-1/4” high .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................$35.10 / lineal foot10’ to 5-1/4” high .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. $40.30 / lineal foot12’ to 5-1/4” high .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $46.80 / lineal foot3’ x 7’ Hinge Door ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. add $325.005’ x 8’ Hinge Door ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. add $390.008’ x 8’ Slide Gate ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ add $520.00

** Pricing Based per application. Please call Bastian for more information

48 Hour Delivery on stock items** 10 Day Delivery for custom orders

85

Workstations & Accessories


Ergonomic Workstations

AdjustAble WorkbenchThe adjustable workbench is an ergonomic solution that features a hydraulic lifting and lowering system to accommodate for different sized employees. The adjustable workbench is available in many dimensions and offers a variety of table tops.

• (2) 27”D x 27”H open legs for lift system• Hydraulic lifting system• Anti-skid leveling glides• 12” vertical adjustment (30” - 42”)• 17” high stringer• 825 lb. capacity

dimensions(W x h) (in.)

Adjustableheight (in.)

steeltop

steel Price

laminate Wood

top

laminate Wood Price

Plastic laminate

top

Plastic laminate

Price

dissipative dissipativePrice

60 x 30 30 - 42 WSA1050 $948 WSA2050 $1,118 WSA3050 $995 WSA4050 $1,166

72 x 30 30 - 42 WSA1051 $963 WSA2051 $1,172 WSA3051 $1,028 WSA4051 $1,231

72 x 36 30 - 42 WSA1052 $1,002 WSA2052 $1,244 WSA3052 $1,064 WSA4052 $1,400

Assembly WorkstAtion With cAbinetsAssembly workstations are used to increase operator efficiency and productivity. They offer an optimized workspace, industry-standard heights, as well as cabinets for storing tools and hardware of all sizes. Their robust components make them ideal for industrial applications, while their attractive design fits perfectly in any high tech environment.

r5Wh5-2003

60”W x 30”D x 80”H workstation with one heavy duty cabinet and laminated wood top.

• (1) Tiltable shelf• (2) Partial dividers• (1) Vertical Adapter for electrical and air outlets• (1) Power strip outlet• (1) Steel Shelf• (1) Pair of structural shelf supports• (1) Privacy panel with panel bracket kit• (1) Louvered panel• (2) Deep plastic bins• (5) Small plastic bins

Price ........................................................................ $1,471

r5Wl5-2003

72”W x 30”D x 80”H workstation with two heavy duty cabinets, laminated wood top, and two steel shelves with adapters.

• (1) Overhead workstation light• (1) Tool Rail• (1) Balancer trolley with tool balancer• (2) Plastic bin rails with (4) bins• (1) Power outlet channel• (1) Tiltable shelves• (4) Partial dividers• (2) Storage cabinets with doors• (1) Document holder• (1) Monitor tray with double arm• (1) Keyboard and mouse tray

Price ........................................................................ $3,452

2 Week Delivery

86



durAble steel benches

These durable and attractive workbenches feature modular 18”W x 27” D x 28” H storage pedestals (inside dimension of 14-1/2” W x 19-1/2” D), heavy duty steel con-struction, factory welded, and 100% full-extension ball bearing drawers. Each drawer is accessed with full-width aluminum handles and lock. The overall height of these work-benches is 34”.

• Work Surfaces - 1-3/4” thick with a 90° radius front edge for more comfort (not available with the steel work surfaces)

• 4 Drawer Cabinets - Cabinet contains 4 - 6” drawers with a recessed base.• Door Cabinet - includes one shelf with a recessed base• 3 Drawer Cabinets - Cabinet contains 2 - 6” drawers and 1 - 12” drawer with a

recessed base

model dimensions(in.)

Work surface - Price for complete unit

Wood top Plasticlaminate

steel Wood composite

G 60 x 30 $402.19 $279.93 $233.03 $287.24

H 72 x 30 $456.11 $311.52 $246.87 $336.09





E 60 x 30 $714.00 $591.73 $544.83 $599.04

F 72 x 30 $765.77 $621.18 $556.53 $645.75





A 60 x 30 $889.11 $766.84 $719.94 $774.15

B 72 x 30 $940.88 $796.29 $731.64 $820.86





C 60 x 30 $1,043.94 $921.67 $874.77 $928.98

D 72 x 30 $1,095.71 $951.12 $886.47 $975.69

* Price is for unassembled unit. Call Bastian if assembly is required.

Accessories 2 - 3” Drawers ....................................................................................................... $125.07 1 - 6” Drawer .......................................................................................................... $82.49

60” Backstop ............................................................................................................ $14.24 72” Backstop ............................................................................................................ $14.24 30” Sidestop ............................................................................................................. $12.29 60” Lower Steel Shelf ............................................................................................. $30.13 72” Lower Steel Shelf ............................................................................................. $33.35 60” Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf ........................................................................... $69.23 72” Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf .......................................................................... $76.64 60” Steel Riser Shelf ............................................................................................... $30.13 72” Steel Riser Shelf ............................................................................................... $33.35 60” Wood Riser Shelf ............................................................................................ $85.80 72” Wood Riser Shelf ........................................................................................... $95.55

2 Week Delivery

Riser Shelf

Backstop

Sidestop

Lower Steel Shelf(shown w/ 2 shelves)

Drawer Unit

Riser Shelf Supportsw/ electrical outlets on

both sides

87



c-leg series WorkstAtionCreate cells and unique configurations with C-Leg Series workbenches. Modular double-sided frames and shared legs bring you closer to an ergonomically sound facility that is ready to grow. Many other configura-tions are available.

• Modular Components - add and reconfigure workbenches based on your business needs• Integrated back frame for accessories keeps work surface uncluttered for optimal productivity• Micro-adjustable accessories - place them exactly where the operator needs them to reduce

fatigue and injury• Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular)• Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price .................................................................................................................................. $558(Includes 36” x 72” laminate worksurface, adjustable C-legs, and 64” high back frame)

Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $1,842(Includes base unit plus an overhead light with mounting arms, 72” air rail, 72” power strip, 18” deep x 72” wide upper laminate shelf, peg board, tool trolley, tool balancer, parts bin panel with double arm, 3” high drawer unit, 6” high drawer unit, 14” universal mounting arm, and tool storage hanger)

FloW Work cell WorkstAtionWatch your daily picking and packing efficiency soar. Improve product accessibility and efficiency with a Modular Flow Rack system. Gravity flow track makes it easier for you to organize and monitor inventory.

• Efficient - inventory storage at the workstation, fewer trips to retrieve supplies and products; inventory is highly visible for easy management

• Ergonomic - height adjustable work surface, angled conveyor reduces reaching• Modular - tools and accessories can be added above or below the work surface to increase

functionality• Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular)• Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price ............................................................................................................................... $1,529(Includes 30” x 60” laminate worksurface, 72” high double-sided back frame, heavy duty adjustable legs, (6) 9” wide x 48” long carton flow conveyors, rear posts, spacers, and support beams)

Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $2,278(includes base unit plus a 60” power strip, overhead light with mounting arms, tool trolley and a 30” x 30” portable scale table)

PAckAging dePot WorkstAtionThe RTW Table is a versatile, basic workstation with standard height adjustability. The 4-post design pro-vides superior stability and simplicity that allows you to focus on productivity.

• Height Adjustability - comfort while performing sitting or standing tasks• Robust construction with 14-gauge steel and industrial laminate provides years of performance• Economical - simple and stable design at a fair price• Add-on corner to create wrap around configurations. Includes a support leg and work surface• Add mobiltiy to your workstation with thermoplastic casters with swivel locks and brakes• Several work surface styles and materials available

bAse Price ............................................................................................................................... $1,234(Includes 36” x 72” maple top work bench, uprights, 18” deep adjustable tilt upper shelf with 4 dividers, 15” deep under shelf with 4 dividers, paper roll holder, and a 14” deep x 6” high supply compartment)

Price As shoWn ................................................................................................................... $1,540(Includes a monitor arm, binder holder arm, and extra dividers)

4-6 Week Delivery

88



WorkstAtion Accessories (c-leg series only)

WorkstAtion ordering inFormAtion

Custom options are non-standard workstations designed and manufactured to the customer specifications. Below are a list of questions in deciding which options to choose:

• What is your application?• Are there requirements? Weight, capacity, size, materials, function?• What is the facility/department layout?• What is the quantity?• What is your project time frame?• What type of work surface area do you need? • What size (W x L) of work surface area do you need?• If material conveyance is required, what is the size and weight of the material?• Does the unit need to be mobile?• Is height adjustability required? If so, what range?• What type of accessories are needed?

universAl shelving Wire shelving lAminAte shelving

bin rAilbin PAnel tool storAge

bAll trAnsFer Work surFAce

drAWers

** More accessories available. Please call Bastian for more information

grAvity FloW rAck

89



Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats

the diAmond PlAte FAmily

ultrAsoFt diAmond PlAte Floor mAtUltraSoft Diamond-Plate mats and matting provides unparalleled comfort, resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale. UltraSoft ultimate comfort and long-term performance makes everyone happy. Its double-thick Nitricell sponge base is a PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life. Designed for heavy-use areas, the popular, high-tech diamond-plate surface resists abrasion and most chemical spills and is available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness. All edges are safety beveled. Application - all dry work areas.

• Stock sizes - 2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’• Custom sizes: 2’, 3’, and 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL• Thickness - approx. 15/16”• Edges - safety beveled• Color - black; gray• Compound - vinyl surface with a double thick nitricell sponge base• Provides unparalleled comfort, resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale• Special formulation of nitrile rubber provides exceptional rebound and resilience• Designed for heavy use areas• Abrasion and chemical resistant• Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness

diAmond PlAte sPonge coAt FloormAtDiamond-Plate SpongeCote is the most popular anti fatigue mat and matting in the industry because no others offer such a complete package of exceptional comfort, long life, and a high-tech, industrial image. Its exceptionally resilient Nitricell sponge base defines the mat by providing true comfort, enhancing produc-tivity, and reviving morale, all while relieving fatigue throughout the day. Diamond-Plate’s safety-engineered surface adds traction and durability to the mat, and lends itself to heavily trafficked areas.

• Application - all dry work areas• Stock sizes - 2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’• Custom sizes - 2’, 3’ and 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL• Thickness - approx. 9/16”• Edges - safety beveled• Colors - black; gray• Compound - vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base• Offers complete package of comfort, enhanced productivity, long term perfor-

mance and an industrial image• Nitricell sponge base is a standard 3/8” thick• Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness• Can be customized in virtually any width or dimension to fit even the most unique

work area

model Part number size(ft)

Weight(lbs)

solid border

black gray black/yellow black/chevron

UltraSoft 414.1516x2x3 2 x 3 9 $41.56 $45.75 $45.39 $49.93

UltraSoft 414.1516x3x5 3 x 5 21 $103.87 $114.28 $113.38 $124.80

Sponge 415.916x2x3 2 x 3 8 $31.28 $32.89 $35.64 $39.23

Sponge 415.916x3x5 3 x 5 18 $76.07 $82.05 $82.05 $98.19

** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. Please call Bastian for more information

Price Per roll

model(roll)

Part number size(ft.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

black gray black/yellow black/chevron

UltraSoft-Roll 414.1516x2x75 2 x 75 225 $1,038.13 $1,093.14 $1,133.81 $1,247.43

UltraSoft-Roll 414.1516x3x75 3 x 75 338 $1,486.63 $1,564.97 $1,621.18 $1,790.41

Sponge-Roll 415.916x2x75 2 x 75 166 $794.74 $837.20 $895.21 $1,038.13

Sponge-Roll 415.916x3x75 3 x 75 244 $1,077.60 $1,135.00 $1,229.49 $1,401.71

2-5 Day Delivery

Black/Yellow

Black/Chevron

Gray

Black

90



diAmond PlAte With gritWorks!® FloormAtDiamond-Plate SpongeCote is now available with a GritWorks! surface. It’s ideal for primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat. GritWorks! is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%, while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface. Available in two thicknesses, a standard 9/16” and an UltraSoft 15/16”, Diamond-Plate with Gritworks! has a super resilient, Nitricell sponge base. Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life. All mats come with safety-beveled edges.

• Application - primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat

• Stock sizes - 2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’• Custom sizes - 2’, 3’ or 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL• Thickness - available in a standard 9/16” and an ultrasoft 15/16”• Edges - safety beveled• Color - black• Compound - vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base or a double thick nitricell sponge base• Gritworks is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%, while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface• Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort, rebound and long life


thickness(in)

Weight(lbs)

Price

standard custom (sq. ft.)

GritWorks! 416.1516x2x3 2 x 3 15/16 9 $73.79 $10.60

GritWorks! 416.1516x3x5 3 x 5 15/16 21 $153.51 $10.60

GritWorks! 416.916x2x3 2 x 3 9/16 9 $50.23 $8.20

GritWorks! 416.916x3x5 3 x 5 9/16 21 $116.79 $8.20

GritWorks! - Roll 416.1516x2x75 2 x 75 15/16 236 $1,412.48





Food Protection mAts

grAde A FloormAtThe first mat designed specifically for the food production and manufacturing industries. Its specially for-mulated anti-bacterial Nitrile rubber composite is designed to withstand solutions used in a wide variety of food processing environments: vegetable oils, animal fats, citrus, and fish oil.

• Application - Wet and greasy food production areas• Stock sizes - 30” x 36” and 30” x 60”• Thickness - approximately 1/2”• Edges - molded safety bevels on all four sides• Color - terra cotta• Compound - 100% nitrile rubber composite• Built-in handles to ease pick-up and cleaning of the mats• Hygienic porthole and solid underside design of the mat simplify cleaning and virtually eliminates

areas where food and bacteria can collect• Substantial underside knobs allow quick drainage and increases the comfort level of the mat• Flat, but textured surface increases traction when greasy and wet


thickness(in)

Weight(lbs)

Price

Grade A 482.12x30x36TC 30 x 36 1/2 14 $55.37

Grade A 482.12x30x60TC 36 x 60 1/2 22 $83.96


Food & Beverage Production

GritWorks®

Close-Up

2-5 Day Delivery

91



the 24/seven FloormAts

24/Seven modular anti-fatigue mats really do work 24/7 to keep employees comfortable. The 3’ x 3’ size is perfect for a single workstation, but each mat also interlocks on all four sides to cover large areas. 24/Seven mats are very substantial in design (5/8” thick), yet exceptionally resilient. Optional yellow and black borders provide safe access.

• 24/Seven no. 572 has a drainage surface while 24/seven solid no. 570 has a solid surface for use in mostly dry areas• Both versions available in GritWorks! that provides 40% more traction• Both styles are available in three unique compounds to address the diverse environments found in typical work applications

All PurPoseUsed in general purpose applications, usually defined as dry, or as areas with water or debris. Use model 570 (grease resistant solid) or model 572 (drainage).

cFr (cutting Fluid resistAnt mAteriAl)Its unique, new CFR rubber compound is resistant to mineral oil based cutting fluid and other industrial fluids. For additional traction, use the CFR Gritworks! - Solid No. 574 (CFR) or Drainage No. 576 (CFR).

nitrileThe NBR is exceptionally resilient. This solid surface design is best in moderately wet areas. Nitrile resists petroleum-based fluids. These include pet-rochemicals such as hydrocarbons, naphthenes, paraffins and petroleum distillates. For additional traction use the Nitrile Gritworks! - Solid No. 574 (NBR) or Drainage No. 576 (NBR).

stock sizes


thickness(in)

type Priceea.

24/Seven 570.58x3x3GRBK 3 x 3 5/8 All Purpose $38.21

24/Seven 570.58x3x3CFRBK 3 x 3 5/8 CFR $63.33

24/Seven 570.58x3x3NBRBK 3 x 3 5/8 Nitrile $70.56

24/Seven 572.58x3x3GRBK 3 x 3 5/8 All Purpose $34.68








No. 570 Solid No. 572 Drainage No. 574 Solid No. 576 Drainage

2-5 Day Delivery

92



Ergonomic Seating

sit-stAnd

The Sit-Stand is engineered to maximize worker comfort while reducing worker fatigue. The new patent-pending Gravity Lock System allows infinite interval seat height adjustment within a generous 14” range, and provides posi-tive locking at the set-height.

• Base design allows positioning up close to work station or production lines.• Extremely stable, but not at all bulky.• Ergonomically formed, padded polyurethane seat.• Unlimited seat height adjustment within a 14” range• Gravity lock system• Seat angle adjustment within a 20° range• Seat rotates left and right with memory return to 12 o’clock position

2092n .................................................................................................................................................... $213.72

industriAl multitAsk chAir

These chairs are designed to survive in tough environments. The industrial chair comes in Platinum, Gold, and Silver models and incorporates premium components in its cutting-edge design for maximum durability, while providing a maximum amount of comfort for users. And they’re all affordable enough to accommodate the constraints of tight budgets. Designed for a maximum weight of 250 lbs.

• Independent clutch controls allow infinitely variable tilt adjustments to both seats and backs. The pneumatic lift allows an automatic 8” adjustment while you’re seated. If you need more height, the manually adjustable collar gives you up to 10 additional inches.

• Seat backs with ventilation ridges are designed to promote good posture and lumbar support. Softer durometer of polyurethane seats and backs provide exceptional durability and long term support. New seats and backs are 40% thicker for greater comfort.

• Rugged polyurethane footrests provide an extra measure of safety. They’re securely mounted to heavy 14 gauge 1-1⁄4”tubularsteel bases. Five high impact, non-marking glides are standard. Casters are available as an option.

10-3261 .................................................................................................................................................. $328.4126” base with 1 intermediate footrest, 18” wide seat, 16” wide back, seat plate with 3” back height adjustment and back pivot, 2” back depth adjustment

10-3262 .................................................................................................................................................. $407.6326” base with 2 intermediate footrests, 20” wide seat, 18” wide back, back tilt adjustment, 25° back adjustment, 2” back height adjustment

10-3263 .................................................................................................................................................. $457.8726” base with top footrest and 2 intermediate footrests, 20” wide seat, 18” wide back, independent control deluxe seat mechanism with free-float seat and 25° back adjustment, 2” back height adjustment

tool trolley

Tools are never out of reach with this stool. Reduce worker fatigue and maximize comfort and productivity. Comes in two models; 15-1/2” - 20-1/2” seat adjustment and 19-1/2” - 26-3/4” seat adjustment.

• Stool with 18” diameter tool tray ends squatting, bending or kneeling in maintenance and service operations. Steel dividers keep tools in place.

• 3” soft tread casters for hard surfaces.• Seat capacity - 250 lbs.• Dust cover included.

2087n .................................................................................................................................................... $135.1715-1/2” - 20-1/2” seat adjustment

2088n .................................................................................................................................................... $140.1519-1/2” - 26-3/4” seat adjustment

2-3 Day Delivery

93



cXt series

The CXT series is thick skinned for messy environments. Stools within this series are specially designed to deliver durable performance in wet, oily and grimy environments. Resilient urethane skin covers the seats and allows for easy wipe-off cleaning. These stools are standard-equipped with round, 14” diameter x 1 1/2” thick, self-skinned urethane seats and soft touch pneumatic controls, and featurea a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring, 23” leg spread. Available with casters or glides.

model number Adjustment range(in.)

Price

CXT1520R 15 - 20 $200.85

CXT1722R 17 - 22 $200.85

CXT1724R 17 - 24 $219.05

CXT1926R 19 - 26 $219.05

CXT2126R 21 - 26 $204.75

CXT2530R 25 - 30 $208.00

** Quantity discounts are available

tXt series

The TXT series stools are stout steel stools. The stools within this series are designed to deliver extremely durable performance in environments where things can get rough. These stools feature a round 13” diameter, 18-guage steel seat. Pneumatic seat height controls are also standard. TXT series chairs have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish. They also feature a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring, 23” leg spread. Available with casters or glides.


Price

TXT1419R 14 - 19 $159.25

TXT1621R 16 - 21 $177.45

TXT1522R 15 - 22 $159.25

TXT1724R 17 - 24 $177.45

TXT1924R 19 - 24 $163.15

TXT2328R 23 - 28 $166.40


rtt series

The RTT series stools are sturdy stools with added back support to reduce fatigue on the back and legs caused by long periods of stool usage. The RTT series stools features a 15” diameter seat with 2-1/2” of high-resilience molded foam cushioning. They also come with a Soft Touch pneumatic seat-height adjustment, fixed rearward seat tilt of 3-1⁄2°,backresttilt and backrest-height adjustment. The RTT Series stools have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish. They also feature rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring, 23” leg spread. Available with casters and glides.


Price

RTT1722R 17 - 22 $258.05

RTT1924R 19 - 24 $258.05

RTT1926R 19 - 26 $276.25

RTT2128R 21 - 28 $29.25

RTT2328R 23 - 28 $261.30

RTT2732R 27 - 32 $264.55


3 Week Delivery

74

Casters


Caster GuidelinesLoad Weight The heavier the load, the larger the wheel required for the caster. The weight of the load also influences the wheel mobility. Roller or ball bearings are recommended for loads over 400 lbs.

FLoor ConditionsMake sure the wheel you select is large enough to pass over cracks in the floor, tracks, mold-ings, and other obstructions. For floor protection on vinyl, tile, carpet etc., use polyurethane or Performa rubber wheels.

UnUsUaL ConditionsEach wheel material has certain characteristics which will give the best results where unusual conditions exist. For example, where acids, oils, chemicals and other conditions harmful to rub-ber are present, polyurethane, polyolefin, phenolic or steel wheels are recommended.

roLLing ease The larger the wheel, the easier it rolls. Roller bearings carry heavier loads. Ball bearings roll eas-ier but carry lighter loads. When possible, use the largest ball bearing wheel for the best results.

extreme CLimatesRoom temperatures are not a problem for most casters, but extreme cold or heat can be a problem. Bastian can help solve this problem by offering casters capable of operating in tem-peratures from -70ºF to 500ºF.

maintenanCeAll bearings need to be lubricated with a high quality grade of multi-purpose grease that has good extreme-pressure and anti-wear characteristics. Casters should be periodically inspected for metal fatigue cracks (especially under shock-loading con-ditions) and wheels should be checked for wear. Retighten caster mounting bolts when necessary. If casters are welded to equipment, check weldments for cracks. Simple preventative maintenance will greatly extend caster and wheel life.

CapaCity ratingsCaster and wheel capacities shown in this catalog are based on normal operating conditions as defined by the Institute of Caster Manufacturers (ICM). Normal operating conditions, as defined by the ICM, consist of manual operations on a relatively smooth surface (such as concrete) with normal minor obstacles. All bearings must be properly lubricated. Conditions of excessive temperature and/or dirt will reduce ratings.** Do not exceed the capacity ratings published in this catalog.

precisionmedium duty

Caster

industrial grade Caster

super industrial grade Caster

heavy duty Caster

extreme duty Caster

325 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 1,300 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 8,000 lbs.

** Capacity per caster

Caster ordering inFormation

Our casters are available in more than 35,000 different models, - ranging from light duty casters to heavy duty industrial models that carry thousands of pounds each. If you do not see a model that fits your specific application, please call Bastian and we will assist you in finding the right model.

Models highlighted in yellow are in stock at Bastian and are guaranteed 24 hour shipment of receipt of that order. Otherwise, usual shipment is 1-4 weeks. (Estimated 2 weeks for most orders).

Casters


Capacity (lbs.) temperature duro-meter

Bearing Descriptions

deLrin® Bearing A DuPont engineered plastic, is extremely durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity con-ditions and is corrosion resistant. Wheels with Delrin bearings are well suited for applications where brine conditions, steam cleaning, or where excessive water or liquids are present. Light oil or grease lubrication is always recommended.

annULar BaLL BearingPrecision type bearings with machined, hardened race-ways. For applications where maximum rolling ease and quiet operation are needed. Best suited for light to medium duty loads. Bearing is pre-assembled, and the entire unit is mounted in the wheel.

preCision tapered roLLer Bearings (Optional-Consult Bastian)The tapered roller bearing is the most effective bear-ing for heavy loads. It is capable of absorbing excessive friction when a load tips and can be used where high speed operation is essential. The axle need not be hardened since the bearing has a hardened race.

roLLer BearingCapable of carrying a greater load than the same size diameter ball bearing. It has a split outer race shell into which the roller assembly is inserted. Spanner bushing is the same hardness as the bearing rollers. Combination seal/thrust retainer washers protect bearing from dirt, water, chemicals, and help absorb thrust friction.

pLain & sLeeve BearingsMetal Sleeve is inserted in wheel and rests directly on the axle. Only recommended when rolling ease is less critical.

radiaL BaLL BearingShielded, precision-type bearings. They are used in pairs and press fitted into the wheel hub. Available on many wheels. Please contact Bastian.

Bronze BearingThe bronze bearing is durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and is corrosion resistant. It is highly recommended for high heat or wet applications.

preCision seaLed BaLL BearingRecommended for maximum rolling ease with no maintenance lubrication required. Quiet operation for medium to heavy duty loads. Available on Endura Solid Elastomer and 2” tread width Performa Rubber wheels.

torrington-styLe roLLer BearingTorrington-style caged drawn cup bearings have a steel cage which provides inward retention of the needle rollers. This design provides maximum cage strength consistent with long service life. Available on 2” tread width wheels only.

Caster Wheel Selection Guide

Performa Rubber 60 - 325 -45° to 180°1 65(±5)A

Moldon Nylon 1000 - 1500 -45° to 180° 70(±5)D

Polyurethane Hi-Tech 100 - 1700 -45° to 180° 55(±5)D *

Polyurethane (Round Tread) 1000 - 1450 -45° to 180° 70(±5)D *

Polyolefin 75 - 900 -45° to 180° 65(±5)D

Phenolic 300 - 4000 -45° to 180° -

Moldon Rubber 540 - 1140 -45° to 180° 70(±5)A

Moldon Polyurethane 600 - 4800 -45° to 180° 45(±5)D *

Cast Iron 200 - 4000 -45° to 180° -

Forged Steel 1400 - 3500 -45° to 180° -

V-Groove 800 - 8000 -45° to 180° -

Pneumatic 300 - 340 -20° to 160° -

Thermo 600 - 1000 -70° to 575°2 85(±5)D

ThermoTech 60 - 250 -45° to 525°3 75(±5)A

Endura 1000 - 1200 -40° to 230° 63(±5)D

Maxim 700 - 1400 -45° to 350° 85(±5)D

1 180° intermittent service; 120° continuous service2 525° intermittent service; 480° continuous service3 525° intermittent service; 490° continuous service

Car

pet

Bri

ck C

oncr

ete

Lin

oleu

m a

spha

lt t

erra

zzo

Woo

d

rib

bed

stee

l t

ile

Wat

er s

team

mild

Che

mic

als

**

oil

& g

reas

e m

etal

Chi

ps h

igh

hea

t (+

250°

F) a

nim

al F

ats

noi

se r

educ

tion

Flo

or p

rote

ctio

n C

ushi

on L

oad

sm

ooth

ste

el

ext

rem

e C

old

(-45

°F)

Floor surfaces operating Conditions

* Intermittent contact at room temperature only** Consult Bastian for harsh chemicals

76

Casters


poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 300 LBs. CapaCity) Light to Medium Duty. Polyurethane tread mechani-cally locked to polyolefin core. Tread is molded in, around, and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. Standard colors are red tread on gray core. An excellent multi-purpose wheel. Resistant to most chemicals, solvents, water and acids.

poLyoLeFin (Up to 300 LBs. CapaCity)Light to Medium Duty. Hard tread. Light weight and offers non-marking floor protection. Resists hard impacts. Very light in weight, yet impact strength is far superior to hard rubber wheels. Standard color is black. Offers superior resistance to most oils, chemi-cals, grease, solvents and acids.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 325 LBs. CapaCity)Light to Medium Duty. Performa wheels roll eas-ily and quietly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weatherability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemicals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 1,700 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cush-ion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weatherability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemicals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

moLdon poLyUrethane With Cast iron Core (Up to 4,800 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. A lightweight, ultra durable wheel. It has a very high strength-to-weight ratio and is capable of long service under heavy loads. Red poly-urethane is permanently bonded to cast iron core.

Cast iron & Forged steeL (Up to 4,500 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Should be specified when excessive load weights are involved and floor protec-tion is not a factor. High strength to withstand sharp impacts. They should not be used if noise is of major concern or if loads are fragile.

v-groove (Up to 8,000 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. For track or floor operation on inverted angle iron track in production lines. Also used with hand or conveyor trucks. Wheels are cast with reinforced section at maximum stress points. “V” groove surface and face are machine finished.

poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 1,700 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Industrial strength polyure-thane tread bonded to “ribbed” polyolefin core. This adds design strength for loads subjected to shock and hard impacts. Tread is molded in, around and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. Standard colors are red tread on gray core.

poLyoLeFin (Up to 900 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Designed for hard impacts and heavy loads. Unique ribbed design adds strength. Very light in weight, yet impact strength is far superi-or to hard rubber wheels. Offers superior resistance to most oils, chemicals, grease, gasoline, cooking fats and acids. Stain resistant, non-marking, and zero water absorbing.

perForma rUBBer (Up to 600 LBs. CapaCity)Medium Duty. Performa wheels roll easily and qui-etly, protect floors, resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Performa wheels also have weather-ability, low temperature flexibility, and resist chemi-cals, water and steam, and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core.

phenoLiC (Up to 4,000 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Phenolic resin wheels filled with macerated fabric. Quieter than steel or alumi-num, provides superior floor protection. Resistant to hard impacts and most chemicals and steam. Standard color is black.

moLdon rUBBer With Cast iron Core (Up to 1,140 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. These wheels are quiet in operation and absorb shock and vibration. They help prolong equipment life and protect cargo. Injection molded rubber is bonded to cast iron core. Well suited to applications where a light-weight wheel is needed without loss of load capacity.

thermo (Up to 1,000 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. Feature a standard operating temperature range from -70°F (continuous service) to +525°F (intermittent service, 475°F continuous service). Offer non-marking floor protection, near zero water absorption, high load capacities and long service life. Resistant to animal fats, vegetable oils and salt solutions.

endUra soLid eLastomer (Up to 1,200 LBs. CapaCity)Medium to Heavy Duty. These wheels are strong and easy rolling. Resist most chemicals, oils, greases, petroleum products and solvents. Offer excellent resistance to chipping, cracking, flat spotting, and abrasion. Superior impact strength.

Caster Wheel Descriptions

Casters


Caster BrakestotaL LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters)Total lock brake locks wheel and swivel simulta-neously. The brake design features durable metal construction with a thermoplastic pedal. Virtually maintenance free operation. Works on 3-1/2”, 4” and 5” Medium Duty models.

side LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters)Side lock brake provides positive braking action on all types of wheels. Special cam activated brake mechanism locks firmly and is easy to engage and disengage.

teCh LoCk Brake® (For mediUm dUty stainLess steeL Casters)Constructed of durable, light-weight engineered thermoplastics. Ideally suited for wet or corrosive conditions. Only two moving parts. Virtually main-tenance free operation. Temperature range from -30ºF to 250ºF.

side LoCk Brake (For indUstri-aL grade Casters)Brake design places a positive locking force against the wheel hub to hold loads securely. Brake can be actuated from either end of the pedal for greater convenience. Available of Industrial Grade Casters with 2” tread width wheels equipped with roller or Delrin bearings.

teCh-LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL grade Casters)Constructed of durable, light-weight engineered thermoplastics. Ideally suited for wet or corro-sive conditions. Toe operation holds heavy loads securely. Advanced design of brake pad holds a variety of wheel types. Only two moving parts. Virtually maintenance free operation. Temperature range: -30ºF to +250ºF.

tread LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL, sUper indUstriaL, and heavy dUty Casters)This adjustable brake can be installed in the field or ordered assembled onto the caster. The toe activation brake features positive engagemnt via rubber faced plate. (Not available on V-groove-wheel models or 2-1/2” tread width wheels.

tread LoCk Brake (For extreme dUty Casters)The toe activated brake features positive engage-ment via a single rubber-faced plate. Available on the Extreme Duty Casters.

Caster AccessoriesFLoor LoCk BrakePositive braking action stops rolling of castered equipment on level surfaces. Flexible joint brake disc has non-slip, bonded cushion rubber base pad to grip and protect the rolling surface. Heavy-duty compensation spring assures constant, steady braking action. Welded steel construction. Easy stop and go operation. Simple to install by welding or bolting.

sWiveL LoCksCan quickly convert swivel casters to rigid cast-ers for straight-line tracking. A spring-loaded, hand operated plungr is engaged to fit into slots on swivel raceway. To engage loack, pull out plunger and turnn until spring action inserts plunger in notches on raceway. To disengage lock, pull out plunger and turn so its not inserted in notches. Also available in foot activated swivel locks.

dirtBan sWiveL seaLsRecommended for applications where casters and equipment are exposed to regular washings such as hospitals, food processing plants, restaurants, meat packing plants, laundries, bakeries and more. They keep dirt and contaminants out of the swivel raceways and lubricant in. Offer high resistance to grease, oils, chemicals, detergents and water.

BUmpersWide selection of rubber and vinyl bumpers. Designed for easy installation on all types of mobile as well as stationary equipment. Standard color is light gray. Provides protection to your equipment and absorbs noise and shock when equipment comes in contact with another object. Continuous (top) and Corner (middle) bumpers- protect equipment perimeters. End (bottom) bumpers - generally used on tubular handles.

dUst CapsKeeps dust and debris out of raceway for smooth-er operation and longer service life. Available on Medium Duty Casters.

metaL and pLastiC thread gUardsCertain industries find excessive amounts of lint, thread, and other soft materials migrate into caster wheel bearings. Wheel thread guards help overcome this problem. The thread guards do not rotate and force the thread to deposit on the shoulder between the guard and the fork, acting as a “hub cap” for the caster. Plastic thread guards will not rust or corrode, making them ideal for cart-wash or wet applications.

78

Casters


Precision Medium Duty Caster - 325 lb Capacity

appLiCationsFor use on medium duty carts, dollies, and equipment.

FeatUres• Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster• Zinc plated finish• Full double ball hardened raceways• 3/8” axle with lock nut• Reinforcing washer on lower raceway• Multi-temperature lube

options• Brake: Side-Lock, available on all swivel models. Total-Lock, available on 3-1/2”,

4”, and 5” swivel models. • Thread guards: Available on many models• NSF Listed• Wheel types available: Performa Rubber (flat or round tread), Polyolefin,

Polyurethane Hi-Tech, Cast Iron, Phenolic and Thermo. • Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.• Side-Lock Brake .............................................................................. $1.95 (add BRK1)• Total-Lock Brake ............................................................................. $3.90 (add BRK5)

Wheel diameter

(in.)

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type

Bearing type

ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height

(in.)

swivel radius

(in.)

model number (swivel)

price (swivel)

model number (rigid)

price (rigid)

2-1/2 1-1/4 140 PR-F Delrin 1-5/8 3-7/8 2-13/32 2.02256.441 KIT $8.18 2.02208.441 KIT $8.90

2-1/2 1-1/4 200 PO Delrin 1-5/8 3-7/8 2-13/32 2.02256.53 KIT $6.20 2.02208.53 KIT $6.92

2-1/2 1-1/4 250 PU-HT Ball 1-5/8 3-7/8 2-13/32 2.02256.95 KIT $10.96 2.02208.95 KIT $11.68

2-1/2 1-1/4 300 CI Sleeve 2 3-7/8 2-13/32 2.02256.12 KIT $11.98 2.02208.12 KIT $12.70

2-1/2 1-7/16 300 PH Roller 1-5/8 3-7/8 2-13/32 2.02256.319 KIT $11.72 2.02208.319 KIT $12.44

3-1/2 1-1/4 230 PO Delrin 1-7/8 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.53 KIT $6.12 2.03208.53 KIT $6.76

3-1/2 1-1/4 300 CI Sleeve 3 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.12 KIT $13.48 2.03208.12 KIT $14.12

3-1/2 1-1/4 250 PU-HT Delrin 1-7/8 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.91 KIT $8.52 2.03208.91 KIT $9.16

3-1/2 1-1/4 250 PU-HT Ball 2 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.95 KIT $10.62 2.03208.95 KIT $11.26

3-1/2 1-1/4 250 PR-F Delrin 2 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.441 KIT $7.64 2.03208.441 KIT $8.28

3-1/2 1-1/4 250 PR-F Ball 2 4-5/8 2-29/32 2.03256.445 KIT $10.70 2.03208.445 KIT $11.34

4 1-1/4 275 PO Delrin 2-1/8 5-1/8 3-7/32 2.04256.53 KIT $6.98 2.04208.53 KIT $7.92

4 1-1/4 300 PR-F Ball 2-1/4 5-1/8 3-7/32 2.04256.445 KIT $10.86 2.04208.445 KIT $11.80

4 1-1/4 275 PU-HT Delrin 2-1/8 5-1/8 3-7/32 2.04256.91 KIT $7.60 2.04208.91 KIT $8.54

4 1-1/4 275 PU-HT Ball 2-1/8 5-1/8 3-7/32 2.04256.95 KIT $11.44 2.04208.95 KIT $12.38

5 1-1/4 300 PO Delrin 2-1/2 6-3/16 3-13/16 2.05256.53 KIT $7.18 2.05208.53 KIT $5.86


5 1-1/4 300 PU-HT Ball 2-1/2 6-3/16 3-13/16 2.05256.95 KIT $13.46 2.05208.95 KIT $12.14

5 1-1/4 325 PR-F Delrin 2-3/4 6-3/16 3-13/16 2.05256.441 KIT $10.16 2.05208.441 KIT $8.84

5 1-1/4 325 PR-F Ball 2-3/4 6-3/16 3-13/16 2.05256.445 KIT $12.06 2.05208.445 KIT $10.74

5 1-5/16 250 PR-R Ball 3 6-3/16 3-13/16 2.05256.565 KIT $13.04 2.05208.565 KIT $11.72

** Wheel Types:

Performa Rubber (Flat) = PR-F Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Cast Iron = CI


top sellers 24 hour delivery

Casters


Industrial Grade Caster - 1,250 lb Capacity

appLiCationsThe Industrial Grade Caster used for machinery, tool boxes, mobile racks, platform trucks, utility trucks, portable conveyors, and food service equipment.

options• Brake: Side Lock, available on all swivel models with Delrin

or roller bearings. Tech-Lock and Tread Lock Brakes, available on all swivel casters except 3-1/4”diameter and V-Groove.

• Side Lock ........................................................ $3.95 (add BRK3)• Tech Lock ...................................................... $8.95 (add BRK2)• Tread Lock ................................................. $14.50 (add BRK1)• Thread guards: Available on many models• Sealed Swivel: Prevents water and debris from getting into

the raceways.• Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast

Iron, Forged Steel, Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic, Endura and Thermo.

Wheel diameter

(in.)

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type

Bearing type

ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height

(in.)

swivel radius

(in.)


price (swivel)


price (rigid)

4 2 350 PR-FB Roller 5-3/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.459.2 KIT $19.38 4.04108.459.2 KIT $14.90

4 2 500 PO Roller 5-3/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.839 KIT $13.74 4.04108.839 KIT $9.18

4 2 600 PU-HT Roller 4-3/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.929 KIT $17.86 4.04108.929 KIT $13.38

4 2 700 M-PU Roller 7-1/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.949.7 KIT $16.82 4.04108.949.7 KIT $12.34

4 2 800 PH Roller 5-3/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.339 KIT $13.08 4.04108.339 KIT $8.60

4 2 800 VG Roller 8-1/8 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.739 KIT $20.50 4.04108.739 KIT $16.10

4 2 1000 CI Roller 7-7/8 5-5/8 3-9/16 4.04109.139 KIT $16.80 4.04108.139 KIT $12.32


5 2 650 PO Roller 4-1/4 6-1/2 4-1/4 4.05109.839 KIT $14.88 4.05108.839 KIT $10.50


5 2 1000 PH Roller 5-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/4 4.05109.339 KIT $13.74 4.05108.339 KIT $9.36

5 2 1000 CI Roller 8-7/8 6-1/2 4-1/4 4.05109.139 KIT $16.82 4.05108.139 KIT $12.44


6 2 450 PR-RG Roller 5 7-1/2 5 4.06109.559 KIT $19.82 4.06108.559 KIT $15.44

6 2 600 PR-FB Roller 5 7-1/2 5 4.06109.459.2 KIT $20.64 4.06108.459.2 KIT $16.26

6 2 700 PO Roller 5-1/2 7-1/2 5 4.06109.839 KIT $15.72 4.06108.839 KIT $11.34

6 2 900 PU-HT Roller 5 7-1/2 5 4.06109.929 KIT $20.82 4.06108.929 KIT $16.44

6 2 1200 M-PU Roller 10-1/2 7-1/2 5 4.06109.949.7 KIT $20.44 4.06108.949.7 KIT $16.06

6 2 900 PH Roller 7 7-1/2 5 4.06109.339 KIT $14.50 4.06108.339 KIT $10.12

6 2 1200 CI Roller 9-3/4 7-1/2 5 4.06109.139 KIT $18.54 4.06108.139 KIT $14.16

6 2 1250 FS Roller 10-1/4 7-1/2 5 4.06109.239 KIT $48.68 4.06108.239 KIT $44.30

6 2 1200 VG Roller 10-1/2 7-1/2 5 4.06109.739 KIT $22.86 4.06108.739 KIT $18.48

8 2 675 PR-FB Roller 6 9-1/2 6-1/2 4.08199.459.2 KIT $22.44 4.08198.459.2 KIT $17.74

8 2 900 PO Roller 5-3/4 9-1/2 6-1/2 4.08199.839 KIT $18.44 4.08198.839 KIT $13.96

8 2 1250 PH Roller 8-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/2 4.08199.339 KIT $16.90 4.08198.339 KIT $12.42

8 2 1250 CI Roller 12-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/2 4.08199.139 KIT $22.08 4.08198.139 KIT $17.60



** Wheel Types:

Forged Steel = FG Performa Rubber, Flat Tread, Black Color = PR-FB Performa Rubber, Round Tread, Grey Color = PR-RG Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Cast Iron = CI V-Groove = VG

FeatUres• Capacity up to 1,250 lbs. per caster• Full double ball hardened raceways• 1/2” hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut• 1/4” steel top plate• Zinc plated finish• Permanent “hardened radial” rivet king pin construction with

5/8” dia. rivet• Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway



80

Casters


Premium Heavy Duty Caster - 1,300 lbs Capacity

appLiCationsThe Premium Heavy Duty Caster, can be used for material handling carts, heavy mobile tables, machinery etc.

FeatUres• Capacity up to 1,300 lbs. per caster• Full double ball hardened raceways• 1/2” hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut• 1/4” steel top plate• Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models)• Zinc plated finish• Permanent “hardened radial” rivet king pin construction with 3/4” dia. rivet• Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway• Multi-temperature lube

options• Brake: Tread Lock Brakes, available on all swivel casters except 2-1/2” tread

width and V-Groove wheels. • Tread Lock Brake ....................................................................... $14.50 (add BRK1)• Thread guards: Available on many models• Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast Iron, Forged Steel,

Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi-Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic, Endura and Thermo.

• Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.

Wheel diameter

(in.)

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type

Bearing type

ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height

(in.)

swivel radius

(in.)


price (swivel)


price (rigid)

4 2 500 PO Roller 6 5-5/8 3-9/16 5.04209.839.KIT $39.70 5.04208.839 KIT $22.40

4 2 800 PH Roller 6 5-5/8 3-9/16 5.04209.339 KIT $31.10 5.04208.339 KIT $17.26

4 2 1000 CI Roller 7-3/4 5-5/8 3-9/16 5.04209.139 KIT $34.74 5.04208.139 KIT $20.90


5 2 650 PO Roller 6-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/16 5.05209.839 KIT $36.24 5.05208.839 KIT $19.06

5 2 1000 PH Roller 7-1/2 6-1/2 4-1/16 5.05209.339 KIT $31.74 5.05208.339 KIT $17.92

5 2 1000 CI Roller 9-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/16 5.05209.139 KIT $38.18 5.05208.139 KIT $19.32



6 2 700 PO Roller 7 7-1/2 4-13/16 5.06209.839 KIT $37.08 5.06208.839 KIT $18.22


6 2 1200 PH Roller 7-3/4 7-1/2 4-13/16 5.06209.339 KIT $35.86 5.06208.339 KIT $17.00


6 2 1200 CI Roller 11-1/4 7-1/2 4-13/16 5.06209.139 KIT $39.90 5.06208.139 KIT $21.04

6 2 1200 VG Roller 10-3/4 7-1/2 4-13/16 5.06209.739 KIT $44.22 5.06208.739 KIT $25.36


8 2 1300 CI Roller 14-1/4 9-1/2 6-5/16 5.08299.139 KIT $40.62 5.08298.139 KIT $26.26


8 2 1300 PH Roller 9-1/2 9-1/2 6-5/16 5.08299.339 KIT $35.44 5.08298.339 KIT $21.08


** Wheel Types: Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Performa Rubber (Flat Tread, Black Color) = PR-FB Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO

Polyurethane High-Tech = PU-HT Cast Iron = CI V-Groove = VG

CastersCasters

Quantity Discounts Available


Casters


Super Heavy Duty Caster - 1,500 lb Capacity

appLiCationsSuper Heavy Duty Casters for laundry trucks, stock carts, portable freezers, dairy carts, etc.

FeatUres• Capacity up to 1,500 lbs. per caster• Full double ball hardened raceways• 1/2” hollow axle with zerk, lock washer and nut• 5/16” steel top plate (swivel), 1/4” (rigid)• Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models)• Zinc plated finish• Heat treated bolt and nut king pin construction with 3/4” diameter bolt • Grease fittings: wheel bearing and swivel raceway• Multi-temperature lube

options• Brake: Tread Lock Brakes, available on all 2” tread width swivel casters & rigid

6” & 8” casters (except 10” diameter & V-Groove models). • Tread Lock Brake ...................................................................... $14.50 (add BRK1)• Thread guards: Available on many models• Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber, Polyolefin, Cast Iron, Forged

Steel, Moldon Polyurethane, Polyurethane Hi-Tech, V-Groove, Phenolic Endura and Thermo.

• Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.

Wheel diameter

(in.)

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type

Bearing type

ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height

(in.)

swivel radius

(in.)


price (swivel)


price (rigid)

4 2 800 PH Roller 7-1/4 5-5/8 3-5/8 6.04209.339 KIT $31.10 6.04208.339 KIT $17.26


4 2 1000 CI Roller 9 5-5/8 3-5/8 6.04209.139 KIT $34.74 6.04208.139 KIT $20.90

5 2 375 PR-FB Roller 9 6-1/2 4 6.05209.459.2 KIT $36.18 6.05208.459.2 KIT $22.36

5 2 750 PU-HT Roller 8-1/2 6-1/2 4 6.05209.929 KIT $36.48 6.05208.929 KIT $22.66

5 2 1000 PH Roller 8 6-1/2 4 6.05209.339 KIT $31.74 6.05208.339 KIT $17.92

5 2 1000 M-PU Roller 11-1/4 6-1/2 4 6.05209.949.7 KIT $36.50 6.05208.949.7 KIT $28.42

5 2 1000 CI Roller 10-3/4 6-1/2 4 6.05209.139 KIT $34.82 6.05208.139 KIT $21.00

5 2 1500 FS Roller 11-1/4 6-1/2 4 6.05209.239 KIT $61.14 6.05208.239 KIT $47.32



6 2 1200 PH Roller 9-1/4 7-1/2 4-3/4 6.06209.339 KIT $32.52 6.06208.339 KIT $18.68


6 2 1500 CI 12-1/2 7-1/2 4-3/4 6.06209.139 KIT $36.46 6.06208.139 KIT $22.72

6 2 1500 FS Roller 12-1/2 7-1/2 4-3/4 6.06209.239 KIT $66.70 6.06208.239 KIT $52.86


8 2 1400 PH Roller 11-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 6.08299.339 KIT $35.44 6.08298.339 KIT $21.08


8 2 1500 CI Roller 61-1/4 9-1/2 6-1/4 6.08299.139 KIT $40.62 6.08298.139 KIT $26.26

10 2-1/2 1500 PH Roller 14-3/4 11-1/2 7-25/32 6.10259.369 KIT $46.08 6.10258.369 KIT $32.24

10 2-1/2 1500 M-PU Roller 20-1/2 11-1/2 7-25/32 6.10259.969.7 KIT $60.30 6.10258.969.7 KIT $46.46

10 2-1/2 790 M-R Roller 19-3/4 11-1/2 7-25/32 6.10259.669.7 KIT $44.14 6.10258.669.7 KIT $30.30

** Wheel Types:Forged Steel = FS Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Performa Rubber, Flat Tread, Black Color = PR-FB Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Cast Iron= CI Moldon Rubber = M-R



82

Casters


Extreme Duty Caster - 8,000 lbs. Capacity

FeatUres• Capacity Range up to 8,000 lbs.• Kingpinless design with single ball hardened raceway• 3/4” diameter axle with locknut• 3/8” thick steel top plate• 3/8” thick x 3” wide formed fork legs are robotically welded inside and out• Grease fittings for swivel raceway and wheel bearing• Zinc plated finish• Other wheels and capacities available. Contact Bastian for more information• Brake option for swivel casters ............................................. $14.25 (add BRK1)

Wheel diameter

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type

Bearing type ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height

(in.)

swivel radius

(in.)


price (swivel)


price (rigid)

6 2-1/2 2,500 CI Roller 20 7-1/2 4-3/8 8.06689.169 KIT $78.34 8.06688.169 KIT $52.34

6 2-1/2 4,000 FS Roller 24 7-1/2 4-3/8 8.06689.269 KIT $103.58 8.06688.269 KIT $77.58

6 3 2,000 PH Roller 14-1/4 7-1/2 4-3/8 8.06689.379 KIT $69.90 8.06688.379 KIT $43.90

6 3 2,040 M-PU Roller 19-1/4 7-1/2 4-3/8 8.06689.979.7 KIT $76.80 8.06688.979.7 KIT $50.80

8 3 2,500 CI Roller 27-3/4 10 1/8 6-3/16 8.08689.179 KIT $81.60 8.08688.179 KIT $55.60

8 3 4,500 FS Roller 31-1/4 10 1/8 6-3/16 8.08689.279 KIT $129.18 8.08688.279 KIT $103.18

8 3 2,500 PH Roller 16-1/2 10 1/8 6-3/16 8.08689.379 KIT $72.30 8.08688.379 KIT $46.30

8 3 2,500 M-PU Roller 27-3/4 10 1/8 6-3/16 8.08689.979.7 KIT $93.32 8.08688.979.7 KIT $67.32

10 3 3,000 CI Roller 31-1/2 11-1/2 7-3/8 8.10689.179 KIT $91.34 8.10688.179 KIT $65.34

10 3 4,500 FS Roller 37-1/2 11-1/2 7-3/8 8.10689.269 KIT $152.76 8.10688.269 KIT $126.76

10 3 2,900 PH Roller 19-1/2 11-1/2 7-3/8 8.10689.379 KIT $77.22 8.10688.379 KIT $51.22

10 3 3,000 M-PU Roller 31-1/2 11-1/2 7-3/8 8.10689.979.7 KIT $96.84 8.10688.979.7 KIT $70.84

12 3 3,000 CI Roller 35-3/4 13-1/2 8-7/8 8.12689.179 KIT $100.02 8.12688.179 KIT $74.02

12 3 3,500 PH Roller 24-3/4 13-1/2 8-7/8 8.12689.379 KIT $80.56 8.12688.379 KIT $54.56

12 3 3,500 M-PU Roller 40 13-1/2 8-7/8 8.12689.979.7 KIT $101.64 8.12688.979.7 KIT $75.64

** Wheel Types: Cast Iron = CI Forged Steel = FS Phenolic = PH Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU

Medium Duty Stainless Steel CastersFeatUres

• Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster• Standard “polished” stainless steel finish• Spanner, axle, lock nut and washers - stainless steel construction• Delrin bearing: easy rolling, non-corrosive and almost maintenance free• Top Plate Size: 2-1/2” x 3 5/8”• Slotted Bolt Hole Pattern: 1-3/4” x 2-13/16” to 1-3/4” x 3-1/16” • Fork Leg Spacing: 1-5/8” • Mounting Bolt: 5/16”• Tech-Lock Brake .......................................................................... $7.51 (add BRK2)

Wheel diameter

tread Width

(in)

Capacity (lbs)

Wheel type

Bearing type

ship Weight

(lbs)

Load height

(in)

swivel radius

(in)


price (swivel)


price (rigid)

4 1-1/4 275 PO Delrin 2-1/8 5-1/8 3-5/16 2.04456.544 KIT $34.52 2.04408.544 KIT $22.40



5 1-1/4 300 PO Delrin 2-5/8 6-3/16 4-1/16 2.05456.544 KIT $35.70 2.05408.544 KIT $22.92



** Wheel Types: Polyolefin = PO Performa Flat Tread = PR-F Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT




Casters


Monster Caster - 11,000 lbs. Capacity

FeatUres• Hot forged C-1045 steel swivel section• Unique Single Ball Race Design• 3/4” diameter load/thrust ball bearings• 4” diameter precision machined load/thrust raceway• 3/8” x 4” legs formed and welded both inside and outside for strength• 1” grade 5 axle

BeneFitsLarge 4” single bearing raceways are precision machined out of rough C-1045 steel forgings. The raceways are then heat treated to eliminate brinelling of the surface when the caster is subjected to shock loads. The unique design of this raceway actually puts the bearings in shear while locking the swivel section together. The 3/4” ball bearings are used to distribute the load and thrust forces at the same time. The design gives you a high strength swivel section that will swivel easily under extreme loads. The caster also features a dust and dirt shield in the swivel to keep out debris.

Low Profile Caster

appLiCationsLow profile casters are made to lower the load height in special applications. These casters are ideal for textile, institutional, manufacturing, or business equipment. Used in applications such as stock picking, food service, vending machine delivery, or housekeeping. Ideal for use on warehouse dollies, library or school furniture, laundry hampers, supermarkets, or electronic enclosures.

FeatUres• Capacity up to 325 lbs. per caster• Zinc plated finish that is attractive and durable• Heat treated full double ball hardened raceways• Low profile design offers low load height and quick swivel response• Ideal for business machines, stock picking carts, warehouse dollies, and housekeeping carts• Thread guards standard on all models, but are not available with 3” brake option• Side-Lock Brake for 3” models ................................................ $1.25 (add BRK3)

Wheel diameter (in.)

tread Width

(in.)

Capacity (lbs.)

Wheel type Bearing type

ship Weight (lbs.)

Load height (in.)

swivel radius

(in.)

model number(swivel)

price(swivel)

model number(rigid)

price(rigid)

2-1/2 1-1/8 120 Cushion Rubber Plain 1 3-5/16 2-3/8 2.02689.44 $5.44 2.02688.44 $3.20

2-1/2 1-1/8 175 Polyolefin Plain 1 3-5/16 2-3/8 2.02689.52 $5.44 2.02688.52 $3.20

3 1-1/8 125 Cushion Rubber Plain 1-1/2 3-13/16 2-11/16 2.03689.44 $5.92 2.03688.44 $3.82

3 1-1/8 210 Polyolefin Plain 1-1/2 3-13/16 2-11/16 2.03689.52 $5.92 2.03688.52 $3.82


4.5” x 6.25” Steel Plate Caster• High shock, off-center loading• Used for floor tow lines, work in progress carts and trash trucks.• High alloy steel swivel action• Precision machined and heat treated raceways• 3/4” axle• 3/8” x 2-1/2” legs formed and welded both inside and out• Swivel locks and wheel brakes available• Bearings rotate on a hardened and ground 1” spanner bushing

5” x 7.25” Steel Plate Caster• High shock, off-center loading• Used for medium duty shock load towing applications• Precision machined 3-1/4” diameter raceway, hardened for

impact resistance• Swivel Raceway is sealed as a standard feature. Swivel seal

keeps out dirt and moisture• 3/8” x 3” legs formed and welded both inside and outside• Swivel locks and wheel brakes available are present

top sellers

84

Casters


Specialty Casters & Wheels

pneUmatiC rUBBer WheeL

moLden nyLon WheeL

roUnd stem sqUare stem expanding adapter stem

pipe thread stem

ergonomiC soFtpoLyUrethane

WheeLs

doUBLe poLyUrethane

WheeLs

shoCkaBsorBing

repLaCement WheeLsFor paLLet trUCks

Light dUty indUstriaL Casters

non-sparking, BrassCondUCtive WheeLs

Cargo CasterWith sWiveL LoCk

dUaL pneUmatiC With Brake & sWiveL

LoCk

pLain stem With 2” dia.

WheeL

Casters With Con-dUCtive rUBBer

threaded stem oFFset top pLateCaster

ChanneL top pLate sWiveL

Caster

65

Totes & Containers


Containers

Versatile Work-in-Progress ContainersVersatile Work-In-Progress conatiners are made of high-density polyethylene. These modular box systems are designed to maximize space. Work-In-Progress containers provide efficient storage and organization when used with existing racks or shelving.

• Resists most solvents & chemicals• Ribbed design gives added strength• Colors - Red, Blue & Gray• Optional Accessories - Dividers, Label Holders & Lids• Recessed stacking ledges. Reinforced lip for carrying• Injection molded for uniform wall thickness and resistance to stress

and cracks• Compatible with most racks and shelving & automated material

handling equipmen• Numbered slots coupled with intersection dividers allow subdivision

down to 1-1/4” square compartment sizes

Model number inside Dimensions(l x W x H) (in.)

outside Dimensions(l x W x H) (in.)

Capacity(Cu. Ft)

Carton Quantity

Priceea.

33105 9-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 4-5/8 10-7/8 x 8-1/4 x 5 0.16 20 $5.76

33166 14-3/4 x 9-1/8 x 5-9/16 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 6 0.44 8 $10.41

33168 14-5/8 x 9-1/16 x 7-9/16 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 8 0.59 6 $12.27

33228 19-7/8 x 14-7/8 x 7-7/16 22-3/8 x 17-3/8 x 8 1.3 3 $41.78

** Quantity Discounts Available** Call Bastian for information on Long & Short Dividers, Dust Covers, and Label Holders

2-3 Day Delivery

nest anD staCk totesNest and stack boxes are available in a variety of sizes, made of reinforced thermo-set composite material, and include lids and dollies. These containers stack when full and nest when empty at alternating 180° positions. Nest and stack containers are your ideal solution for heavy-duty storage, work-in-process, or distribution applications. They offer a smooth outside surface and radius angles for easy and safe handling, and are resistant to most oils, moisture, chemicals, and solvents as well as irradiation.

Maximum load capacity for each container is 500 lbs. Bottom container in stack sup-ports up to 3,000 lbs. Containers are available with or without a wire-reinforced rim. Custom fit lids are available to protect parts from dirt and damage. Dollies are also available to provide easy movement in your facility.

Model number

inside Dimensions(l x W x H) (in.)


Carton Quantity

Priceea.

780208 16-1/2 x 9-1/2 x 4-7/8 17-7/8 x 10-5/8 x 5 10 $17.69

780308 18-3/8 x 11-3/8 x 5-7/8 19-3/4 x 12-1/2 x 6 10 $20.28

780408 16-3/8 x 11 x 7-7/8 20-1/2 x 12-7/8 x 8 10 $23.59

780508 19-3/4 x 12-3/4 x 7-7/8 24-1/2 x 14-3/4 x 8 10 $28.31

780608 21 x 16 x 9-7/8 25-1/4 x 18 x 10 5 $36.48

780108 35-3/4 x 17 x 7-1/4 42-1/2 x 20 x 7-1/2 5 $61.33

780708 24-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 13-1/8 27-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/8 5 $49.53

780008 35-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 14-1/8 42-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/4 3 $73.75


3-4 Week Delivery

66

Totes & Containers


Durable sHelF bins• Built-in hanglock lets bin tilt out for complete access• Front handle area contains molded-in label holder• Wide hopper front allows easy access• Edges are reinforced for additional strength.• Bin cups & dividers, & rack sold separately• Made from durable polypropylene• Three Colors: Red, Yellow & Blue • 13 sizes to choose from• One piece molded construction.• Bins “nest” when empty to save space• Seamless, waterproof, unaffected by grease or oil• Use on 12”, 18” and 24” deep shelving or vertical storage units.

Model number



Carton Quantity

Case Weight(lbs.)

Priceea.

30110 10-1/4 x 1-5/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 2-3/4 x 4 24 5 $1.40

30120 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 24 9 $1.55

30124 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 12 11 $4.13

30128 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 12 7 $2.09

30130 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 11-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 12 7 $2.42

30138 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 12 9 $2.97

30150 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 11-5/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 12 8 $2.61

30158 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 12 12 $4.09

30164 22-1/8 x 5-1/2 x 4 23-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 6 8 $5.94

30170 10-1/4 x 10 x 4 11-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 12 11 $3.93

30174 22-1/8 x 10 x 4 23-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 6 11 $8.86

30178 16-1/2 x 10 x 4 17-7/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 12 15 $6.49

30184 22-1/8 x 7-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 83/8 x 4 6 9 $7.24


sturDy Hanging sMall Parts bins• Large label slot & finger grips for easier handling• Anti-slide stop prevents stacked bins from shifting forward• Extra wide stacking ledge assures stability for high stacking• Full width hanger lip supports bin when suspended from panel or rack• Reinforced ribs add strength and prevent bins from spreading• Dividers fit securely in slots for partitioning• Autoclavable (steam sterilization) up to 250°F• Unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. Water, rust, and corrosion proof• Hang from racks, panels, rails, & carts; stack or sit on shelving• Reduce & control inventories while shortening assembly times &

minimizing parts handling

Model number



Capacity(Cu. Ft)

Carton Quantity

Priceea.

30210 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 10 24 $1.07

30220 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 10 24 $1.92

30230 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 30 12 $4.81

30235 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 50 6 $7.43

30239 10-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 10 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 50 6 $7.99

30240 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 60 12 $9.48

30250 14-3/4 x 16-1/2 x 7 14 x 14-3/4 x 6-3/4 75 6 $13.31

30265 18 x 8-1/4 x 9 17-1/8 x 6-3/4 x 8-1/4 N/A 6 $15.86

30270 18 x 16-1/2 x 11 17-1/8 x 14-3/4 x 10-1/4 N/A 3 $24.00


2-3 Day Delivery

67

Totes & Containers


sMall Parts storage & orDer PiCking

rail Hanging systeMsRail Hanging systems optimize storage in minimal space. Rail-Racks are available with either 12 or 16 rails. Two-Sided racks can be mobilized with the Mobile Kit (sold separately). One-sided racks are ideal space-saving, flush-to-wall storage systems. 16-gauge cold-rolled steel and powder coat finish for lasting strength and durability.

• Single and double rail units provide more flexibility in bin placement and hold multiple sizes of shelf bins.• Mobile kit available to mobilize two-sided racks. • Steel rail is ideal for work stations.

Model number

Description Dimensions (in.)l x W x H

Price

30006 Rack, 1-Sided, 12 Rail 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 $162.43

30008 Rack, 1-Sided, 16 Rail 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 $217.51

30012 Rack, 2-Sided, 12 Rail 36 x 20 x 53 $166.82

30016 Rack, 2-Sided, 16 Rail 36 x 20 x 53 $222.66

30812 Bin Cart 38-1/2 x 24 x 36-1/2 $492.41

rail system Model

number

akro-bins Model number

30210 30220 30224 30230 30234 30235 30239 30240 30250 30255

30006 96 96 - - - - 24 24 12 -

30008 - - 48 48 48 24 - - - 16

30012 192 192 - - - - 48 48 24 -

30016 - - 96 96 96 48 - - - 32

30812 96 96 64 48 48 24 24 24 12 16

Mobile kit aDD-on30424 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... $94.88


30008

Heavy-duty powder coated steel Rack1-Sided Rack with 16 rails

shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins

Price As Shown ........................ $382.60

30012

2-Sided rack with 12 railsShown with (48) 30230 shelf bins

& mobile kit add-on

Price As Shown ........................ $444.66

30812

Bin CartShown with (48) 30230 shelf bins

& mobile kit add-on

Price As Shown ........................ $698.45

1 Week Delivery

68

Totes & Containers


sMall Parts eleCtro-statiC DisCHarge (esD) Containers

Your guaranteed guard against electrostatic discharge. ESD containers safely dissipate elec-trostatic charges that can severely damage electronic parts. Surface resistivity of 105 ohms per square max, as tested under ASTM D-257. With the addition of the grounding strap, hanging systems become ESD compliant.

Molded from revolutionary new CarmelStat™, the line of ESD containers dissipate elec-trostatic charges, which can severely damage sensitive electronic components. Superior to conductive containers which possess a high risk of damage from uncontrolled discharges, these ESD containers provide the highest degree of protection available. ESD containers are unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. Sturdy one-piece construction is water, rust, corrosion proof, and heat resistant to 300ºF.

Grounding Wire is designed to convert existing racks and hanging systems. The grounding wire conducts static charges away from the storage system.

aDVantages• Consistent dissipative ESD protection. 10.6 to 10.9 ohms/sq.• Latest technology and best ESD protection available.• Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out.• Tough and durable impact resistant plastic.• Low sloughing, clean room compatible. 1% - 2% carbon black.• Competitive with older technology based conductive products.

esD sHelF bins• Built-in rear hanglock allows bin to tilt out for complete access• Molded-in label holder identifies contents• Wide hopper front allows easy access• Optional dividers increase versatility• Sturdy, one-piece construction• ESD Shelf Bins work with existing 12”, 18” or 24” shelving

Model number

inside Dimensions

l x W x H (in.)

outside Dimensionsl x W x H (in.)

Carton Quantity

Priceea.

QSB101CO 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 36 $8.85

QSB105CO 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 16 $18.39

QSB103CO 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 20 $12.27

** Quantity Discounts Available (50+)

esD bins• Consistent dissipative ESD protection. 10.6 to 10.9 ohms/sq.• Latest technology and best ESD protection available• Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out• Tough and durable impact resistant plastic• Low sloughing, clean room compatible. 1% - 2% carbon black• Competitive with older technology based conductive products

Model number

inside Dimensionsl x W x H (in.)

outside Dimensionsl x W x H (in.)

bin loadCapacity (lbs.)

Carton Quantity

Priceea.

30210ESD 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10 24 $3.56

30220ESD 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10 24 $4.79

30230ESD 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 30 12 $11.07

30235ESD 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 50 6 $17.35

30240ESD 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 60 12 $28.66

** Quantity Discounts Available (50+)

2-3 Day Delivery

69

Totes & Containers


ForkliFt aCCessible Pallet Containers (nestable/staCkable)

P-291 anD P-333Quite possibly the most versatile reusable container ever offered to packaging and material handling engineers, the rugged P-291 and P-333 series containers maximize shipping, handling and storage effi-ciencies. These containers cube out tractor trailers stacking 2-3 high and 2 across and safely accommo-date up to 600 lbs. of solid, pourable, granular, non-regulated material.

For smart returns, the containers nest five to seven high and in storage, they nest or stack even higher. Molded nesting “lugs” or “ribs” prevent units from jamming together. All are available in a wide variety of colors, and with optional permanent, molded-in or raised graphics, logos and tracking numbers. Bases for rotating-head dumpers, casters, fork pockets and custom options,are offered. These containers are available with a molded-in recess that helps safeguard RFID tags from damage during handling and transport. Its placement may be set for easy reading by hand-held and automatic readers.

P-340 anD P-341The P-340 and P-341 bulk containers feature molded projections on two sides that help container dumpers establish a firm, non-slip grip and maintain the secure hold while rotating up to 180 degrees and discharging the contents. They suit a wide variety of dumping machines and may be custom designed to suit virtually any type of machine or application.

Use them in automated and manual material handling systems where safety and efficiency are para-mount. The durable containers withstand repeated filling with sharp, heavy and hard products without cracking, chipping or discoloring, while the smooth-contoured interior promotes complete discharge. These containers are ideal for packaging closures, toy parts, printing trim waste, automotive compo-nents, metal & plastic waste chips, powders, and pellets.

• Two-way lift access • Stacks and nests • Two different capacities on same footprint

P-360 anD P-390The P-360 and P-390 bulk containers feature a breakthrough, no-metal design that is impervious to corrosion and rust. It eliminates potential contamination from food products. It’s ideal for sanitary storage and secure transport throughout any processing facility loop, and it boasts a rugged, USDA/FDA-approved construction of linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), which is immune to attack from cleansers, salts, water and other chemicals.

The sanitary has no internal pockets, dimples or other bacteria-harboring reservoirs. Manual cleaning and automated washdowns are easy and drainage is complete, while the potential for buildup of liquid contaminants is eliminated. The smooth, flat interior also minimizes bruising to contents to maintain product quality throughout the supply chain.

The container comes with a top cover and long-wearing pallet base, each molded in one piece for strength and durability. The container and forklift-accessible base are joined as a unit by a one-piece, threaded plastic bolt and may be quickly detached by one person for easy cleaning. Its base may be removed and replaced without requiring a whole new container.

• Four-way lift access • Stacks and nests • Removable pallet base can be replaced without needing new container • USDA/FDA-approved material

Model Capacity (cu. feet)

outside Dimensions (in.)

overall Height (in.)

Weight (lbs.)

Price

P-291 32 44 x 44 33 98 $286.61

P-333 44 44 x 44 44 120 $336.06

P-340 32 48 x 48 30 110 $360.52

P-341 40 48 x 48 46 116 $420.11

P-360 30 50 x 45 36 151 $516.13

P-390 32 50 x 45 39 159 $525.84

P-291

P-340 P-341

P-360

2-4 Week Delivery

70

Totes & Containers


Wire ContainersOur Folding Wire Mesh Containers offer a combination of economy, flexibility and functional-ity, making them the most effective and efficient choice for the vast majority of material han-dling, shipping and storage applications.

• Wire containers provide visual access to inventory• Resist damage and will not accumulate dirt or debris• Helps eliminate storage fire hazards• Can be stacked several containers high to save valuable floor space• Low ratio of weight to cargo capacity means lower freight costs• Gates Available - Top-half partial or full drop gate, bottom-half opening gate, full swing

door gate, side gate, end gate or custom gate• Dollies, casters, safety enclosures, horizontal and vertical dividers• Standard or custom-built models, many sizes and styles available• Styles Available - Collapsible units that fold for storage, rigid, foot base, and “junior”

sizes. Many in stock• All containers are standard with a double-drop gate

PriCing on stanDarD sizes

Modelnumber

outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.)

Mesh size (in.)

Capacity(lbs)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

WM-C2032161/21/2-11DSZ 20 x 32 x 16 1/2 x 1/2 1,100 50 $78.95

WM-C20321611-8DSZ 20 x 32 x 16 1 x 1 1,100 50 $78.95

WM-C324028222DSZ 32 x 40 x 28 2 x 2 4,000 120 $135.25

WM-C404830222DSZ 40 x 48 x 30 2 x 2 4,000 166 $180.39

WM-C404836222DSZ 40 x 48 x 36 2 x 2 4,000 183 $201.07

2-3 Day Shipment

rigiD bulk ContainersThese bulk containers offer a choice of steel containers to meet your storage requirements and are bulked up to take on the toughest, most demanding storage tasks. Impact and fire resistant, they’re forklift friendly. With their solid steel strength, you can stack these containers four high— fully loaded.

Our General Purpose Bulk Container has a 4,000 lbs. capacity. Its unique design lets you stack plastic (HDPE) containers on top of it. Heavy Duty sizes are available.

• 4,000 lbs. capacity• Common sizes - 40”W x 48”L x 33”H• Angle corner posts & nesting caps• Solid steel• Stacks up to 4 high• Fire & impact resistant• Corrugated panels for added strength• Maintenance free• Half-drop access door• Ideal for over-the-road & rail transportation• Powder coat finish

rigiD bulk Container (For Quantity of 25) .............................................................................................................................. $534.00 ea.

4-6 Week Shipment

CustoM ContainersCustom containers can be manufactured from samples, CAD drawings, and design (concept). As shown to the right, examples include rigid wire mesh containers, folding bulk containers, and parts specific racks.

• Heavy capacities• Ability to produce 120” length sides• Stackable, knockdown containers

** Call Bastian for custom container specifications and pricing

** Also available in junior size

71

Totes & Containers


CollaPsible Containers

Features• Engineered for strength & smooth functionality• Utilized in manufacturing, food & agriculture, petrochemicals, pharma-

ceuticals, textiles & clothing, publishing & other industries• Containers are structural-foam molded of high density polyethylene• Excellent structural properties & easy to clean• Requires no surface treatment or maintenance• One of the most recyclable forms of plastic• Easy Forklift Access through beveled fork openings plus 4-way entry.• Provides efficient cubing within truck trailers• Quick sidewall replacement to retrofit containers for different height or

door configurations• Easy to collapse by releasing the autolock clips & folding down the

hinged sidewall• Containers stack for cost effective return shipping• Standard Colors - Gray, Black or Blue. Custom Colors - Minimum

order of 100 units. Call Bastian for custom color availability• Other Options: Multiple access doors, bulk door, removable panel, lids,

banding & security, molded-in card holders, and open grid base

Modelnumber

outside Dimensions

l x W x H (in.)

inside Dimensions l x W x H

(in.)

Collapsed Height (in.)

Capacity(lbs.)

Max. loaded stacked Weightea.

Priceea.

static Dynamic

KD-3230-25 32 x 30 x 25 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 18 13.1 2,000 6 4 68 $251.60

KD-3230-34 32 x 30 x 34 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 27 13.1 2,000 6 3 85 $264.19

KD-4845-25 48 x 45 x 25 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 18 14.9 1,500 6 4 114 $318.38

KD-4845-34 48 x 45 x 34 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27 14.9 1,500 6 3 127 $333.88

HD-4845-34 48 x 45 x 34 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27 14.9 2,500 6 3 136 $333.88


** Call Bastian for custom color availability

oPtions & aCCessories

Card Holders Lids/Covers

Containers collapse simply... Without the use of tools... to just 15” high for space saving return.

4-6 Week Delivery

72

Totes & Containers


attaCHeD liD ContainersAttached lid containers are available in many sizes and styles for shipping, picking, and storage. Attached lid containers are ideal for applications in retail/wholesale distribution, grocery, and general manufacturing. These containers feature:

• Patented interlocking fingers on lids for tight closure• Stack & nest design for maximum space usage in trucks, storerooms, and on pallets.• Reinforced design for exceptional strength in demanding applications• Handle styles include ergonomic, closed, and open (varies by model) • Easy-to-clean interiors• Injection-molded HDPE construction resists impact, moisture, and chemicals• Tie holes in both ends to further secure lids• Identification areas for labels, tags. RFID and other identification systems available

Model Description outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in.)

inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Capacity(lbs.)

Price

AR20120702 Closed, Traction Bottom 20 x 11.69 x 7.5 16.88 x 9.63 x 6.06 3.78 40 $13.40

AR21150902 Solid, Textured Bottom 21.5 x 15.25 x 6.75 18.38 x 13 x 8.5 5.14 60 $15.54

AR21151202 Solid, Textured Bottom 21.75 x 15.25 x 12.5 17.88 x 12.5 x 11.13 6.01 60 $16.76

AS21151202 Solid, Textured Bottom 21.75 x 15.25 x 12.81 17.88 x 12.5 x 11.5 6.04 60 $20.12

AR21151700 Solid, Smooth Bottom 21.8 x 15.25 x 17 17.93 x 12.45 x 15.94 6.88 60 $21.76

AR24201202 Ergo Handles, Solid Bottom 24 x 19.5 x 12.63 20.5 x 16.6 x 10.8 8.31 80 $24.84

AR27170902 Solid, Textured Bottom 27.06 x 16.88 x 9.63 23.9 x 14.1 x 8 7.52 80 $24.70

AR27171202 Solid, Textured Bottom 27 x 16.88 x 12.5 23.5 x 13.8 x 10.9 8.19 100 $22.56

AS27171202 Solid, Textured Bottom 27.13 x 16.88 x 12.5 23.5 x 13.8 x 11.4 8.19 100 $23.11

AS28211502 Solid, Textured Bottom 28 x 20.75 x 15.44 25 x 18 x 14 12.6 100 $43.69

AS34242012 Solid, Smooth Bottom 34 x 24 x 19.63 29.9 x 19.5 x 18.1 19 100 $108.49

straigHt Wall ContainersThese stack-only modular containers are ideal for closed loop shipping, in-process handling, and storage applications where the same containers are used throughout. Containers cube 48” x 45” and 48” x 40” pallets.

• Reinforced sides and bottoms enhance product protection• Straight interior walls ensure an easy fit for protective dunnage• Ergonomic design for manual lifting and loading safety and efficiency• Interworking sizes allow mixed stacking on pallet• Perimeter dust skirt on select sizes for added product protection• Cross cube models allow easier interworking of different footprints• Compatibility with other brands to expand your existing system• Injection molded HDPE construction for impact, moisture, and chemical resistance• Options - Lids, ID systems, dunnage, drain holes and cross-stacking bottoms

Model Description outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in.)

inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Capacity(lbs.)

Price

SW12070502 Solid Bottom, Sides 12 x 7.5 x 5 9.38 x 5.44 x 4.38 1.2 60 $4.91

SW15120602 Solid Bottom, Sides 15 x 12 x 5.5 13 x 9.38 x 4.88 2.3 100 $8.40

SW151208A2 Solid Bottom, Sides 15 x 12 x 7.5 13 x 9.38 x 6.88 2.5 100 $10.28

SW15121002 Solid Bottom, Sides 15 x 12 x 9.5 13 x 9.38 x 8.88 3.5 100 $12.38

SW24150602 Solid Bottom, Sides 24 x 15 x 5.5 21.38 x 13 x 4.88 3.7 100 $12.92

SW241508A2 Solid Bottom, Sides 24 x 15 x 7.5 21.38 x 13 x 6.88 4.1 100 $13.69




SL15120100 (LID) 15” x 12” Lid 15 x 12 N/A N/A N/A $6.40

SL24150100 (LID) 24” x 15” Lid 24 x 15 N/A N/A N/A $7.53


1 Week Delivery

73

Totes & Containers


MoDular nesting systeMsModular systems meet shipping, work-in-process, and staging demands for heavy duty manufacturing applications.

• Two systems of containers designed to fit 48” x 45” & 32” x 30” pallets• Containers stack, interwork within systems, cube their matching pallets• Nesting saves return transport and storage space • Attached lids snap tight to protect contents from contaminants• Ergonomic handles allow safe lifting to protect workers and contents• Automation-friendly for better handling efficiency• Injection molded HDPE containers resist impact, moisture, oil,

and chemicals• Heavy-duty structural foam pallets provide durability for secure shipping.• Systems meet AIAG standards for cube utilization

Model Description outside top Dimensions (in.)

inside bottom Dimensions (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Capacity(lbs.)

nesting ratio

Priceea.

MA12110789 System Containers 11.81 x 10.88 x 7.44 8.13 x 8.38 x 5.50 3 45 3.1:1 $12.77

MA24110989 System Containers 23.50 x 10.94 x 9 20.19 x 8.44 x 7.13 6.1 120 2.64:1 $24.65

MA24111489 System Containers 23.50 x 10.94 x 14 20 x 8.25 x 12.13 7.6 120 3.11:1 $28.98

MA24191489 System Containers 23.50 x 18.94 x 14 20 x 16.19 x 12.13 11.1 120 3.11:1 $36.40

MA10090989 System Containers 9.75 x 8.56 x 9 6.81 x 6.19 x 7.16 2.4 45 2.77:1 $15.80

MA15080789 System Containers 15 x 8.25 x 7.44 12.13 x 6.13 x 5.75 3.1 60 2.29:1 $13.61

PN3230006VD System Pallets 32 x 30 30.5 x 28.25 x 5.25 30 6000 N/A $111.51

PN48450733 System Pallets 48 x 45 45.63 x 42.5 x 6.75 56 6000 N/A $150.38


Palletsreturnable PlastiC Pallets (CloseD looP)Medium-Duty structural foam pallets are designed to handle a variety of food, manu-facturing, and retail distribution applications. Medium-Duty pallets are available in 48” x 40”, 48” x 42”, 48” x 45”, and 48” x 48” footprints. The pallets can carry evenly dis-tributed dynamic loads up to 4,000 lbs.

All models are available with solid and ventilated decks, and offer many options to add versatility to your materials handling. Four-way entry accommodates fork trucks and pal-let jacks.

• Nestable – Increase storage of empties by 50%• 4-Way entry with 9 reinforced feet• Lightweight design for safer handling• Superior resistance to moisture, most chemical, and temperatures.• Capacity: 4,000 lbs. (evenly distributed dynamic loads)• Standard Color: Black

Model number Description Dimensions l x W x H

(in)

Priceea.

PL4840060026000 Open Deck, No Lip 48 x 40 x 6 $44.17

PL4840073026001 3-Runners, No Lip 48 x 40 x 6.5 $60.03

PM4840060010013 Closed Deck , No Lip 48 x 40 x 6 $56.93

PM4840063310010 Closed Deck , No Lip 48 x 40 x 6.25 $88.08

PM4845060010002 Closed Deck , No Lip 48 x 45 x 6 $60.31


Nestable, Light Duty Pallet with Feet

Meduim Duty Pallet with Three Runners

1 Week Delivery

60

Platforms & Structures


Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices(controlled temperature and noise levels)

officesModular offices can give you unlimited flexibility to respond quickly and cost effectively to your ever changing business needs. These modular office systems are pre-engineered and manufactured to precisely fit your specific application. They can be completely dismantled, relocated, and reassembled.

Wall systemsModular wall systems can be utilized for a wide variety of applications. From simple office partitions to sophisti-cated clean room walls, our modular systems provide portability along with structural soundness.

sheltersModular pre-assembled buildings provide fast and affordable solutions for a wide range of applications. Rugged all-weather construction provides the perfect solution for providing employees, tenants, or customers with a protected area to wait, smoke, or work comfortably.

other applications• Cafeteria• Break Room• Training Room• Administrative Office• Shipping And Receiving Office• Conference Room• Quality Lab

Benefits• Excellent Sound Attenuation & Thermal Insulation• Equipment vs. Construction Depreciation (7 years vs. 33 years)• Heaviest Aluminum Extrusions• Best Fit and Finish in the Industry• Panels are Precut, Premitered, and Labeled at the Factory

features & options• Quick and Easy Installation• Vinyl faced panels with optional panel facings available - including steel or aluminum• 100 PSF load-bearing clear spans to 30 feet• Windows are full width 1/4” Tempered Safety Glass• Window options include: acrylic, tinted, insulated, polycarbonate, wire glass, and sliding• Doors with and without windows available in 20 ga. steel or vinyl-clad wood finish• U.L. listed, pre-wired Modular electrical system• The only True Sound Control panel systems• Non-combustible panel systems available• Heating & cooling systems and air circulation fans

Budgetary pricing

12’ x 12’ x 8’ tall, 4 Wall system (non-load Bearing)

• 3” Wall System• 3’ x 7’ x 20 Ga. Steel Door With Glass• 3 Windows Glazed With 1/4” Tempered Glass• Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid• 22 Ga. Painted Roof Deck, 12’ Span• 3 Recessed Light Fixtures• 1 Switch Box Cover• 6 Outlet Box Cover• 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 100 Amp• Champagne, White, Or Gray Color

price ........................................................ $4,712** HVAC System, Finished Flooring, Permits, Taxes, Freight, And Installation Not Included.Modular enclosures are designed and priced per application. Please call Bastian for a detailed quotation and specifications.

20’ x 20’ x 9’ tall, 4 Wall system (load Bearing capacity 125 psf)

• 3” Wall System• 3’ x 6’-8” x 20 Ga. Bronze Steel Door

With Glass• 8 Windows With 1/4” Tempered Glass• Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid• 22 Ga. Type B Roof Deck• 5 Recessed Light Fixtures• 1 Switch Box Cover• 8 Outlet Box Cover• 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 125 AMP• 3/4” T & G OSB Subfloor• Khaki, White, Or Gray Color

price ...................................................... $14,870

• Clean Room• Computer And Engineering Lab• First-Aid Room• Plant Partitions• Exterior Building• Plant Formane’s Office

10 Day Delivery

61



MezzaninesWith a mezzanine system, you can fully utilize existing overhead space and gain valuable working, office, storage or manufacturing areas at a lower cost than new construction. Also, you are able to put this space to work fast, with minimal interruption to your working floor area.

Custom-designed mezzanines assemble quickly with the simplicity of “erector set” construction to form rugged, high-load-bearing overhead levels. Special steel components engineered for mezzanines lock together to form a strong, unitized structure. Heavy-duty columns provide rigid support, which eliminates obstruct-ing bracing and provides maximum flexibility of movement and utilization of the lower level. Versatility of mezzanines offers a choice of optional accessories to match your needs, such as railings, stairs, landings, swing gates, sliding gates, types of decking and more. In addition, the structure can be expanded to meet future requirements. Thousands of custom mezzanines are in use today-in warehouses, industrial plants, institutions, retail stores and government facilities. This is an assurance that your Wildeck custom mezzanine will give you extra space at a moderate cost, with superior quality. A custom mezzanine system provides the most cost-effective mez-zanine based on load, size, span or height requirements. Rugged steel construction provides all the strength and rigidity needed for more efficient office, production or storage needs.

applications

• Access• Catwalk• Clean Room• Conveyor Support• Dust Cover

decking options• Roof deck & Resin board (see next page) - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty wood (straight edge or tongue & groove).

Recommended for heavier traffic usage and in-plant offices. Can be painted or coated with moisture-resistant urethane.• Bar grating - 1” x 1/8” painted steel bar grating (NAAMM). Open design for ventilation and/or fire regulations.• Roof deck and floor plate - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with 12 gauge unpainted floor plate. (painted or galvanized steel floor plate over roof

deck is also available). Recommended where local loads could be abusive or where non-combustibility is required.• Roof deck and specialty panel - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty panel (such as ‘Skidguard’ or masonite veneer). Use where

non-skid or harder surface properties are required.• Roof deck and concrete - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with lightweight concrete. For fire ratings and/or chemical applications. (Note:

mezzanine is no longer de-mountable with this option).• Specialty grating - Many fiberglass or plastic gratings available. Use where chemical or non-conductivity properties are required.• 18 gauge galvanized steel roof deck also available.

accessories

mezzanine ordering information

• What is the clear height?• What is the deck height?• What material will be used for the decking?• Will the mezzanine be up against a wall?• What capacity is needed?• What span is required?• Will the construction of the mezzanine be I-Beam?

standard mezzanine installed ................................................................................................................................... $22-33 / sq.ft.

diamond plate mezzanine installed ........................................................................................................................ $27-38 / sq.ft.

Stairs Landings Rail Systems Crossovers Ceiling Supported Structures

Gates

Bulk Storage Above Picking Operation

Second Story Conveyor Operations

• Equipment• Garment Rail• Lunch/Break Room• Locker Room• Manufacturing

• Offices• Order Picking• Recycling • Robotics• Security Enclosure

• Shipping/Receiving• Sortation• Storage• Tool Crib• Viewing

• What is the PSI required for concrete, if needed?• What are the lighting requirements?• Are sprinklers required?• Is white decking under mezzanine neccessary?• Will a gate, lift or other accessories be needed?• What is the application?

62



Mezzanine FlooringMezzanine flooring panels have been engineered and developed to be the superior choice for distribution cen-ters and material handling experts.

• Supports foot traffic and pallet jack live and dead loads from 1,500 to 4,500 lbs.• Superior stain and scratch resistance• Certified static control for electrically sensitive environments (ESD)• Finishes for superior clean-ability and showcase appearance• Specially designed tongue and groove to promote effective panel to panel wheel load transfers

gradesldLD is a lighter duty, mezzanine flooring panel offering the durability, showcase appearance and maintainability of the ResinDek line. LD is the ideal warehouse mezzanine flooring solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 2,000 lbs.

mdMD is a medium duty, mezzanine flooring panel that provides a durable, showcase appearance that is easy to maintain for years. With higher density wood fiber and resin content than LD, MD is the right mezzanine deck solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 3,000 lbs.

hdHD is a heavy-duty mezzanine flooring panel that features the durability, showcase appearance and maintain-ability of ResinDek. With even higher density wood fiber and resin content than MD, HD is the perfect flooring solution when your warehouse mezzanine floor must support live and dead pallet jack loads up to 4,500 lbs.

xspan®

Xspan offers the look, maintainability and performance of ResinDek in a structural flooring system where a corrugated metal substructure is not required in certain applications.

• Xspan® has been extensively tested and is capable of safely supporting 125 psf dead loads at 32” center supports and 2,300 lbs pallet jack loads without corrugated metal B deck*.

• Xspan is available in Clear Diamond Seal®, Gray Diamond Seal® and ESD anti static flooring. • Variety of lengths, widths and tongue and groove configurations offered to fit custom aisles and storage rack applications.

efAll ResinDek mezzanine flooring panels can help contribute to LEED® Credits in recycled content 4.1-2 MR Credit, regional materials 5.1-2 MR Credit. ResinDek EF can additionally contribute to LEED® Credits in low-emitting materials 4.4 EQ Credit.

finishesesdESD panels with an Electro-Static Dissipative finish provide an outstanding static control solution for mezzanine floors, shelving systems and workstations.

• Protect electrically sensitive devices, such as laptops, barcode scanners, servo-drive motors, and pick-to-light systems.• Eliminate expensive computer downtime caused by electrical static discharges.• Prevent uncomfortable static shocks to employees with a grounded surface.

diamond seal®

Clear Diamond Seal® and Gray Diamond Seal® finishes:• Outperform other products in withstanding gouge and taber abrasion tests.• Have exceptional resistance to common stains and have been tested in accordance with NEMA LD 3.4 with 29 different reagents.• Are more skid-resistant than other floor panels (coefficient of friction test data available upon request).• Gray Diamond Seal and ESD are stock finishes. Clear Diamond Seal is available in truckload quantities.

panel name live/dead pallet Jack limits finishes price per sq. ft.

gray diamond™ seal

clear diamond™ seal

esd unfinished

LD up to 2,000 lbs. $1.52

MD up to 3,000 lbs. $1.76

HD up to 4,500 lbs. $2.06

Xspan® up to 3,000 lbs., 16” O.C* $2.68

EF up to 1,500 lbs. $2.09

** Price does not include freight or screws. All material is 4’ x 8’ (scant) T&G 2LE and includes Gray Diamond Seal* Actual allowable load varies with span, contact Bastian for more details


63



Conveyor CrossoversConveyor crossovers provide efficient and safe access over active conveyors. Custom designs are available.

• Quickly and safely cross over conveyor line• Simple welded steel construction• Step style, anchors to floor• Also includes cross member to attach to conveyor for stability (not shown)• Painted safety yellow• Unique construction fit to your application• Meets OSHA

Budgetary price ............................................................................ $550.00

Adjustable Platform StepPlatform steps can be used as either a comfortable worker platform or a semi-permanent step. Bring the worker up to the optimum working height with an economical platform. The serrated tread sur-face provides maximum traction even in wet applications. Lower step is 7” to 11” and upper step is 7” higher than lower step. Capacity is 500 lbs.

model step size(W x d)

(in.)

1st step(height)

(in.)

2nd step(height)

(in.)

third step(height)

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

price

ASP-24 19 x 24 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 N/A 25 $176.25

ASP-24-3 24 x 36 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 20 to 24-1/2 40 $241.88

ASP-36 24 x 36 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 N/A 33 $190.31

ASP-36-3 36 x 36 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 20 to 24-1/2 51 $252.19

ASP-48 24 x 48 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 N/A 38 $207.19

ASP-48-3 48 x 36 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 20 to 24-1/2 62 $263.44

ASP-60 24 x 60 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 N/A 44 $229.69

ASP-72 24 x 72 6 to 10-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 N/A 47 $284.06

Adjustable Work PlatformThe Adjustable Work-Mate Stands, models AHW-L and AHT-L, are built easy for most anyone to use. Ergonomic matting deck style provides comfort for the operator who stands all day. Each leg screws in and out to easily adjust height of platform and level platform when used on uneven surfaces. Available with serrated steel or ergo matting (shown) surface, powder coat safety yellow finish, quick-ship program. Choose from 5” to 8” or 9” to 14” adjustments. Capacity is 500 pounds.

model step size(W x d)

(in.)

1st step(height)

(in.)

2nd step(height)

(in.)

third step(height)

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

price

AHT-L-1924 19 x 24 5 8 500 25 $159.38

AHT-L-2424 24 x 24 5 8 500 33 $175.31

AHT-L-1948 19 x 48 5 8 500 47 $226.88

AHT-L-2448 24 x 48 5 8 500 52 $249.38

AHT-H-1924 19 x 24 9 14 500 48 $185.63

AHT-H-2424 24 x 24 9 14 500 54 $196.88

AHT-H-1948 19 x 48 9 14 500 64 $234.38

AHT-H-2448 24 x 48 9 14 500 66 $256.88

* More lengths and widths available. Please call Bastian for pricing.

2 Day Delivery

64



Stock Picking Ladders

all direction ladderTriangular pivot mechanism with three swivel casters creates a perfect plane, allowing this well balanced ladder to move in all directions. It moves laterally to fit in tight corners and close to shelves. It’s rigid rear casters provide easy transition between different floor types.

• Pivots in its own radius• Unique five caster design• 350 lbs. capacity, 14” deep top step• Standard finish gray powder coat• Easy to use foot pedal activated lockstep• Abrasive mat tread standard or specify alternate tread• Ships Knocked Down to reduce freight costs. EASY ASSEMBLY.

model number

steps Width of step

(in)

Base height

(in)

height to top step

(in)

overall height

(in)

Weight(lbs)

g tread price

r tread price

p tread price

x tread price

PIP-6 6 16 24 x 49 60 93 110 $444 $369 $338 $369

PIP-7 7 16 24 x 55 70 103 125 $474 $395 $361 $395

PIP-8 8 16 24 x 61 80 113 140 $563 $469 $429 $469

PIP-6-30 6 24 30 x 49 60 93 124 $483 $402 $368 $402

PIP-7-30 7 24 30 x 55 141 70 103 $518 $432 $395 $432

PIP-8-32 8 24 32 x 61 158 80 113 $595 $496 $453 $496

PIP-9 9 24 32 x 68 175 90 123 $638 $531 $485 $531

PIP-10 10 24 32 x 74 188 100 133 $695 $579 $528 $579

PIP-11 11 24 32 x 80 205 110 143 $755 $629 $574 $629

PIP-12 12 24 32 x 87 220 120 153 $806 $672 $613 $672

G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating R = Abrasive Mat Tread P = Perforated Tread X = Expanded Metal Tread

standard stock picking ladder• Combines the benefits of a rolling safety ladder and a stock-picking cart• 24” wide steps, choice of 14” top step or 21” deep top step• 24” x 24” shelves: 2 shelves on 6 - 7 step models; 3 shelves on 8 - 12 step models• Combined 600 lbs. capacity - 300 lbs. for the ladder and 300 lbs. for the storage shelves• Standard finish is gray powder coat• Expanded metal tread standard or specify alternate tread• Optional 7” x 24” folding tray available.

model number

steps Width of step

(in)

Base height

(in)

height to top step

(in)

overall height

(in)

Weight(lbs)

g tread price

r tread price

p tread price

x tread price

SPL-6-14 6 14 30 x 49 150 60 93 $505 $421 $386 $421

SPL-7-14 7 14 30 x 55 166 70 103 $540 $450 $413 $450

SPL-8-14 8 14 32 x 61 205 80 113 $617 $514 $471 $514

SPL-9-14 9 14 32 x 68 215 90 123 $660 $550 $503 $550

SPL-10-14 10 14 32 x 74 225 100 133 $717 $598 $546 $598

SPL-11-14 11 14 32 x 80 235 110 143 $777 $647 $591 $647

SPL-12-14 12 14 32 x 87 250 120 153 $828 $690 $630 $690

SPL-6 6 21 30 x 55 160 60 93 $572 $477 $438 $477

SPL-7 7 21 30 x 61 176 70 103 $607 $506 $465 $506

SPL-8 8 21 32 x 68 215 80 113 $684 $570 $523 $570

SPL-9 9 21 32 x 74 225 90 123 $726 $606 $556 $606

SPL-10 10 21 32 x 80 235 100 133 $783 $653 $599 $653

SPL-11 11 21 32 x 87 245 110 143 $843 $703 $644 $703

SPL-12 12 21 32 x 93 260 120 153 $895 $746 $683 $746

G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating R = Abrasive Mat Tread P = Perforated Tread X = Expanded Metal Tread

10 Day Delivery

43

Storage


Tilted ShelvingSingle Depth On-line Shelving

• Pre-assembledframes• Heavy-duty,rigidconstruction• Eachshelflevelsupportsupto1,000lbs.• Shelvesareweldeddoublebox-styleconstruction• Availablein5widthsandtwodepths• Height-78-3/4”• Canbeusedwithcastersin60”height• Suppliedwithfootplatesforanchoringunitstothefloor• Shelvesadjustin2”increments• Framesareavailableinstandardgraygalvanizedfinish• Shelvesareavailableinstandardgray• TypeG-StraightShelves• TypeS-TiltedShelves

itemDecription

24” Depth 32” Depth

34” Width 36” Width 39.2” Width 48” Width 50.5” Width 39.2” Width 50.5” Width

TypeGStarter $655 $634 $660 $707 $729 $791 $819

Add-OnUnit $516 $495 $520 $567 $590 $639 $667

ShelfKit $75 $71 $76 $86 $90 $98 $103

TypeSStarter $669 $650 $677 $727 $750 $808 $840

Add-OnUnit $529 $510 $537 $587 $611 $656 $688

ShelfKit $78 $74 $80 $90 $94 $101 $107

DOuble Depth On-line Shelving

• ImprovesAssemblylineproductivity• Tiltedshelvesallowmaterialtoflowtowardworkingarea• TwoBinKanban• Modulardesign• EasyInstallation• Shelvesadjustin2”increments• TypeH-Double-Depthbaywithacombinationofstraightandtiltedshelves• TypeG-Double-Depthbaywithdoublestraightshelves• TypeZ-Double-Depthbaywithdoubletiltedshelvesaccessiblefrombothsides• TypeS-Double-Depthbaywithdoubletiltedshelves

itemDecription

40” Depth 48” Depth 64” Depth

39.2” Width 50.5” Width 34” Width 36” Width 39.2” Width 48” Width 50.5” Width 39.2” Width

TypeHStarter $1,115 $1,216 $1,200 $1,153 $1,194 $1,292 $1,330 $1,456

Add-OnUnit $849 $949 $921 $874 $915 $1,013 $1,051 $1,153

ExtraShelf $116 $137 $128 $119 $127 $147 $154 $170

TypeGStarter $1,099 $1,195 $1,186 $1,138 $1,177 $1,272 $1,309 $1,439

Add-OnUnit $832 $929 $907 $859 $898 $993 $1,030 $1,136

ExtraShelf $113 $132 $126 $116 $124 $143 $150 $167

TypeZStarter $1,132 $1,237 $1,213 $1,169 $1,211 $1,312 $1,351 $1,473

Add-OnUnit $866 $970 $934 $890 $932 $1,033 $1,072 $1,169

ExtraShelf $120 $141 $131 $122 $131 $151 $159 $173

TypeSStarter $1,138 $1,238 $1,222 $1,175 $1,216 $1,314 $1,352 $1,478

Add-OnUnit $871 $972 $943 $897 $937 $1,035 $1,073 $1,175

ExtraShelf $121 $141 $133 $124 $132 $151 $159 $174

2 Week Delivery

44

Storage


Steel Shelving

• Sturdyconstructionandquickassembly• Addingmodulardrawersguaranteesyousecureorganizationofallyoursmallparts• Designforintensiveuse• Shelvesinstalledonthepostsuses4compressionclips,in14gaugesteel• 5Shelves• Capacitiesupto1100lbs.

Model number

W x D(in)

height (in.)

type Capacity(lbs)

Starterprice

Add-on price

extra Shelfprice

SHD1002 75 36x18 open 800 $119.96 $95.73 $12.99

SHD1003 75 36x24 open 625 $134.24 $109.32 $15.57

SHD1032 75 48x18 open 575 $142.57 $118.35 $17.41

SHD1033 75 48x24 open 600 $160.36 $135.43 $20.68

SHD2002 75 36x18 closed 800 $171.46 $137.14 $12.99

SHD2003 75 36x24 closed 625 $194.87 $155.29 $15.57

SHD2032 75 48x18 closed 575 $205.88 $171.56 $17.41

SHD2033 75 48x24 closed 600 $232.80 $193.22 $20.68

SHD1005 87 36x18 open 800 $124.58 $98.05 $12.99

SHD1006 87 36x24 open 625 $138.87 $111.63 $15.57

SHD1035 87 48x18 open 575 $147.19 $120.65 $17.41

SHD1036 87 48x24 open 600 $164.98 $137.75 $20.68

SHD2005 87 36x18 closed 800 $182.10 $144.43 $12.99

SHD2006 87 36x24 closed 625 $207.68 $163.67 $15.57

SHD2035 87 48x18 closed 575 $219.64 $181.96 $17.41

SHD2036 87 48x24 closed 600 $248.72 $204.70 $20.68

**HeavyDutyCapacitiesalsoavailable.

MODulAr DrAWerS in Shelving

• Sturdyconstructionanddistinctiveappearance• Canbeinstalledinover35brandsofshelvingonthemarket• Severaldimensionsavailable• Canusethesamebracketsfordifferentdimensions• 10drawerheightsand7sideheights• 400lb.capacityperdrawer

W x D(in.)

ModelA

price Modelb

price Model C

price ModelD

price

36x18 EC-1801 $481.79 EC-2401 $593.40 EC-3601 $816.99 EC-4801 $914.07

36x24 EE-1801 $526.89 EE-2401 $650.04 EE-3601 $896.70 EE-4801 $1,006.37

48x18 HC-1801 $621.09 HC-2401 $764.11 HC-3601 $1,050.53 HC-4801 $1,165.39

48x24 HE-1801 $677.30 HE-2401 $834.54 HE-3601 $1,149.38 HE-4801 $1,279.08

MODel A18”HeightofDrawers

MODel b24”HeightofDrawers

MODel C36”HeightofDrawers

MODel D48”HeightofDrawers

2-3 Week Delivery

ClosedShelving

OpenShelving

45

Storage


rivet lOCk bOltleSS Shelving

Combineshelvingtoformrowstomaximizeyourstoragearea.Rivetlockboltlessshelvingiseasytoassembleandrequiresnotoolsforassemblybysimplysnappingtogetherwithoutnutsandbolts.

Rollformedsteelframeshelvesproviderigidityandstrength.Doublerivetbeamsontopandbottomprovideasecure,interlockingconnection.Shelvesadjust1-1/2”incre-mentsforaddedoptions.Extraheavydutymodelsarealsoavailable.PleasecallBastianforpricinginformationonthesemodels.

• Availableingrayortanbakedenamelfinishes• Extraheavydutymodelshavedoublerivetbeamonalllevels

Wire DeCk

Dimensions(W x D)

Deck Supportsper level

60” height 84” height 96” height Add’l Shelves

Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price

36x12 600 RLH325W $87.83 RLH327W $112.38 RLH328W $115.27 RSH312W $15.89






WOOD DeCk

Dimensions(W x D)



Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price

36x12 600 RLH325 $62.98 RLH327 $80.86 RLH328 $83.49 RSH312 $9.53

36x18 600 RLH385 $71.65 RLH387 $92.45 RLH388 $95.34 RSH318 $12.13

36x24 600 RLH345 $78.00 RLH347 $100.39 RLH348 $103.28 RSH324 $13.72

48x12 500 RLH425 $73.38 RLH427 $94.47 RLH428 $108.92 RSH412 $12.42

48x18 500 RLH485 $86.09 RLH487 $110.65 RLH488 $114.69 RSH418 $15.89

48x24 500 RLH445 $93.03 RLH447 $119.32 RLH448 $122.20 RSH424 $17.62

White MelAMine lAMinAte DeCk

Dimensions(W x D)



Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price

36x12 600 RLH325L $69.34 RLH327L $89.27 RLH328L $92.16 RSH312L $11.27






2-3 Day Delivery

Wood

Laminate

46

Storage


WiDe SpAn Shelving

Wireandwooddeckbulkstorageracksarespaceefficienttomakemaximumuseofyourstoragearea.Extrahigh,wide,anddeepracksaccommodateavarietyofsizesandshapes.Foruseinretail,commercial,andindustrialapplications.Foursideaccessibilityforconve-nienthandloading.

Widespanshelvingiseasytosetupwithsnap-inpre-cutcomponents.Nonuts,bolts,clipsortoolsrequired.Thesturdyrollformedsteelframingprovidesmaximumsupport.Front-to-backsupportshelppreventbeamsfromrotatingwhenfullyloaded.Uniquedoublebut-tonstudconstructionlocksperimeterbeamsintocornerposts,formingasecurejoint,andeliminatingbackandsidesway.

• Grayortanchipresistantfinishavailable• 1-1/2”x2-1/4”x14ga.steeluprightspunchedon1-1/2”centers

Wire DeCk bulk rACk

Dimensions(W x D)

Shelf Capacity

(lbs.)



Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price

48x24 1500 0 WR4245 $126.54 WR4247 $135.21 WR4248 $138.09 WRS424 $35.82

48x36 1350 1 WR4385 $147.34 WR4367 $156.01 WR4388 $158.90 WRS436 $42.76

48x48 825 1 WR4485 $169.87 WR4487 $178.54 WR4488 $181.43 WRS448 $50.27

60x24 1350 1 WR5245 $159.47 WR5247 $168.14 WR5248 $162.36 WRS524 $46.80

60x36 1200 1 WR5365 $179.41 WR5367 $188.13 WR5388 $190.96 WRS538 $53.45

60x48 675 1 WR5485 $223.61 WR5487 $232.28 WR5488 $235.16 WRS548 $68.18

72x24 930 1 WR6245 $166.41 WR6247 $175.07 WR6248 $177.96 WRS624 $49.11

72x36 865 1 WR6365 $220.43 WR6367 $217.60 WR6368 $220.43 WRS636 $63.27

72x48 565 1 WR6485 $237.48 WR6487 $246.14 WR6488 $249.03 WRS648 $73.96

96x24 900 3 WR8245 $250.53 WR8247 $259.14 WR8248 $262.03 WRS824 $85.80

96x36 900 3 WR8365 $282.54 WR8367 $291.21 WR8368 $351.88 WRS836 $99.96

96x48 900 3 WR8485 $340.04 WR8487 $347.60 WR8488 $350.44 WRS848 $122.20

WOOD DeCk bulk rACk

Dimensions(W x D)

Shelf Capacity

(lbs.)



Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price Model number

price

48x24 1200 0 WD4245 $77.14 WD4247 $85.80 WD4248 $88.69 WDS424 $19.36

48x36 1200 0 WD4365 $167.72 WD4387 $99.24 WD4368 $102.13 WDS436 $23.83

48x48 1200 0 WD4485 $109.20 WD4487 $117.87 WD4488 $120.76 WDS448 $30.05

60x24 1400 1 WD5245 $98.80 WD6247 $108.66 WD5248 $110.36 WDS524 $26.58

60x36 1400 1 WD5385 $117.00 WD5387 $125.67 WD6388 $128.56 WDS538 $33.80

60x48 1400 1 WD5485 $138.67 WD5487 $147.34 WD5488 $150.23 WDS548 $39.87

72x24 750 0 WD6245 $97.94 WD6247 $106.60 WD6248 $109.49 WDS624 $26.29

72x36 750 0 WD6365 $118.74 WD6367 $127.40 WD6368 $130.29 WDS636 $33.28

72x48 1000 1 WD6485 $138.24 WD6487 $146.91 WD6488 $149.22 WDS648 $39.72

96x24 1100 3 WD8245 $162.36 WD8247 $159.47 WD8248 $162.36 WDS824 $43.91

96x36 1100 3 WD8365 $191.54 WD8367 $200.21 WD8368 $203.10 WDS836 $57.49

96x48 1100 3 WD8485 $216.68 WD8487 $225.34 WD8488 $228.23 WDS848 $65.87

2-3 Day Delivery

47

Storage


bulk StOrAge rACkDesignedforthehand-loadingofintermediateweightbulkyitems,thisversatileracksystemcanbeusedinhundredsofstorageapplications.Inadditiontostoringcartonedmerchandiseinshippingandreceivingdepartments,itcanbeusedfordisplayrackinginfurnitureanddepartmentstores,forstor-ageofmedicalanddietarysuppliesinhospitalsandmore.Heavy-duty14-gaugesteelbeamsincluded.

levels height (in.)

Depth (in.)

type 60” Wide racks 70” Wide racks

no Deck

price Solid price particle price no Deck

price Solid price particle price

24” Starter 67201S $223.93 N/A N/A 67201SP $286.73 67301S $250.33 N/A $402.40 67301SP $322.71

24” Add-on 67201 $181.05 N/A N/A 67201P $243.86 67301 $207.45 N/A $359.53 67301P $279.85

36” Starter 67203S $236.54 67203SD $439.04 67203SP $326.15 67303S $265.73 67303SD $497.61 67303SP $366.06

36” Add-on 67203 $188.75 67203D $391.26 67203P $278.38 67303 $217.94 67303D $449.84 67303P $318.28


48” Add-on 67205 $195.98 67205D $470.33 67205P $307.55 67305 $229.90 67305D $547.66 67305P $358.60

24” Starter 67211S $234.51 N/A N/A 67211SP $297.31 67311S $260.91 67311SD $412.99 67311SP $333.30

24” Add-on 67211 $186.35 N/A N/A 67211P $249.15 67311 $212.75 67311D $364.83 67311P $285.14


36” Add-on 67213 $192.64 67213D $412.58 67213P $282.25 67313 $221.83 67313D $453.71 67313P $322.16


48” Add-on 67215 $199.86 67215D $474.20 67215P $311.44 67315 $233.79 67315D $551.55 67315P $362.49

24” Starter 67221S $246.06 N/A N/A 67221SP $308.86 67321S $272.46 67321D $424.54 67321SP $344.85

24” Add-on 67221 $192.13 N/A N/A 67221P $254.93 67321 $218.53 67321 $370.60 67321 $290.91


36” Add-on 67223 $200.03 67223D $402.54 67223P $289.65 67323 $229.21 67323D $461.11 67323P $329.55


48” Add-on 67225 $206.80 67225D $481.15 67225P $318.39 67325 $240.73 67325D $558.49 67325P $369.43

24” Starter 67231S $307.73 N/A N/A 67231SP $391.46 67331S $342.93 67331SD $548.21 67331SP $439.45

24” Add-on 67231 $245.99 N/A N/A 67231P $329.73 67331 $281.19 67331D $486.48 67331P $377.71


36” Add-on 67233 $257.54 67233D $530.06 67233P $377.03 67333 $296.45 67333D $590.98 67333P $430.24


48” Add-on 67235 $267.24 67235D $644.78 67235P $416.01 67335 $312.48 67335D $712.66 67335P $484.08

**Allmodelsaboveareweldedunits.Alsoavailablein84”and96”widthsand30”depths.

3

3

3

4

60

72

84

96

DiMenSiOnS fOr bulk StOrAge rACkWhenfiguringfloorspaceforthesebulkstorageracks,firstadd4-7/32”tonominalbeamlengthforwidthofsinglesection,thenadd2-15/32”tonominalbeamlengthforeachadditionalsection.Then,add9/16”tonominaldepthofuprightassembly.Also,Racksmustbelevelandplumbandinstalledperassemblyinstructions.

frOnt-tO-bACk SuppOrtS requireDnominal beam

Widthplywood

particle boardSolid panels or Storage

60” 2 1

72” 3 2

84” 3 2

96” 4 2

CApACitieS• UprightCapacity-10,000lbs.perpair• BeamCapacity - 60”=2,600 lbs.; 72”=1,900 lbs.;

84”=1,775lbs.;96”=1,650lbs.perpair• Capacitiesabovearemaximumsafeevenlydistributed

static loads per pair of beams with front-to-back support.Uprightcapacitiesarebasedonbeamcenters nogreaterthan36”

1 Week Delivery

Add-On Starter StarterwithSolidDeck StarterwithWoodDeck

48

Storage


ADjuStAble Wire Shelving (With releASe)

AdjustableWireShelvingisthemostadvancedandinnovativewirestoragesystemavailable.TheuniqueCornerReleaseSystem,whichallowsshelvestobeadjustedquicklyandeasilywithouttools,hasbeenre-engi-neeredtoprovideincreasedrigidity.Adjustablewireshelvingiseasytoassemble,easilyadjustable,andhasamaximumcapacityof2,000lbs.VerticalspacewiththeSuperAdjustableSuperErectawireshelvingcanallowanextrashelvingtiertobeaddedtothestorageunitresultingina25%increaseinstoragecapacity!

Eachkitincludescomponentsforoneshelf;(4)wedges,(4)sleeves,(4)shelfreleases.Manyotherpostandshelfsizesareavailable.PleasecallBastianformoreinformation.

AppliCAtiOnS• Computer&ElectronicIndustries• Restaurant&HotelIndustries• CleanroomApplications• GeneralPartsStorage

OptiOnS• Ledges• Aluminumsplitsleeves• Casters• Security“S”hook• Cantilevershelves• ShelfDividers• Garmenthangerswithbrackets• Hangerrails&hooks• Finishes-Chrome,BrightZinc,andMetrosealII• ColorFinishes-Black,White,&SmokedGlass

COnfigurAtiOnS

4 ShelveS, 63” pOStS, Super ereCtA - brite™ finiSh

Shelf length(in)

18” WideStarter price

18” WideAdd-on price



24” A316BR $190.00 AA316BR $181.88 A516BR $213.75 AA516BR $205.63

36” A336BR $196.25 AA336BR $188.13 A536BR $223.75 AA536BR $215.63

48” A356BR $221.25 AA356BR $213.13 A556BR $255.00 AA556BR $246.88

60” A366BR $250.00 AA366BR $241.88 A566BR $298.75 AA566BR $290.63

72” A376BR $281.25 AA376BR $273.13 A576BR $332.50 AA576BR $324.38

5 ShelveS, 74” pOStS, Super ereCtA - brite™ finiSh

Shelf length(in)

18” Wide

Starterprice

18” Wide

Add-onprice



24” 5A317BR $229.69 5AA317BR $223.44 5A517BR $259.38 5AA517BR $253.13

36” 5A337BR $237.50 5AA337BR $231.25 5A537BR $271.88 5AA537BR $265.63

48” 5A357BR $268.75 5AA357BR $262.50 5A557BR $310.94 5AA557BR $304.69

60” 5A367BR $304.69 5AA367BR $298.44 5A567BR $365.63 5AA567BR $359.38

72” 5A377BR $343.75 5AA377BR $337.50 5A577BR $407.81 5AA577BR $401.56

top Sellers

4-6 Week Delivery

49

Storage


high DenSity StOrAge

flOOr trACk StOrAgeCombinemovableaislesandstationaryendunitstoutilizeallavailablespacewithFloorTrackStorage.Mobileunitincludestwostationaryshelvingunits,specifiednumberofmobileunits,tracksets,andconnectionhardware.

• High-DensityFloorTrackStoragecanincreasethestoragecapacityofagivenareaby50%.• Floortrackscompensateforroughorchoppyfloorsandprovideasmooth,levelsurfacetoguidethemobileunitsinastraightline.• Shelvingunitsassembleinminutes.Theguidingfloortrackiseasilypositionedbetweentwoendunits,whichanchorthesystemandtheguiding

tracktothefloor.• Easytomoveandstoreheavyloads.FloorTrackStorageunitscanholdupto1,200lbs.• DoubleDeepconfigurationscanbecreatedwheretwosystemsare joinedtogethertoincreasetheoveralldepthofthestoragesystemfor

evengreaterstoragecapacity.• Metroshelvingsystemsareofferedinavarietyofwidthsandlengthstofitintoanysizearea.

24” x 48” ShelveS, 4 ShelveS per unit

Model number Dimensions(l x W x h)

(in.)

Description number of Shelves

Weight(lbs.)

Active Aisle(in.)

track length

(in.)

price

2448BR-2 136x50x79 2mobileunits 16 369 31 84 $1,869







Model number Dimensions(l x W x h)

(in.)


Weight(lbs.)

Active Aisle(in.)

track length

(in.)

price







ErgonomicandAccessible-Positionedbetweenstationaryendunits,mobileunitsglideeasilyalongalowprofile,aluminumandstainlesssteeltrackongroovedcasters.TheslopedsidesofthetrackalloweasyaccesstotheActiveAisle.

2-3 Week Delivery

50

Storage


tOp trACk StOrAgeTopTrackStoragecombinesmovableaislesandstationaryenduntistoutilizetheavailablespace.Thetrackisabovethestoragesystemallowingeasymaneuveringinandoutoftheactiveaisleandeasycleaningoffloorsaroundthesystem.

• TopTrackStoragecanincreasethestoragecapacityofagivenareaby30%to40%.• Allowsbetterorganizationofstoredgoodsandpermitsimprovedinventorycontrolwithone-stopdeliveryandpick-up.• Nofloortrackallowsutilitycartstoeasilyrollinto&outoftheactiveaisle.• Theoverheadtracksystemguidesthemobileunitsandopensanaccessaislebetweenanytwounits,wheneveritisneeded.• Easytoassemble-Shelvingunitsassembleinminutes.Tracksattachtosupportrailsoneachstationaryendunitandabovethemobileunits.• Weightcapacitiesonmobileunitsarelimitedto900lbs.Stationaryunitsholdupto2,000lbs.• Choosetheshelvingtypebasedonyourapplication.• DoubleDeepconfigurationscanbecreatedwheretwosystemsarejoinedtogethertoincreasetheoveralldepthofthestoragesystemfor

evengreaterstoragecapacity.


Model number Dimensions(l x W x h) (in.)


Weight(lbs.)

Active Aisle(in.)

track length

(in.)

price








Model number Dimensions(l x W x h) (in.)


Weight(lbs.)

Active Aisle(in.)

track length

(in.)

price







4-6 Week Delivery

51

Storage


Storage CabinetsSAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bA/bjThisonedoormanual,doublewallcabinetisusedtocontainflammableliquidsinprotectedstorage.Availableinsingleanddoubledepth.

• Allweldeddoublewall18gaugeconstructionwith1-1/2”insulatingairspace.• 2”leakproofsilltocontainleaks• Lockableflushmountedhandle(gripperpad)with2keys• Doorhas3pointlockingsystemandradiusedges• Doorisdoublewalled,14gaugeoutside&18gaugeinside• 4”heavydutyweldedhingeswithbrasspins• Twin2”flamearrestervents• Adjustablelevelingfeet• Powdercoatedyellowfinishandsafetysignageinlargeredletters• Galvanizedsteelshelvesadjuston2-1/2”centers• Groundingconnector.• MeetsOSHAandNFPAcode30&UFC79standards• Manualclosedoor(openstofull180°)• Chemicalstoragemaximum-ClassI&II-60gallons,ClassIII-120gallons• Slimlinewidth-23”• SingleDepth-18”,DoubleDepth-34”

Model number Door Closing type Capacity (gal.) W x D x h (in.) # of Shelves Weight (lbs.) price

BA12 Manual 12 23x18x35 1 140 $347.88

BA18 Manual 18 23x18x44 2 170 $421.20

BA24 Manual 24 23x18x65 3 230 $475.80

BJ12 Self 12 23x18x35 1 148 $402.48

BJ18 Self 18 23x18x44 2 178 $475.80

BJ24 Self 24 23x18x65 3 238 $530.40

SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bp/bnThiscabinetisavailableinmanual,bifold,&selfclosedoors.TheBPfeaturesdoublewallcon-structiontocontainpaintandinkcansinprotectedstorage.

• Allweldeddoublewall18gaugeconstructionwith1-1/2”insulatingairspace.• 2”leakproofsilltocontainleaks.• Lockableflushmountedhandle(gripperpad)with2keys.• Doorshave3pointlockingsystemandradiusedges.• Doorsaredoublewalled,14gaugeoutside&18gaugeinside.• 4”heavydutyweldedhingeswithbrasspins.• Twin2”flamearrestervents.• Adjustablelevelingfeet.• Galvanizedsteelshelvesadjuston2-1/2”centers.• Groundingconnector.• MeetsOSHAandNFPAcode30&UFC79standards.• Manualclosedoors(opentofull180°).• Chemicalstoragemaximum-ClassI&II-60gallons,ClassIII-120gallons

Model number Door Closing type Capacity (gal.) W x D x h (in) # of Shelves Weight (lbs.) price

BP48 Manual 48 43x18x44 3 276 $556.92

BP72 Manual 72 43x18x65 5 392 $692.64

BP96 Manual 96 34x34x65 5 488 $839.28

BP120 Manual 120 43x34x65 5 566 $996.84

BN48 Self 48 43x18x44 3 290 $650.52

BN72 Self 72 43x18x65 5 406 $786.24

BN96 Self 96 34x34x65 5 502 $932.88

BN120 Self 120 43x34x65 5 584 $1,090.44

5 Day Delivery

52

Storage


SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet - MODel bM/bSThisdoublewallcabinetfeaturesmanualorselfclosedoorsandisusedtocontainflammableliq-uidsinprotectedstorage.Availableinsingleanddoubledepth.

• Allweldeddoublewall18gaugeconstructionwith1-1/2”insulatingairspace.• 2”leakproofsilltocontainleaks• Lockableflushmountedhandle(gripperpad)with2keys• Doorshave3pointlockingsystemandradiusedges• Doorsaredoublewalled,14gaugeoutside&18gaugeinside• 4”heavydutyweldedhingeswithbrasspins• Twin2”flamearrestervents• Adjustablelevelingfeet• Powdercoatedyellowfinish• Safetysignageinlargeredletters• Galvanizedsteelshelvesadjuston2-1/2”centers• Groundingconnector• MeetsOSHAandNFPAcode30&UFC79standards• Manualclosedoors(opentofull180°)• Chemicalstoragemaximum-ClassI&II-60gallons,ClassIII-120gallons

Model number Door Closing type Capacity (gal.) W x D x h (in.) # of Shelves Weight (lbs.) price

BM22 Manual 22 34x18x35 1 170 $439.92

BM30 Manual 30 43x18x44 1 240 $485.16

BM45 Manual 45 43x18x65 2 358 $585.00

BM60 Manual 60 34x34x65 2 430 $684.84

BM90 Manual 90 43x34x65 2 470 $814.32

BM120 Manual 120 59x34x65 2 540 $1,243.32

BS30 Self 30 43x18x44 1 260 $578.76

BS45 Self 45 43x18x65 2 378 $678.60

BS60 Self 60 34x34x65 2 450 $778.44

BS90 Self 90 43x34x65 2 490 $907.92

5 Day Delivery

All WelDeD StOrAge CenterS With tilt binS

MODel 1125 - 39”W x 27”D x 76”h• 4full-widthshelvesadjustableon3”centers• 12tilt-outbinsperdoor• Exclusive,easyaccessbinsareremovable

price ........................................................................................ $1,172

MODel 1126 - 39”W x 27”D x 76”h• 2fullwidthshelvesadjustableon3”centers• 16removableplastictotes(8-1/4”wx14-3/4”dx7”h)• 12tilt-outbinsperdoor• Exclusive,easyaccessbinsareremovable

price ........................................................................................ $1,368

Model1125 Model1126

2-3 Day Delivery

53

Storage


inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS - 36” WiDe

• Contemporarystylingwithflushfronts,backs,andsides• Roundedfrontcorners• Threepointdoorlockingdevice• Doubledoorsswingfull180°tomaximizeaccess• Pantypereinforcementsmaintaindooralignment• “QuietDoor”operation• Durableheavy-gaugesteelconstruction• 180lbs.shelfcapacity• Shelfadjustmentson2”centers• Backcornersareslottedforquick,easyadjustmenton2”centers• Frontcornersaresupportedwithclipsthatslipintoslotsintheuprightmember

Model number

W x D x h (in.)

# Of Shelves price

1080 36x18x78 4Shelves $445.85

1081 36x18x78 4Shelves $318.69

1055-1 36x18x78 ExtraShelf $24.67

1000 36x21x78 4Shelves $474.69

1001 36x21x78 4Shelves $327.19

1050-1 36x21x78 ExtraShelf $23.94

1090 36x24x78 4Shelves $491.45

1091 36x24x78 4Shelves $357.27

1060 36x24x78 ExtraShelf $15.72

1088 36x18x78 Combinations/4HalfShelves $481.40






inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS - 48” WiDeThesebig,48”wide,24”deepcabinetsreallyfunctionasstorageclosets,offeringmorecapacityandreinforcedshelvesthateasilyhandlebigloadsandbigpackages.Thewidecabinetareaandwiderdou-bledoorspresenteasyaccesstostoreandretrievelargeboxes,bulkyandungainlymaterialsorpiecesofequipment.Withallthefeaturesandconstructiondetailsofthe36”storagecabinets,thesebigunitsareideallysuitedforareaswherenostorageroomexists,orspacelimitationsrequirefewercabinetstohandlemoreitems.

Model number

W x D x h (in.)

# Of Shelves price

1031 48x24x78 4Shelves $517.79


1058-1 48x24x78 ExtraShelf $50.26

AvAilAble COlOrS:**Addthefollowingprefixtothemodelnumbers

DoveGray(DD)

WedgewoodBlue(BB)

Putty(PP)

Black(KK)

2-3 Day Delivery

54

Storage


heAvy Duty All-WelDeD StOrAge CAbinetSTheseheavy-duty12-gaugesteelcabinetsprovideprotectionforvaluabletoolsandmachineparts.Thesecabinetsarebuiltfor“roughandtough”industrialuseandoftenusedfordiestorage.

• 12gaugecabinetand7gaugelegs• 14gaugeshelveswithupto1900lbs.capacity• Shelfheightscanbeadjustedin2”increments• 3-pointlockingsystemincludesapadlockhasponthehandle• Darkgrayfinish

Model number Dimensions(in.)

OAh(in.)

includesheightoflegs

# of Shelves

ShelfCapacity

(lbs.)

Weight (lbs.)

price

35-243 36x24x60 66 3 1900 406 $629

36-204 36x20x72 78 4 1600 435 $686

36-244 36x24x72 78 4 1900 475 $714

45-243 48x24x60 66 3 1200 489 $800

46-244 48x24x72 78 4 1200 573 $865

55-243 60x24x60 66 3 1650 595 $898

56-244 60x24x72 78 4 1650 699 $962

65-243 72x24x60 66 3 1525 726 $979

66-244 72x24x72 78 4 1525 856 $1,154

DOuble-Shift CAbinetSDouble-shiftcabinetsprovidetwoseparatesidessotwopeoplecaneasilyworkoutofonecabinet.Bothsidesarelockable.



OAh (in.)


# of Shelves

ShelfCapacity

(lbs.)

Weight (lbs.)

price

36-DS-248 36x24x72 78 4 950 544 $823

45-DS-246 48x24x60 66 3 1275 547 $905

46-DS-248 48x24x72 78 4 1275 642 $970

56-DS-248 60x24x72 78 4 1600 740 $1,079

66-DS-248 72x24x72 78 4 1950 838 $1,158

CleArvieW CAbinetSClearviewmodelsfeatureclearpolycarbonatewindowsforviewingitemsstoredinside.



OAh (in.)


# of Shelves

ShelfCapacity

(lbs.)

Weight (lbs.)

price

45-LD-243 48x24x60 66 3 1200 487 $1,050

46-LD-244 48x24x72 78 4 1200 571 $1,100

56-LD-244 60x24x72 78 4 1650 699 $1,255

2 Day Delivery

55

Storage


r5pDg-5804

Cabinet30”Wx27”Dx60”H,comeswith11drawers,acentrallockingmechanismandaforkliftbase.

• (2)3”drawers20compartments• (4)4”drawers20compartments• (4)6”drawers16compartments• (1)8”drawer12compartments.

priCe ......................................... $1,368

r5Aee-4407


• (6)3”drawers25compartments• (3)4”drawers25compartments• (2)5”drawers25compartments

priCe ......................................... $1,717

r5Aee-4409


• (2)3”drawers25compartments• (1)4”drawer25compartments• (1)6”drawer16compartments• (1)7”drawer12compartments• (1)8”drawer12compartments• (1)9”drawer12compartments

priCe .......................................... $1,194

Modular Drawer CabinetsModulardrawercabinetsaresturdyanddurable.Thesecabinetsfeaturefullwidthdrawersthathaveamultitudeofcompatibleaccessoriesthatallowsyoutoorganizeyourstoragespaceefficiently.Thesedrawersaredistinguishedbythevastarrayofdimensionsavailable,accessories,andit’sperfectmodu-larity,butmostofall,thesecabinetsareknownfortheirdurability.

feAtureS• 400lbs.capacityallowsthedrawertobeopenedthousandsoftimeswithoutshowingsigns

ofwear• Laststhreetimeslongerthanfourmajorcompetingbrands• 100%openingfordrawers• Newhandledesigneddowntothesmallestdetailtomakeyourworkeasier• Lifetimewarrantyonrollingmechanism• Choiceof(12)cabinetcolorsand(3)handleendcapcolors• Powdercoatpaintfinish

ACCeSSOrieS fOr CAbinetS• Verticalsecuritybartolockalldrawers.• Securitypanelblocksaccessbetweendrawers.• One-Drawer-at-a-timesystempreventsopeningdrawerssimultaneously.• Cabinetlockallowsuserstolockalldrawersatthesametime.• Hangingsidecabinetprovidesextrastorage.• Manydifferentcabinettopsavailableforworkspace.• Manyaccessoriesfordrawersavailable.

2-3 Week Delivery

56

Storage


r5pDg-5806


• (2)4”drawers20compartments• (6)5”drawers16compartments• (2)8”drawers12compartments

priCe ......................................... $1,297

r5bee-3010

Cabinet36”Wx24”Dx30”H,comeswith6drawers,acentrallockingmechanism,6”casters,alaminatedwoodtopandasidehandle.

• (1)3”drawer• (3)4”drawers• (1)5”drawer• (1)6”drawer

priCe .......................................... $1,287

r5xhe-1001

Cabinet48”Wx24”Dx38”H,comeswith7drawers,acentrallockingmechanism,6”casters,asteeltopwithrubbermat,sidehandle,anda14”widehangingsidecabinet.

• (4)4”drawers• (3)6”drawers

priCe .......................................... $1,960

r5ghe-3801

Cabinet48”Wx24”Dx38”H,comeswith3banksofdrawers,acentrallockingmecha-nism,6”casters,alaminatedwoodtop,andasidehandle.

48”widedrawers:• (2)3”drawers20compartments

24”widedrawers:• (9)4”drawers20compartments• (2)6”drawers16compartments• (1)8”drawer12compartments

priCe ......................................... $2,752

r5eke-5801

Cabinet60”Wx24”Dx58”H,comeswith3banksofdrawers,acentrallockingmecha-nism,andaforkliftbase.

60”widedrawers:• (4)3”drawers20compartments• (1)6”drawer16compartments

36”widedrawers:• (4)4”drawers16compartments• (2)6”drawers16compartments• (1)8”drawer12compartments

24”widedrawers:• (2)3”drawers20compartments• (3)4”drawers16compartments• (1)6”drawer16compartments• (1)12”drawer6compartments

priCe ......................................... $3,688

r5jDg-5801

Computercabinet30”Wx27”Dx62”H,comeswithtwoadjustableshelves,akeyboarddrawer,akeyboardriser,abottomshelf,aglassdoorforscreen,asingleinte-grateddoor,andarecessedbase

priCe ......................................... $1,122

2-3 Week Delivery

57

Storage


Hazardous Material Storage

enClOSeD hAzMAt StAtiOnS

EnclosedHazMatStationsarecompletewithlockablehingedlidanddoorsforstoringhazardousmaterialssecurelyoutdoors.

• Easyaccesstotopsofdrums• Solidlyweldedsteelconstructionforextendedlife• Sumpweldsare100%inspectedwithalow-viscoustesttoensureleaktightness• 66-gallonsumpvolumesmeetEPA&UFCrequirements• Coatedwithdurable,corrosionandweatherresistantfinish• Removablegalvanizedsteelgratingforeasycleanup• Four-wayforkliftable

Model number l x D x h (in.)

Shipping Weight(lbs.)

Capacity(lbs.)

Drum Capacity

price

K17-3502 54x34x55 425 1200 2 $1,516

K17-3503 56x56x55 585 2400 4 $1,935

Shelving (OptiOnAl)

Model number Description price

K17-3701 HalfWidthShelfPackage $147

K17-3702 HalfWidthShelfAdder $87

K17-3711 FullWidthShelfPackage $166

K17-3712 FullWidthShelfAdder $103

hAzMAt StAtiOn xt Shelf SySteM

• Self-Supportingshelfsystemrestsongratingandprovidesefficiencyandconvenience whenstoringsmallercontainers.

• Paintedsteelframesupportsheavydutygalvanizedshelves.• Systemdesignedtofitone,two,andfourdrummodels.• Eachshelfprovidesaloadcapacityof150lbs(onedrummodel)and200lbs(2and4drum

models).• Standardsystemincludesshelfstandandoneshelf.Additionalshelvesavailable.• Canbeeasilyremovedintactshouldstoragerequirementschange.• Shipsknock-down;easilyboltstogether



Capacity(lbs.)

Drum Capacity

price

k17-3810 42 x 30 x 79 320 600 1 $929

k17-3820 84 x 30 x 75 430 1200 2 $1,220

k17-3829 (extra Shelf) 36 x 28 6 120 - $64

K17-35023

K17-3502

K17-3852

K17-3854

3-4 Week Delivery

58

Storage


Steel Spill COntAinMent pAlletS

Spillcontainmentpalletshaveaveryruggedconstructionandaremadeofheavygaugesteelthatpro-videsthedurabilityandsecuritydemandedinindustrialapplications.

• Designedforstoring,dispensing,andtransporting• Securestorage-sumpsare100%testedand100%guaranteedleak-free• 66-gallonsumpvolumesmeetEPA&UFCrequirements• Highvaluestoragedurabilitysteelprovidesextendedlifecomparedwithpolyconstruction• Four-wayforkliftable



Capacity(lbs.)

Drum Capacity

price

K17-3101 34x34x18 195 600 1 $279

K17-3102 54x34x14 205 1200 2 $463

K17-3103 54x50x10 270 2400 4 $529

ibC tOte Spill COntAinMent SuMpS

SafelystorehazardouschemicalsinIntermediateBulkContainers(IBC’sortotes)overacompliantspillsump.Oneandtwounitdesignsofferyoutheflexibilitytochoosetherightsumpforyourapplication.

• Sumpofheavygaugesteelforextendedlife• 385gallonsumpvolumeexceedsEPAandUFCrequirements• Sumpweldsare100%inspectedwithalow-viscoustesttoensureleaktightness• Removable,galvanizedgratingforeasyclean-up• Coatedwithadurable,chemicalresistantfinish



Capacity(lbs.)

ibC Sump Dimensions

(in.)

price

K17-3120 53x72x28 550 5,000 53x72 $1,136

K17-3122 60x53x33 585 5,000 60x53 $1,131

K17-3123 120x53x20 700 10,000 120x53 $1,492

Spill CArtS

Spillcontainmentpalletscanbeequippedwithcasters(Twolockingswivelandtwofixed)andahandleforeasymanualtransportationofmaterials.Anylontransportbeltisincludedtosecureonedrum.

• Solidlyweldedsteelconstuctionforextendedlife• Sumpweldsare100%inspectedwithalow-viscoustesttoensureleaktightness• 66-gallonsumpvolumesmeetEPA&UFCrequirements• Coatedwithdurable,corrosionandweatherresistantfinish• Removable,galvanizedsteelgratingforeasyclean-up• Castersmaybeusedwithmostpallets



Capacity(lbs.)

Drum Capacity

price

K17-3106 34x34x40 300 600 1 $675

K17-3107 54x34x40 340 1200 2 $787

K17-3114* 34x34x40 250 600 1 $597

K17-3115* 54x34x40 290 1200 2 $687

*withoutgrating

K17-3103

K17-3122

K17-3107

3-4 Week Delivery

59

Storage


COntAinMent Shelving

Containmentshelvingisdesignedforstoringsmallcontainers.Shelvingisrecessedforcollectingdripsandspills.Thesesystemsareperfectforanylocationwherereactiveorcorrosivechemicalsarestored:Lab,Storeroom,Factory,orOffice.

• Shelvingprovidesphysicalseparationofmaterials• Shelvingmadeofdurablegalvanizedsteel• RecessDepth1-1/2in.• Steeluprightsarecoatedwithacorrosionresistantcoating• Tiersareadjustablein1.5in.increments• Topshelfisaffixedandoffersnocontainment• Shippedeconomicallyina“knock-down”form


# of tiers


loadCapacity per

Shelf

price

K17-1103 36x18x84 4 251 200 $398

K17-1108 36x18x84 4 235 200 $340

K17-1105 36x24x84 4 306 250 $459

K17-1107 36x24x84 4 251 250 $398

CAgeD COntAinMent Shelving

Cagedcontainmentshelvingprovidessecurityandspillcontainmentforsmallvolumecontainersplustheadvantageofprovidinganunobstructedviewofstoredmaterials.

• Restrictaccesstosensitivematerialswithall-steelcaging• Doorsarepadlockableforextrasecurity• Shelvesareadjustablein1-1/2in.increments• 36x24in.heavy-duty11-gaugeshelfpansratedfor250lbs.each• Galvanizedshelvesresistcorrosion• 1-1/2 in.recesscollectssmalldripsandspillsandpreventsshelfcontents frombeingpushed

offtheshelf• Opencageddesignallowsaquickvisualreviewofallstoredproducts• Bottomstoragesectiondoesnotofferspillprotection• Shippedfullyassembled,readyforimmediateuse


# of tiers


loadCapacity per

Shelf

price

K17-3517 36x24x87 4 533 250 $398

K17-3527 74x28x87 8 812 250 $340

K17-1103

K17-3517

K17-3527

3-4 Week Delivery

27

Rack & Pick Modules


Carton Flow RackCarton Flow Rack sets the industry standard for quality construction, tough performance, valu-able versatility and efficiency. Whether it’s a single-bay or a multi-level pick module spanning an entire warehouse, Carton Flow Rack will prove, in every aspect, why it’s consistently the industry’s choice.

Features and BeneFits• Drop-in end members allow for quicker installation.• Intermediate supports increase strength and safety.• Tree section design of the shelf members provide positive connections of all track, guide

and support members.• Guide design with higher steel content enhances durability. • Guide clips resist disengagement.• Knock-down design provides significant freight savings, is easier to handle than welded

designs and installs much faster.• Adjustable impact zone option expands your range of applications.• Standard steel-axle wheels provide enhanced abuse resistance, flow, as well as lower

cost versus steel rollers.• Carton Flow shelves can be ordered with stand-alone Carton Flow uprights, or

designed to fit into any Interlake pallet rack system with openings punched in the sides of the uprights.

Wheel track and Guide enhancements Wheel track and guide enhancements ensure outstanding strength, perfor-mance and reliability. Each track features a connection to the shelf ensuring positive engagement and additional overall shelf strength and rigidity.

Positive shelF connections Positive shelf connections feature a bolted design. The rigid connections of all shelf components and highly efficient knock-down design make for easier handling and significantly reduced freight costs. Installation is simplified with the drop-in feature of the end members.

imPact Zone oPtionImpact zone option for applications requiring protection against loading abuse. Specially configured intermediate support device allows adjustment of track density in the impact zone.

standard steel-axle Wheels Standard steel-axle wheels are ideal for applications demanding increased impact resistance and/or enhanced flow. Provides more than double the wheel strength and up to four times the abuse resistance of most other brands.

carton FloW rack orderinG inFormation

• What is the shelf load?• What is the shelf size?• How many shelves per bay?• What will the shelf tilt be?• How many tracks per shelf?• How many guides per shelf?• What is the box dimension and weight?• What is the upright type?

BudGetary PricinG ............................................................................................................................................................................ $1.300** Price reflects an 96”W x 48”D x 96”H starter unit with 7 lanes per shelf

sqaure Frames layBack Frames

28

Rack & Pick Modules


carton FloW roller track

Carton Flow Roller Track is gravity driven. Product is loaded from behind onto sloped shelve sand easily flows forward to the picking position. Separation of the loading, restocking and retrieval aisles, allows pickers to operate more effieciently. Carton flow systems can grow into multi-level modules to take full advantage of vertical space and let the user maximize warehouse floorspace.

Carton Flow Roller Track installs easily with no hardware and the damage resistant full-width alumi-num rollers provide the flow you need in applications that are very active. Fully assembled units sim-ply drop into the racking system with integrated brackets for slope adjustment. Once installed, the tracks rest below the beam level in the front for maximum storage and a useful product stop. The versatile units will fit into all pallet rack manufacturers’ products and will even install on structural racking with the use of an easy-to-install bracket.

The integrated support bracket is pre-assembled on the roller units and will drop beams placed at varying levels to create a slope towards the pick aisle and promote smooth product flow. Split-case or full-case picking can be done by adding RhinoTrac units to any pallet rack application, and full pal-lets can even be stored above. Utilize the full vertical stocking space and improve efficiency by stor-ing pallets and cases within the same bay.

Features• Carriage Bolt Tie Rods - 1/4” diameter carriage bolt tie rods allow for rapid roller

replacement while holding side channels rigid and sturdy• Brushing - Superior brushing design.• Roller - 3/4” diameter aluminum diamond embossed damage resistent rollers.• Side Channels - 2-1/2” high galvanized steel side channels for increased capacity• Track Support - High strength, integrated track supports adjust to assure proper fit• Compatibility with all pallet rack brands• Easy installation - no hardware required• Damage resistant aluminum rollers• Galvanized side channels supported by heavy duty end-plates for constant impact loading• Standard roller widths - 6”, 9”, 12”, 15”• Standard roller centers - 1”, 2”, and 3” on center

oPtions• Tilt Trays - Angle the product at the pick point for product visibility, ease, and worker ergonomics• Knuckle Shelves - Angles the rollers over beam to place product in proper picking positionfor ease of use• Box Stops - Add to the end of the picking position to ensure product stability

carton FloW roller track orderinG inFormation

• What track width and length is required?• What roller style is needed?• What size roller centers is needed? (standard, impact - charge end, impact - discharge end, impact - both ends)• What is the track capacity?• What is the bottom width, top width, clear, and step dimensions?• What is the channel beam dimensions?

OTB

CLEAR

TOPWIDTH

STEP

BOTTOM WIDTH

OTB

CHARGE SIDEDISCHARGE SIDE

RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB - 4”FOR 3” OR 4” CHANNEL BEAMS

RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB - 7”FOR 2 1/2” OR 2 3/4” WIDE STEPS

29

Rack & Pick Modules


Selective Pallet RacksuPerPostSuperPost is a closed tube option and is available in both Interchangeable and T-Bolt bolted connec-tion pallet storage racks. Because it is a solid tube, it offers a much higher resistance to impact that is common in normal busy warehouse activity. Columns are automatically welded closed during the milling process and bracing is welded against the post for superior torsional resistance. Not only is it more resistant against abuse, but it also carries up to 35% more than an open section upright of the same gauge. For pick modules or warehouses that require a higher capacity upright, SuperPost is a more cost effective solution than heavier open section columns.

BeneFits

• 30% - 40% greater load capacities than same gauge open back design uprights• Over 200 times more resistant to torsional forces• Cleaner - no areas to trap dust and debris• Resists frontal impact five times more than structural columns

uPriGhts

interchangeable - non-Bolted connectionInterchangeable Pallet Rack is an interlocking design with teardrop-shaped punching on 2” centers along the face of the upright columns. Different locking connections are available including the patented Gravity Lock and various spring lock designs to hold beams in place securely and allow for easy relocation.

• Interchangeable teardrop upright columns will accept most industry standard interchangeable beams• Manufactured with or without side holes• Available in open or closed tube sections

t-Bolt - Bolted connectionT-Bolt Pallet Rack is a rigid, bolted design that saves time and money as it does not require installers to reach inside the column.The T-Bolt head simply inserts through the beam connector and column and a quarter-turn locks it into place. It is easily tightened at the front of the post. This front-end-only connection offers the structural strength of bolting with the fastest installation in the industry. T-Bolt style uprights are punched on 3” vertical centers.

• T-bolt upright columns front-end-only connection allows for easy installation because you never need to reach into the column• Extra rigid connection• Available in open or closed tube sections

standard Beam ProFiles

duraBility add-ons

• Heavy duty bracing - can be welded on in the factory to help guard against abuse from pallets being placed in the racking.• Sloped-leg uprights have a front leg that is set back from the aisle protecting the bottom section of the front post from damage in heavy

forklift traffic• Double column uprights provide superior abuse resistance and offer added capacity to the frame. Available in front post only or front/rear posts• Straddle protectors are designed specifically for reach trucks or applications where damage occurs within the first 6” of the frame height. • Wood-filled columns are unarco’s own patented system of inserting a specially slotted hardwood insert into the column. Wood absorbs the

shock of impact and limits column damage.

30

Rack & Pick Modules


interack-30Interack-30® of roll formed selective pallet rack products provides efficient use of space and immediate access to every load stored. With the industry’s largest selection of sizes, gauges and accessories, Selective Pallet Rack is the right solution for most every storage need.

The foundation of the Interlake rack system is it’s unparalleled beam-to-upright connection and automatic locking device. The stud design and column punching draw tighter together under load to create the indus-try’s most sturdy and secure connection while maximizing system capacity. The proprietary beam-to-upright locking system engages automatically upon beam seating, facilitating installation and re-profiling, while pro-tecting against accidental beam release. The piston lock is damage and tamper resistant, and stays snugly in place during use.

Features and BeneFits• Immediate access to every load provides efficient use of floor space and minimizes load/unload time.• Automatic beam to frame locking device reduces installation time, facilitates re-profiling and pro-

tects against accidental disengagement.• Patented beam to frame connection combines high capacity with the most rigid and secure rack

system in the industry.• Designed to exceed the most current RMI (Rack Manufacturers Institute) specifications for

maximum safety.• A wide variety of sizes, gauges and accessories to custom-fit any application.

standard Beam ProFiles

accessories• Flanged Crossbar• Roll-In Crossbar for Slotted Beams• Galvanized Row Spacer• Column Splice• Concrete Anchor• Column Protectors• 90° Defender Base• S-Defender Base

selective Pallet rack orderinG inFormation

• What are the dimensions of the pallets being used? • What is the average load wieght?• What is the dimensions of the load being stored?• What frame type is required? (welded, bolted, or structural)• What type of beam is required? (roll formed or structural)• What beam length is required?• How many pallets per beam is needed?• How many beam levels per bay will there be?• What is the verticl beam spacing?• How many pallets deep is needed?

uPriGht sPeciFications• Standard color - Vista green• Overall Height - Available in 2” vertical increments from 4’ to 30’ tall.• Overall Depth - Available in 2” wide increments from 20” to 72” deep.• Construction - Cold roll-formed, high strength steel with 55,000 PSI minimum

yield strength.• 2” vertical centers - No dead spots. Freedom in beam placement.

31

Rack & Pick Modules


selective Pallet rack PricinG

All items below are available through the quick ship program, which ships within 48 hours. These items are the most commonly used pallet rack com-ponents. The quick ship program offers over 50 products to chose from. There is no minimum order size and there are flexible freight options from five strategically located distribution centers. Other sizes available through quick ship that are not listed below. Please call Bastian for more details.

roll-Formed Beams, slotted steP, Painted oranGe

section length(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

capacity(lbs.)

Price

IB32EH04800RCA4000 48 12.20 6590 $13.96

IB32EH09600RCA4000 96 21.80 3230 $21.07

IB36EH09600RCA4000 96 23.70 4130 $21.82

IB40EH09600RCA4000 96 24.70 5030 $22.64

IB47EH09600RCA4000 96 27.60 3370 $24.47

IB50EH09600RCA4000 96 27.60 7160 $24.95

IB50EH10800RCA4000 108 30.70 6420 $27.30

IB50EH12000RCA4000 120 33.80 5630 $29.48

IB59EH14400RCA4000 144 45.80 5970 $39.99

* Capacity valid when connected to uprights

roll-Formed Welded Frames

Part number column dimensions (in.)

dimensions(in.) (h x d)

Weight(lbs.)

capacity(lbs.)

Price

IE025F09636G000000 3 x 1-5/8 96 x 36 50 19,300 $60.81

IE025F09642G000000 3 x 1-5/8 96 x 42 53 19,300 $62.31

IE025F09648G000000 3 x 1-5/8 96 x 48 55 19,300 $63.92

IE025F12042G000000 3 x 1-5/8 120 x 42 62 19,300 $69.20

IE025F14442G000000 3 x 1-5/8 144 x 42 77 19,300 $83.58

IE025F14448G000000 3 x 1-5/8 144 x 48 80 19,300 $85.74

IE025F19242G000000 3 x 1-5/8 192 x 42 102 19,300 $111.36

IE075F14442G000000 3 x 3 144 x 42 96 30,600 $92.79

IE075F19242G000000 3 x 3 192 x 42 126 30,600 $121.77

IE075F21642G000000 3 x 3 216 x 42 141 30,600 $134.19

IE075F24042G000000 3 x 3 240 x 42 157 30,600 $159.76

* Capacity listed at 48” maximum vertical shelf spacing

Pallet rack accessories

Part number Weight(lbs.)

item type Price

IA501S00600Z000000 1 6” spacer $2.67

IA501S01200Z000000 2 12” row spacer $3.38

IA025B03600Z000000 4 36” roll-in crossbar $4.24



IA575L02400R000000 3 24” column sheild $10.76

IHASB10001DP000000 0.3 25F shim $0.22

IHASB10041DP000000 0.5 75F shim $0.29

IHAAH10094DP000000 0.3 1/2-13 x 3-3/4 anchor $0.62

* Includes material handling hardware

** Price may vary due to increasing steel surcharges. Please call Bastian for more information.

2 Day Delivery

32

Rack & Pick Modules


Rack DeckingWire mesh rack deckinGConstructed of cold-drawn steel, wire mesh rack decking goes up fast and lasts and lasts. Whether you’re upgrading an existing storage system or creating a new one, its no-nuts/no-bolts assembly makes for fast no-nonsense installation. Its steel is protected by an oven-baked, gray enamel paint finish for years of maintenance-free use. Ideally suited for facilities with sprin-kler systems, wire mesh rack decking meets all fire and safety regulations.

The mesh design keeps items from falling through the rack system and it lets you quickly per-form visual inventory checks. The steel mesh provides greater structural strength than other materials without providing a resting place for dust and dirt.

Features• Economical • Virtually maintenance-free • Open design for quick visual inventory checks • Quickly upgrade existing system or create a new one • Meets fire and safety requirements • Criss-cross mesh design keeps items from falling through • Lightweight • Easy installation. No hardware needed, just drop in

accessories & sPecial desiGnsAccessories are economical options that allow storage separation and can also pre-vent product from falling off rack when used as a backstop.

• Wire Mesh Hanging Dividers - These dividers are easy to install. They simply hang from the wire decking on the rack level above. • Clip-on Dividers - Clip-on dividers are also easy to install. With the tap of a mallet, the clips slip tightly and securely over the wire.

Wire mesh sPecial deckinG desiGns• Heavy-duty channels will give your wire decking greater capacity strength (+6000 lbs. loads)• Metal strips can be added to your wire decking for heavy, point-loaded applications• A reverse waterfall can be added on the back of your wire deck to create a backstop• Deck extensions or additional decking can bridge spaces between rack systems for added storage space• Turn U-Channel upside down to eliminate dust

standard siZe PricinG

Wire mesh rack decking for Box / structural Beams (2-1/2” x 4” mesh Pattern)

deck size (in.)(d x W)

capacity *(lbs.)

Weight/deck(lbs.)

Price

36 x 46 2,600 19.2 $21.90

36 x 52 2,600 20.7 $23.54

36 x 58 2,600 21.9 $24.72

42 x 46 2,500 23.5 $26.48

42 x 52 2,500 25.2 $28.27

42 x 58 2,500 26.5 $29.72

48 x 46 2,400 33.2 $36.36

48 x 52 2,400 35.1 $38.52

48 x 58 2,400 36.6 $40.01

4-5 Day Shipment for quantities of 499 or less

* Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range.

** Quantity discounts available

rack deck orderinG inFormation

• What is the Rack type?• What is the load beam length?• What is the maximum capacity per pair?• What is the beam type?• What is the beam to beam depth?• Is a standard or flushfit deck required?• Is a waterfall required? If so, would it be inside or outside? • What is the length?• What is the load per deck?

C

D

Diagram "A" Diagram "B"

B

A D

Beam DimensionsC

Box Beam Application

AA

Step Beam Application

B

C

DECK TYPE "A"

B

DECK TYPE "B"

Wire mesh rack decking for 1-5/8” step Beams (2-1/2” x 4” mesh Pattern)

deck size (in.)(d x W)

capacity(lbs.)

Weight/deck(lbs.)

Price

36 x 46 2,500 17.2 $19.66

36 x 52 2,500 18.7 $21.25

36 x 58 2,500 19.9 $22.43

42 x 46 2,000 19.8 $21.97

42 x 46 2,500 21.2 $23.15

42 x 52 2,000 21.5 $23.74

42 x 52 2,500 22.9 $24.98

42 x 58 2,500 24.2 $17.74

44 x 46 2,400 22.4 $24.58

44 x 52 2,400 24.2 $26.37

48 x 46 2,000 22.8 $24.87

48 x 46 2,500 25.9 $28.24

48 x 52 2,000 24.7 $26.96

48 x 52 2,500 27.9 $30.33

48 x 58 2,500 29.4 $31.82

2-3 Day Shipment for quantities of 750 or less

* Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range.

33

Rack & Pick Modules


Pallet Flow RackFor pallet storage solutions with a first-in/first-out flow, look to Interlake’s pallet flow rack systems. Pallets are loaded at one end of the rack and glide effortlessly and safely to the other, making full use of the storage space available and ensuring the faces along the picking aisle are stocked.

These heavy-duty systems are designed for years of trouble-free operation with rugged load-bearing wheels and a patented braking system that eliminates the hassles of electrical or pneumatic braking devices. Inventory turnover is quick and efficient, whether you’re moving merchandise strictly on pallets or as part of an order picking system.

An infinite variety of layouts are possible with pallet flow storage depending on the individual flow rates and order picking requirements. Order picking can be accomplished through inner sections or at the end of the system. Stations can be positioned at different levels. Every phase of your operation is considered to provide you with the most efficient tailor-made system possible.

Features and BeneFits

• No mechanical equipment or manpower is needed to move loaded pallet to the exit end• Produces an almost solid volume of usable storage space• Provides savings in space, manpower, utilities• First-in/first-out is beneficial in the storage of a perishables

Pallet FloW systems

A first-in/first-out retrieval system, pallet flow storage can double or triple capacity compared to drive-in or conventional pallet rack. It’s ideal for freezer warehouses, food distribution centers, or for storage of high-volume consumer goods. If your operation involves a significant amount of pallet or carton order picking, pallet flow can save you time, warehouse space and money.

Pallet flow is designed to satisfy an order quantity mix that requires unit load picking and broken unit load picking of both fast and slow moving items, with less than 100 different items at a high through-put.

2 deeP ............................................................................................................................................................... $165 Per Pallet Position3+ deeP ............................................................................................................................................................. $300 Per Pallet Position** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

Pallet FloW rack orderinG inFormation

• What is the clear height and clear area in building?• What are the dimensions and weight of the load?• What are the dimensions and weight of the pallet?• What type of frame is required? (welded, bolted, structural)• What type of beam is required? (Roll Formed, Structural)

• What is the Beam length?• How many pallets will there be per beam?• Number of beam levels per bay?• Vertical beam spacing?• Number of Pallets Deep?

34

Rack & Pick Modules


Cantilever RackCantilever rack is a solution for storing long or bulky items like carpet rolls, furniture, lumber, tubing, textiles, piping, and other long items. With no aisle uprights to limit the use of horizontal space, cantilever offers a practical solution for the storage of even the most difficult to store items. Available in roll formed and struc-tural steel designs.

roll FormedThe Lok-Joint features a pin locking system that provides the strongest, safest arm-locking method in the industry. When the arm pins engage in the column slots, the connection gets stronger when the rack is loaded (within allowable limits). Arms are quickly adjustable up or down in 3-inch intervals and can be easily removed or replaced.

structuralThis multilevel, high density storage system is designed and engineered to offer superior strength, stability and safety. Bases and arms are bolted directly to the cantilever uprights to provide a simple, yet extremely strong and safe storage rack system. The bracing system is pre-punched and factory welded in proper place. Arms are vertically adjustable every 4” for maximum versatility, and all components are treated with a durable powder coat paint finish for unsurpassed aesthetics and resistance to scratches. Optional pipe stops are available to help keep loose loads securely in place.

8’ heiGht sinGle sided (Four sets oF arms) ....................................................................................................................................... $480 - $730douBle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ................................................................................................................................... $730 - $960

12’ heiGht sinGle sided (six sets oF arms) ........................................................................................................................................... $670 - $900douBle sided (tWelve sets oF arms) ......................................................................................................................... $1,150 - $1,400

16’ heiGht sinGle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ................................................................................................................................. $1,050 - 1,500douBle sided (sixteen sets oF arms) ........................................................................................................................ $1,900 - $2,130** Price is based upon an 8’ wide bay.

Stack RackStack racks are durable, portable, collapsible, shippable, low cost stacking racks that reduce costly product damage associated with bulk stacking, offers better space utilization, product identification and easier han-dling of product. Portable stacking racks combine the unit load capabilities of a pallet and high density stack-ing without load-on-load contact.

• Capacities of 2,000 to 4,000 lbs. per rack • Available with either 2 sided or 4 sided fork lift entry • Selection of 28 different post heights (16” to 48”) • Selection of 3 rack base styles (open, wood, steel) in 15 different sizes • Selection of 4 rack base additions including casters, fork stirrups, skids or beam rests • Selection of 6 different deck styles • Selection of 6 accessories to improve efficiency, including 4 vertical post options, shelf angles for

multi-layering of flat products needing separation and a transport cart matched to any base selected • End and side frames also available

Frames For Wood Pallets ....................................................................................................................................................... $60 - $100With steel Pallet Bases .......................................................................................................................................................... $90 - $160

** Price above is based upon 2,000 lb. capacity per frame, to stack 5 high

35

Rack & Pick Modules


Push Back RackPush Back systems are for high-density, multiple-product storage situations. It’s designed to optimize the use of your storage area while still combining excellent selectivity and a maintenance-free design. As each pallet is loaded, it’s placed on a free-rolling carriage that is literally pushed back into the system by loading additional pallets. When unloading, gravity moves the pallets forward to the aisle on the telescoping carriages, eliminating the need for reaching or driving into the rack. Everything can be accessed from a single aisle in a first-in/last-out arrangement, minimizing space requirements and maximizing the number of picking faces. Push-back systems are available in two-, three-, four-, or five-deep pallet configurations.

Designed to streamline the storage and retrieval process in warehouses and distribution centers that experi-ence high throughput turnover, Push Back Rack provides more picking faces and requires fewer aisles.

Features and BeneFits• Uprights provide the ideal frame work for push back systems.• Exceptional space utilization allows for efficient storage and facilitates product accessibility.• High selectivity of multiple SKU storage results in increased throughput.• Structural cart construction maintains cleanliness and is great for food storage applications.• Gravity moves loads to the aisle for increased accessibility.• A wide variety of options and configurations assures a system that can be optimally designed for

your unique application.

sPeciFications• Tracks - 3” structural channel• Pallet cart capacity - 3,000 lbs. Per pallet• Standard pallet widths - 40 in”, 42” and 48”, others optional• Standard pallet length - 48”, others optional• Finish - powder coated paint for durability

2 deeP ........................................................................................................................................................................................ $95.00 - $135.003 deeP ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $130.00 - $160.004 deeP ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $150.00 - $180.005 deeP ...................................................................................................................................................................................... $175.00 - $200.00

** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

Drive-In/Drive-Thru RackDrive-In / Drive-Thru rack is a unique storage solution. Loads are densely stored in lanes several positions deep, and lift equipment actually enters the rack structure in order to store and retrieve them. Drive-In/Drive-Thru rack is ideally suited to operations where a large quantity of relatively few SKUs are stored.Overall square footage needs can be reduced by 35% or more as compared to standard selective rack. This allows for significantly reduced building costs for a new facility or for storage of a greater number of pallet loads in an existing warehouse. Drive-In/Drive-Thru rack may be designed specifically for your needs, in a multitude of heights and depths, and with a wide variety of components. A Drive-In rack structure contains a common entry and exit point for each storage bay. Drive-Thru features access to a storage bay on both the front and back of the bay. Also available in structural steel.

Features and BeneFits• The highest density storage solution available, and the ideal solution for large volume storage of

like product.• Welded frame construction delivers high rigidity and strength.• High storage density reduces space costs and holds more loads.• A wide variety of available components allows use of either roll formed or structural components

with many arm and rail combinations.• Designed with safety as a primary concern, along with functionality, looks and long life.

drive-in (2 deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................. $70.00 - $100.00drive-in (3 deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................... $60.00 - $90.00drive-in (4+ deeP) .................................................................................................................................................................. $50.00 - $80.00drive-thru (2 deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $75.00 - $115.00drive-thru (3 deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $65.00 - $105.00drive-thru (4+ deeP) ........................................................................................................................................................... $55.00 - $95.00

** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions, assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high, standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2,500 lbs. per pallet, structural or roll formed steel

36

Rack & Pick Modules


Picking TechnologiesBastian prides itself on being a single source for the integration of picking technologies. Through years of practical experience we have learned how best to deploy specific technologies to meet your business requirements. Learn more about the picking technologies that can best support your requirements.

BeneFits oF PickinG technoloGies over PaPer Based systems

• Real-time information on order progress and status• Faster, more efficient picking operations with a reduction in the labor required• Fewer picking errors leading to greater customer satisfaction

Which technoloGy is Best For your aPPlication?

Consider the investment cost, productivity and pick density (picks per unit of travel). Keep in mind that a single picking technology may not be the best solution for your operation. Many facilities use a combination of several picking technologies to meet their business needs. Below is a chart explaining the different operations of each picking technology. Picking technologies can be integrated with existing ERP/WMS applications or as a part of the Exacta® Suite of supply chain software.

rules oF thumB

Pick to light (Ptl)

Pick to display(Ptd)

Pick to voice(Ptv)

rFhandheld

smartcart

setup - One device per locations - Easy to install/reconfigure- Needs a separate link box (communication and power hub for every 100 devices)

- One device every 2 loca-tions (above and below device)- Easy to install- Device itself act as commu-nication hub

- One device per operator- Uses 802.11 wireless net-works- Device independent

- One device per operator- Uses 802.11 wireless net-works- Device independent

- Can utilize Pick to Light or Pick to Display technology- Uses 802.11 wireless net-works-Multiple application specific configurations

ease of use - Hands Free - Does not require daily main-tenance - Simple training involved- Easy reconfiguration and expansion- Normal view angle- Quick replacement of bad devices

- Wider view angle- Fewer devices cause less maintenance- Quick replacement of devices - Small Dimensions - Easy reconfiguration and expansion- Voice option with devices

- Hands Free- Wearable equipment- Requires daily maintenance (recharge, headset segrega-tion etc)- Multilingual

- Portable- Versatile- Easily expanded to accom-modate for changes in volume- Multiple pickers per zone, if required

- Portable - Versatile- Option for light and table PC integration

operations - Throughput – 300 to 450 lines per person hr- Operators do not have to look for a pick location - Scalable implementations- Used in picking and put operations- Adjustable pick quantities

- Throughput – 300 to 450 lines per person hr- Adjustable pick quantities- Ability to withstand rugged working conditions- Increases picking accuracy and efficiencies - Adjustable display light intensity- Ability to show product images- Self test/diagnosis capability

- Throughput 80 to 200 lines per person hr- Operators have to look for a specific pick location - Single operator can service large number of locations- Scalable number of opera-tors in a processing area.

- Throughput 80 to 160 lines per person hr- Operators have to look for a specific pick location - Single operator can service large number of locations- Scalable number of opera-tors in a processing area.- Voice compatible devices available

- Pick or put operations - Batch or wave picking- Single operator servicing multiple locations- Small cube items

display - Quantities to Pick/put- Device comes with different color options

- Display product Image- Display quantities to pick- Arrows pointing to locations- Display background color for locations - Display text- Display product attributes (Lot# etc)- Configurable color scheme for background and text

- No Display - Multiple display options- Touch screen operations- Color or Monochrome- Multilingual Options- Configurable screens with full color picture

- Can integrate Pick To Light or Pick To Display to system.- Full system display capabili-ties through tablet PC

applicationsBest used

- High speed picking - Put to store- Kitting- Manufacturing- Used with low number of items with high volumes

- High speed picking - Put to store- Kitting- Manufacturing- Used with low number of items with high volumes

- Freezer applications- Full case picking- Used with large number of items spread across a large area- Heavy products

- Receiving- Cycle counting- Inventory control- Shipping- Batch/Wave Picking- Stocking- Replenishment

- Pick multiple orders at same time-Batch picking operations by reducing walking/travel time- Returns / Stocking

37

Rack & Pick Modules


Pick to liGhtThe Exacta® AcculightTM Pick (Put) to Light systems offered by ASAP Automation are an accurate and efficient method for picking, putting, sorting and assembling products or parts. Pick to Light (PTL) systems produce significant productivity gains in a variety of applications.

Picking instructions are displayed immediately and are easy for an operator to read and understand. The WMS or host system is updated in real-time as the operators use the Pick to Light (PTL) system. ASAP Automation also provides the flexibility to use Pick to Light (PTL) as a standalone transactional processor or it can be integrated into ASAP Automation’s Exacta® WMS or other WMS/ERP systems.

BeneFits oF Pick to liGht (Ptl)

• No Equipment to carry or wear, hands free operation• Operators can quickly see the location and quantity to pick• Easily mounts to virtually any type of shelving or rack• Typical pick rates are 290 - 425 line/person hour• Can be integrated with exsisting software system

tyPes oF Pick to liGht

• Standard - A big full-lighting switch which can be viewed easily from a distance. Setting lighting mode, the light can blink upward or downward to correctly indicate its location. Comes in red, blue, or green

• No digit pick to light - Used on locations where quantity does not need to be displayed. Can be used as “completion switch” after picking or sorting of one order is finished

• Three-digit pick to light - Easily applicable for picking or sorting tasks• Five-digit pick to light - Can display case pick quantity and broken case quantity at the same

time. It can also display location number and pick quantity at the same time• Triple color pick to light - One device can display three different colors: red, green, and blue

Hi intensity full-lighting applicable for color-coded work operations• Two-two pick to light - This device can display case pick and broken case pick quantities• Pick to light with quantity adjustment keys - Operator can change pick or sort quantity to

match the physical quantity. The changed quantity can be sent back to the host computer by pressing the designated switch

• Pick to light with ten-letter alphanumeric display - Compact and inexpensive, suitable at each Bay or Zone, providing easy reference to operators

Pick to liGht orderinG inFormation

• What is the application?• What is the maximum number of operators?• What is the total number of locations requiring devices? • What is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay?• What host system will be integrated to?

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht ................................................................................................$100 - $115 Per location** The price includes: Work indicator devices, Pick devices, Bus rail, Bus rail accessories, Power supplies, Ethernet link boxes and mechanical installation. The price listed above does not include the soft-ware to run the Pick to Light hardware, ERP/WMS integration software, computer hardware, or project management. Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements.

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht soFtWare ............................................................................................. $14,000 - $25,000 ** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones and interface requirements (1-5 zones)

Standard Five-Digit Alpha-Numeric

Two-Two Quality Adjustment

38

Rack & Pick Modules


PTD mounting bus bar for quick installation and easy repositioning

Navigation buttons to scroll down to additional screens

Color-coded, bright display screen provides detailed information

Product picture for easy operator recognition

Bright red light indicator

“Task Complete” button instan-taneously communicates trans-actions

Speaker for voice-directed picking

BeneFits oF Pick to disPlay• A single device can control multiple locations• Color coded, providing the flexibility for multiple operators within a single picking zone• Ability to display special instructions, packing information, or custom warnings for hazardous goods• Use text to display product attributes (lot code, expiration date) • No equipment to carry or wear• Hands free operation• Typical pick rates are 300 - 450 line/person hour• 8 times as fast as paper list picking• Can be integrated with Pick To Light or Pick To Voice systems.

Pick to disPlay orderinG inFormation

• What is the application?• What is the maximum number of operators?• What is the total number of locations requiring devices? What is the number of locations to be

controlled by a single device?• What is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay?

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay ........................ $140 to $150 Per location ** For typical picking operations (standard carton flow rack with approximately 1,000 SKU locations)

** The price includes: Work indicator devices, Pick devices, Bus rail, Bus rail accessories, Power supplies, and Mechanical installation. The price listed above does not include the software to run the Pick to Display devices, ERP/WMS integration software, computer hardware, or project manage-ment. Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements.

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay soFtWare .......................... $14,000 - $25,000 ** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones

Big readable pick numberColor-coded for special instructions Shelf/cell graphics to easily locate products

Pick to disPlayMost light directed picking devices present the operator with only a number for the quantity to pick. Pick to Display (PTD) has the added capabilities to display text, an image of the product, and/or play audio files recorded in any language to remind the operator of the action they are to take. This can be an absolutely essential feature for the U.S. warehouse manager hiring non-English speaking workers or for senior managers contemplating standardizing warehouse operations across their global supply chain. These additional features help the pick operator prevent an order from being fulfilled incorrectly.

39

Rack & Pick Modules


Pick to voice

ASAP Automation provides a Pick To Voice (PTV) system that employs rugged, belt-mounted terminals and lightweight headsets to free up an operator’s hands and eyes, allowing them to be more focused on the task at hand. More focus leads to safer, more productive workers out on the floor. The flexibility of the Pick To Voice (PTV) system’s terminal and headset also allow operators to be more comfortable in cold-storage and other environments that might require special clothing or other peripher-als. Companies currently using Pick To Voice (PTV) technology are reporting greater employee satisfaction and productivity over previously used systems.

The software ASAP Automation developed for our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution pro-vides seamless integration with existing systems and offers proven scalability. The soft-ware is able to deliver and interpret communications in multiple languages and speech patterns, ensuring that each operator is understood and feels comfortable with the system. With no manual data entry, labels to handle or lists to read, our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution can drastically improve operational performance and the bottom line.

BeneFits oF Pick to voice (Ptv) • Lightweight belt terminal and headset for increased operator comfort • Hands free operation• Minimal training time• Increase Productivity by up to 25%• 99.5%+ accuracy levels• Reduce Training Time by 50% • Proven scalability and seamless integration • Can be ran on Symbol devices• Payback often in less than 12 months

aPPlications• Cooler/Freezer Picking• Picking And Packing• Case Picking• Each Picking• Batch Picking• Wave Picking• Put To Store

hoW Pick to voice Works1. Assignments for selection, replenishment, put-away, etc., are generated by the host system, such as WMS or ERP, and are transmitted via a

wireless network to wearable computer or handheld devices.2. Pick to Voice translates the assignment into speech commands that direct a person to an aisle/section and slot location. Operators confirm

the location by speaking a numeric identifier into their headsets3. Pick to Voice responds “Pick 3” or “Confirm quantity replenished”. When the task is complete, the operator responds with the next assignment.

For additional accuracy, the last few digits of the item’s product code, or other information like the product’s weight, may be verified. When assignments are complete, operators request their next assignment from the queue.

Pick to voice orderinG inFormation

• What is the application?

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice ....................................................................................................................................... $3,900** Per operator. Price includes wearable computer, belt, high performance battery, and headset. Software user licensing not included

BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice soFtWare .............................................................................................................. $45,000** Price includes a 5 user picking system with standard interface to host

40

Rack & Pick Modules


rF handheld (rFid reader caPaBle)

RF offers an easily scalable solution to help meet your needs today and as your com-pany grow.s RF is a flexible solution, allowing operators to move with the device to the work to complete.

Exacta® MobileTM applications from ASAP Automation include receiving, put-away, re-plenishment, single/batch/wave picking, and cycle counting. Exacta® Mobile’sTM browser based screens are highly configured to deliver the most important information from business processes in real time.

With Exacta’s open architecture, a variety of data collection devices can be used including Symbol, Dolphin, Intermec, LXE, Percon, and Telxon. Exacta® MobileTM was developed using the .NET framework and supports WiFi 802.11 standards.

BeneFits oF rF handheld• Increased inventory control • Increased picking speed and accuracy over paper picking• Provides real time updates to the supply chain software• Provides scalability to support small, medium, large and multi-site systems • Integrated with ASAP Automation’s Exacta® MobileTM software, offers

customized user screens displaying only required information to employees • Exacta® MobileTM screens can incorporate product images and support

multi-lingual operations

caPaBilities oF rF handheld• Typical pick rates are 120 - 190 lines/person hour.• Single order and/or batch picking• Immediate discrepancy handling• Customizable user information screens

exacta BroWser Based screens

rF handheld orderinG inFormation

• What is the application?• What is the number of operators at one time?• Will the RF be used for a single shift or multiple shift operation?• Would wearable RF or long range scanners be preferred?• Would any other picking application be desired, such as Pick To Voice?• Will the operators be using any other MH equipment? (forktrucks, lifts, etc.)• Is there an existing 802.11 RF network?

BudGetary PricinG For rF handheld ....................................................................................................................................... $2,800** Price includes handheld and lithium ion battery

BudGetary PricinG For exacta moBile rF system ........................................................................................................... $48,000

Symbol WT4090

Symbol MC9000

41

Rack & Pick Modules


smartcart

Bastian’s wireless based SmartCart allows batched order picking for higher pick rates than conventional shelving or case flow rack. Exacta’s graphical touch screens direct the operator to both the pick and putaway locations. Put lights can be provided on the cart to further speed up the process. Custom cart designs are available to meet specific tote or carton batch requirements. The lithium ion cart battery is specified to provide at least one full shift of operation before having to be recharged. SmartCart can be quickly added to your operation to meet variable peak demand or seasonal picking.

BeneFits oF smartcart• SmartCarts are good for picking larger batch or groups of orders. You can pick

up to 16 orders within a cart with almost 100% accuracy rates. With RF not more than 3 totes on a cart are recommended to have minimal pick errors.

• SmartCart can also be used for replenishing the locations (putaway process) with a batch of 16 to 20 products at the same time.

• SmartCart can come with Pick To Light and Pick To Display devices at each location on a cart or a tablet PC on the cart. Tablet PC can give graphical display of route or locations for the convenience of the operators.

• SmartCarts can also be used for picking in conjunction with RF devices. They use the same wireless infrastructure as RF devices

• If your picking zone is more spread out and operators have to travel longer distances for picking several orders at the same time, then SmartCart can minimize travel time by efficient routing for multiple orders.

• Typical pick rates are 90 - 150 lines/person hour.

smartcart orderinG inFormation

• What is the application?• Number of light directed devices per cart?• Is there an existing 802.11 RF network?

aPPlications• Small parts• Kitting/assembly• Batch Picking• Wave picking• Put to Store• Replenishment Support• Kanban Support

BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc .......................................................................................... $6,200 Per cart (software not included)

BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc and inteGrated Pick to disPlay technoloGy ............................................................................................... $8,400 Per cart(software not included)

Totes

Apparel

42

Rack & Pick Modules


Vertical Storage vertical liFt modules (tray storaGe systems)

A Vertical Lift Module (VLM) is an automated storage and retrieval unit consisting of an extractor mechanism located between two sections of stationary racking inside a metal enclosure. A series of trays inserted in the front and rear racks are used to store product. When activated, the extractor device brings a requested tray from the rack to a workstation built into the front of the unit.

VLMs enable a relatively large inventory to be directed to a picker at one fixed location. By eliminating the climbing, reaching, and bending necessary to pick from multiple levels, VLMs produce a more effi-cient “parts to picker” instead of “picker to parts” workflow, increasing worker safety and productivity. VLMs are used to increase storage density, throughput, and material handling efficiency, while reducing inventory losses and labor costs. They efficiently deliver product to the operator, yielding a low-floor-space way of storing, securing, and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools.

Leading companies use VLMs to increase storage density, throughput, and material handling efficiency while reducing inventory losses and labor costs. They efficiently deliver product to the operator, yielding a low-floor-space way of storing, securing, and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools. VLM’s are often used in the jewelry, pharmaceuticals electronic, and automotive industries.

Features and BeneFits

This Vertical Lift Module is an enclosed, automated high-speed, high-density storage unit housing trays of items that are stored and retrieved. Moving up and down its center is an inserter/extractor system. The extractor stores and retrieves trays with loads up to 880 lbs, from vertically positioned slots on the front and rear of the unit, and delivers them to its ergonomically designed pick window or workstation.

• Controls and Software - From calling trays by number with the keypad to• fully automated software solutions that manage an entire warehouse, there is a

control package available for any level of automation that is desired.• Powerful, Heavy-Duty Vertical Rack-and-Pinion Drive - VLMs eliminate chain

drives and uses rack-and-pinion drives for greater speed and reliability.• Fast Payback (ROI) - Increased operator efficiencies and higher space utilization

allow companies to recover their investments quickly – often in less than a year.• Patented Ergonomic Tilt-Tray - VLMs offer an optional tilt-tray system. The tray is

presented to the operator at an ergonomically correct 45 degree angle which reduces bending and reaching, and increases visibility into the tray cells.

• Software-Controlled Light Pointer - A software-controlled light pointeridentifies the pick location by focusing a high intensity light beam on the location, increasing accuracy and efficiency.

• Dual-Tray Delivery System - Automatically retrieves the next tray while the operator is still picking from the current tray so that wait-time is reduced.

• Cube Utilization/Space Savings - VLMs make full use of available overhead space, saving up to 96% of valuable floor space.

• Flexibility - Vertical storage systems can accommodate a wide variety of products. Tray heights can be mixed for easy reconfiguring to maximize storage efficiency.

• Productivity - VLMs increase productivity by eliminating walk and search time. Items are delivered to the operator in an ergonomic pick window.

• Accuracy - Order and inventory accuracy are greatly enhanced by integrating software, bar code readers and light pointer options.

• Ergonomics/Safety - Climbing, stretching and bending common to walk and search picking applications are eliminated as the VLM delivers all requested items to the operator at a comfortable, uniform counter height.

• Ergonomic Adjustable Counter - The VLM has an adjustable counter height, allowing operators of different heights to work at an ergonomically correct picking level.

• Security - Inventory is kept clean and secure within the VLM. Controls can be password protected and doors are lockable, preventing unauthorized personnel from accessing contents.

BudGetary PricinG .......................................................................................................................................................... $28,000 - $37,000

4

Lift, Load, & Work Positioners


Lift TablesErgonomic Work PositionErErgonomic work positioners are extremely rugged and reliable machines. Available in many basic sizes and capacities to lift and position loads up to 12,000 lbs. at heights to 98 inches. These lift tables offer low pressure hydraulics for an increased seal life. Lift tables provide an ergonomic solution to reduce worker injury and fatigue while improving productivity and safety. The wide range of power options, controls, table-tops, and base configurations that can be specified for each of the many basic sizes provide the user with greater application flexibility. Lift tables can be utilized for a wide variety of tasks including machine feeding, work positioning, assembly, order picking, and pallet loading.

standard Lift tabLEs

model number

capacity (lbs)

standard Platform (wxl in.)

raised Height (in)

Weight(lbs)

standard Platform Price

oversized Platform price

Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price

LS2-24 2000 24 x 36 30-3/4 500 $2,757 $2,943 $3,338

LS2-36 2000 24 x 48 42-3/4 600 $2,184 $2,443 $2,774

LS2-48 2000 24 x 66 56 950 $3,211 $3,518 $3,889

LS3-42 3000 24 x 56 48-3/4 725 $4,050 $4,314 $4,665

LS4-24 4000 24 x 36 30-3/4 550 $3,216 $3,489 $3,797

LS4-36 4000 24 x 48 42-3/4 650 $3,026 $3,294 $3,645

LS4-48 4000 24 x 66 56 1000 $3,772 $4,085 $4,470

LS5-42 5000 24 x 56 49 775 $4,758 $5,022 $5,373

LS6-24 6000 24 x 36 31-3/4 600 $3,694 $3,977 $4,280

LS6-36 6000 24 x 48 43-1/4 725 $3,797 $4,060 $4,416

LS6-48 6000 24 x 66 56 1050 $4,451 $4,758 $5,148

LS8-36 8000 30 x 60 45 1350 $7,100 $7,393 $7,657

LS8-48 8000 24 x 66 57 1350 $7,740 $8,032 $8,398

LS12-36 12000 30 x 60 46 1500 $7,979 $8,262 $8,633

HigH travEL Lift tabLEs

model number

capacity (lbs)

standard Platform (wxl in.)

raised Height (in)

Weight(lbs)



Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price

LS2-60 2000 24 x 86 70 1300 $4,768 $5,100 $5,500

LS2-72 2000 30 x 102 82 2000 $7,515 $7,896 $8,330

LS2-84 2000 30 x 120 94 2200 $8,530 $8,852 $9,443

LS4-60 4000 24 x 86 70 1375 $6,271 $6,603 $6,993

LS4-72 4000 30 x 102 82 2100 $8,691 $9,072 $9,501

LS4-84 4000 30 x 120 94 2300 $10,014 $10,443 $10,926

LS5-60 5000 24 x 86 68 1450 $6,988 $7,325 $7,715

LS6-60 6000 24 x 86 70 1450 $7,437 $7,774 $8,164

LS6-72 6000 30 x 102 84 2200 $10,765 $11,141 $11,595

LS6-84 6000 30 x 120 98 2500 $11,907 $12,346 $12,825

LS8-60 8000 24 x 86 70 1700 $9,174 $9,633 $10,019

2 Week Delivery

top sellers

5



cost EffEctivE, LoW caPacity LiftsCost Effective, Low Capacity are available in three basic configurations: Stationary, Portable with DC power and Compacts with extended vertical travel in a small footprint. Capacities are from 500 lbs. to 1,500 lbs. with vertical travel up to 35” depending on model. These rugged, dependable, low capacity lifts are packed with features, including:

• Low pressure hydraulics• Fast raising and lowering• Fully adjustable down speed• Heavy-duty torque tubes minimize deflection• Lubricated for life pins, rollers and bushings• Full width straight through axles for increased stability throughout the travel range• Heavy-duty hoses for maximum burst strength• Tell-tale return hydraulic line prevents fluid spillage• Built-in safety chocks• Bolt-on power unit is neat, clean and allows for easy access to all components• Abvailable in compact models

model number capacity (lbs.)

standard Platform (W x L in.)

raised Height (in.)

Weight(lbs.)



LSO5-30 500 12 x 24 36 175 $2,115 N/A

LS1-30 1,000 16 x 24 36 200 $2,115 $2,266

LS1.1-26 1,000 20 x 36 31-1/2 255 $1,694 $1,855

LL1.5-35 1,500 24 x 48 41-1/4 450 $1,855 $2,015

2 Week Delivery

LoW ProfiLE HydrauLic LiftGet the advantage of four sided accessibility without the expense or hassle of digging a pit for your lift table. Low Profile lift tables have a collapsed height as low as 3 inches. A unique low profile ramp allows them to be fed with a hand pallet truck. Recommended for Stacking and unstacking, Pallet loading and unloading, and work positioning.

• Low profile-may be used with hand pallet truck.• Collapsed height is 3”• Zero reachover• Four side accessibility• Can have turntable top• Can be relocated• Cost effective low profile solution• Ramp available in two styles - standard and low clearance. The sur-

face for both styles is diamond tread. Maximum ramp length is 48”. Longer than standard 18” ramp may be required to reduce the angle of incline for unstable and low clearance loads

• Not recommended for manually handled loads over 2,000 lbs.

model number capacity (lbs.) standard Platform (W x L in.)

raised Height (in.)

Weight(lbs.)



LM-05 500 24 x 66 35 540 $3,850 $4,075

LM1 1000 24 x 66 35 560 $3,904 $4,133

LM2 2000 24 x 96 35 600 $4,236 $4,455

LM4 4000 24 x 66 35 650 $5,139 $5,363

2 Week Delivery

oPtions

Roller ramp w/ diamond plate ................................................................... $625

Bellow skirting ............................................................................................... $669(installed, vinyl, black & yellow, 3” pleats. Requires min. top size of 32” x 74”)

Additional hydrualic hose ........................................................................... $6 /ft.

Without power unit and controls .............................................. Deduct $776

Motor starter/transformer ......................................................................... $190(for 208, 230, 460 three phase operations)

One touch auto leveling .............................................................................. $776

6



HigH sPEEd Lift tabLE

High Speed Electric Hydraulic Lift Tables are used by all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table, brass velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure, 24V AC push-button hand control, maintenance prop, and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear. 2HP, 460V, 3 phase, 60 Hz totally enclosed motor standard, other voltages available. 3000 psi hydraulic component rating.

• Adjustable upward travel limit switch• Rugged deep section scissor legs for superior strength• Hinged Maintenance Prop• Pinch Point Guard Standard• Brass Safety Velocity Fuse in hydraulic actuator prevents sudden drop• State of the Art Bearings for long life - pins and bearings are replaceable• Push Button Control is a standard feature on all units• Travel Time - rise speed is 8 and and lowered speed is 11.2 seconds

model number Platform size (W x L)

(in.)

capacity(lbs.)

raised Height(in.)

Lowered Height(in.)

voltage/Phase

Weight(lbs.)

Price

EHLT-4048-3-43 40 x 48 3,000 43 7 460/3 800 $2,411

EHLT-4048-4-43 40 x 48 4,000 43 7 460/3 850 $3,055

EHLT-3060-3-43 30 x 60 3,000 43 7 460/3 725 $2,411

EHLT-3060-4-43 30 x 60 4,000 43 7 460/3 800 $3,055

2 Day Delivery

fLoor HEigHt Lift tabLE

These lift tables lower to floor or near floor height so that they can be fed and offloaded by hand pallet trucks. An elastomeric front edge prevents toe injury. Recommended for Stacking and unstacking, Pallet loading and unloading, Work positioning (ie. operator working from an 8” to 10” platform)

• Lowers to floor height - may be used with hand pallet truck• Higher capacities• Can be relocated with a fork truck• Elastomeric front edge designed to yield when proper footwear is worn preventing

toe injury

model number

capacity (lbs.)

standard Platform (in.)

raised Height (in.)

Lowered Height(in.)

rise time(sec.)

Weight(lbs.)


ZLS2-35 2,000 50 x 48 35-3/8 3/8 45 1425 $4,360

ZLS4-35 4,000 50 x 48 35-3/8 3/8 48 1440 $4,588

ZLS6-34 6,000 50 x 48 35-3/8 1/2 63 1865 $6,726

2 Week Delivery

7



fLusH mount turntabLEs

The built-in turntable is essentially flush to the table platform in a clean, uncluttered design. The turntable bearings and support are under the platform and do not substan-tially increase the lowered height over that of comparable lifts without turntables. The turntable sits only 3/16” higher than the surrounding platform and is rotationally locked when the lift is in the full down position. Flush Mount turntable lifts are available in stan-dard Southworth Backsaver Lift capacities to 4000 lbs. Turntables are available in 2 sizes; 20” and 43” diameter and are fitted into a limited number of platform sizes. The 43” diameter model can even be pit mounted. Price is add-on price, lift table sold separatley.

oPtions• No Coast, No Drift Package - Fast acting hydraulic valving, which decreases

upward coast, for use where more precise positioning is desired• Hi Cycle Package - Special bearing packages and regreasable pivot points for

moderately high and high duty cycle applications

capacity(lbs.)

diameter(in.)

Low Height(in.)

minimum Platform (in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

2,500 20 7/8 24 x 36 300 $927

4,000 43 7/8 48 x 48 500 $1,122

2-3 Week Delivery

LoW ProfiLE PoWEr turntabLE

This low profile turntable will allow operators to stack cases on its top. To ease operator ergonomics, the operator can rotate the turntable in 90 degree increments via a foot switch. An operator pushbutton station is also included in the event the operator would like to fine tune the table rota-tion or place stretch wrap around the load. It also features a momentary pushbutton for clockwise and a momentary pushbutton for counter-clock-wise rotation.

• Turntable base plate consists of 1/4” plate. Around the perimeter of this plate are (8) cam rollers, their mounts welded to the base plate

• The turntable top will consist of a ½” thick plate that is 78” in diameter. This plate will ride on top of the cam rollers described above

• The center of this plate has a flange bearing bolted to it to keep the plate cen- tered on the turntable

• Plate also features a roller chain sprocket to control the turntable rotation.

• The drive for this turntable will be an SEW-Eurodrive gear motor, 460/3/60, that resides outside the 78” turntable underneath the operator platform.

• Includes a proximity switch to sense one of four flags around the perimeter of the turntable. When the footswitch is engaged, turntable will rotate until a prox sees the next flag.

• Includes lifting lugs for installing/rigging turntable

WaLkWay ramP

• This ramp will wrap around approximately 60 degrees of the turntable• Consists of welded structural steel design, treadplate top.

baE-Ptt20 .................................................................................................................................................................................................. $6,600

4-6 Week Delivery

8



PaLLEt PositionErs

PoWErEd-HydrauLicWhen loads, weights, pallet sizes or product dimensions vary greatly, a powered pallet positioner with total operator control is the solution. A foot control allows the operator to adjust the load to an infinite number of positions up to 32-3/4” (plus pallet height), so it’s always at the most comfortable working height. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side. Available in 2,000 and 4,000 lbs. capacities.

model number capacity (lbs) voltage Weight (lbs.) Price

PPH2-24 2,000 115/1/60 700 $3,245

PPH4-24 4,000 115/1/60 760 $3,670

PoWErEd-PnEuamticThe powered-pneumatic option has all the features of the hydraulic unit but operates on shop air. A heavy duty air-bag positions loads up to 4,000 pounds with as little as 80 psi. A foot valve allows the operator to adjust the load to any position up to 33-1/2” (plus pallet height), so it’s always at the most comfortable working height. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side. Available in 2,000 and 4,000 lbs. capacities. Works great with PDI truck on page 105.

model number capacity (lbs) Psi Weight (lbs.) Price

PPA2-24 2,000 80 PSI 640 $3,245

PPA4-24 4,000 80 PSI 660 $3,670

fuLLy automatic PnEumatic-actuatEd (in stock!)The pneumatic option provides all the performance of the spring unit, but uses an airbag that operates on shop air. Designed for use where pallet loads vary widely and are changed frequently. The airbag spring combination provides virtually linear response, and the spring provides a measure of safety by supporting the unloaded turntable in the event of accidental air loss from the airbag. Fittings and tubing are simple with only two connections. The unit is equipped with fork pockets for easy relocation and to provide a stable base that does not require lagging.

capacity (lbs) Lowered Height (in.) raised Height (in.) Weight (lbs.) Price

400-4,500 9-1/2 28 615 $1,950

PnEumatic LitEThe Pneumatic Lite has a load range that satisfies extremely light loads . It constantly adjusts the top of the load to the proper elevation to eliminate the repetitive motion of bending, reaching and twisting. Fork pockets are standard to easily position the lift where ever it is needed.

The Pneumatic Lite comes with triple convolution air bag with dual spring assist. (Springs do not have to be changed to handle varying load weights.) The unit is filled with air to a pressure corresponding to a desired capacity. It has a full range by regulating the pneumatic charge. One model is available for loads ranging from 100 lbs. to 1,500 lbs.

capacity (lbs)

base frame (W x L)

(in.)

turntable (in.)

compressed Height

(in.)

raised Height

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

1,500 32-1/2 x 40 43 5/8 10-7/8 27-7/8 500 $2,595

** Demo Units Available

sPring-actuatEdThe Spring-Actuated Pallet Positioner is ideal for most applications. With inherent stability and no power sources or connections, the fully automated mechanical Pallet Positioner is virtually maintenance free. The turntable is easily rotated even when fully loaded and allows for near-side loading and unloading without walking around the unit.

capacity (lbs) Lowered Height (in.) raised Height (in.) Weight (lbs.) Price

4,500 9-1/2 28 420 $1,950

1 Week Delivery

9



fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift

With internal hydraulic power, floor level pallet truck lifts lower to floor height so pallets can be rolled on and off with a hand pallet truck. The lift is then easily adjusted by pushbutton or foot switch control to maintain an ideal height for manual loading and unloading. The narrow side and back panels allow for easy reach over for 4 side access.

• Photo-eye provides toe protection• Platform locks in partially up position to allow relocation• Availabe One-Touch Auto Leveling provides up or down adjustment by a

preset increment at the touch of a button

model number capacity (lbs)

Platform size(in)

Lowered Height (in)

raised Height (in)

Weight(lbs)


ROLLC2.5-28 2,500 52 x 48 3/8 28-3/8 1,250 $4,290

ROLLC4-28 4,000 52 x 48 3/8 28-3/8 1,500 $6,198

2 Week Delivery

fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift WitH turntabLE

For even greater convenience, floor level pallet truck lifts are now available with a built-in, hand pallet truck accessible 360° turntable. The phot-eyes are on three open sides for optimal protection.

• Portability transport feature requires a fork truck or hand pallet jack with a minimum of 72’’ long forks

• Hinged ramp is 24’’ long on one 44’’ end. Folds up onto turntable platform when portability feature is used

• Platform must be raised approximately 5’’ before turn table can be rotated

• Turntable is 44’’ wide x 48’’ deep with 3’’ high guides with “D” shaped handles on 48’’ sides

model number capacity (lbs)

Platform size(in)

Lowered Height (in)

raised Height (in)

Weight(lbs)


ROLLC3-28 2,500 44 x 48 2 30 2,400 $9,687

2 Week Delivery

oPtionsOne touch auto leveling ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ $795

10



Mobile Lift TablesThese inexpensive lifter transporters make any job easier. Mobile Lift Tables are essential anywhere that lifting, positioning, assembling, stacking, unstacking, transporting or the need for an adjustable height work surface is part of the job. Mobile Lift Tables are available in several different types:

• Low profile for use with skids, containers, or pallets• The Dandy Leveler™which raises and lowers automatically as loads change• The Dandy Tilter, which reduces reaching and stretching when working with small parts in totes or junior containers

model number capacity(lbs.)

Platform dimensions(in.)

raised Height(in.)

Lowered Height(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

L-150 330 17.7 x 28 29.0 8.3 81.4 $660

L-250 550 19.7 x 31.5 31.7 9.5 114.4 $750

A-500 1100 23.6 x 35.8 36.6 11.8 193.6 $995

A-800 1760 23.6 x 39.4 40.2 13 275 $1,240

A-350W 770 23.6 x 35.8 49.8 13.6 228.8 $1,335

M-500L 1100 19.7 x 37.1 29.5 3.2 173.8 $1,640

F-500L 1100 19.7 x 37.1 29.5 3.2 167.2 $1,640

DT-350W 770 23.6 x 35.4 55.3 13.8 228.8 $1,370

DLV-150 330 17.7 x 28 26.1 15 3/10 100 $850

DLV-500 1100 23.6 x 35.8 31.5 16 1/2 210 $1,260

a-500 & a-800 (1100 & 1760 Lb. caPacity)

• Lifts to over 3’• 20:1 mechanical advantage hydraulic

system• Parking lock• Steerable caster-type wheels• Attractively finished in enamel paint

and chrome• Infinite height adjustment within range

m-500L & f-500L (1100 Lb. caPacity)

• Two types for use with skids or containers, and plastic pallets

• Infinite height adjustment within range• Parking lock• Steerable caster-type wheels• Attractively finished in enamel paint

and chrome

dLv-150 & dLv-500 (150 & 500 Lb. caPacity)

• Automatically adjust loads to ideal• height for feeding or off-loading• Minimizes bending and reaching• Simple structure is virtually mainte-

nance free• Supports diverse loading needs• Caster lock for parking• A simple turn of the adjusting knob

adjusts for varying load weights

L-150 & L-250 (330 & 550 Lb. caPacity)

• Ideal for light industrial handling• Attractively finished in enamel paint

and chrome• Parking lock• Steerable caster-type wheels• Infinite height adjustment within range

a-350W (770 Lb. caPacity)

• Over 4’ of lifting height• Parking lock• Rapid rise• Steerable caster-type wheels• Attractively finished in enamel paint

and chrome• Infinite height adjustment within range

dt-350 (750 Lb. caPacity)

• Combines lifting, tilting, and transporting in a single unit

• Ideal for use with junior wire containers, pans or tote boxes

• Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome

• Infinite height and tilt adjustment within range

2 Day Delivery

11



foot PumP HydrauLic Lift tabLEsIdeal for positioning dies and fixtures, lifting and transporting machine parts, and feeding presses. Solid steel top raises and lowers on one central lifting cylinder. Moves between jobsites on smooth-rolling casters. 500lbs. to 6000 lbs. capacity models include floor lock.

standard duty• 500 lbs. capacity• Solid steel top and base construction with two support posts• Feature 2 rigid and 2 swivel 4” phenolic resin roller bearing casters with floor locks• Table size - 18” x 18”• Lowered height - 30-1/2”. Raised Height - 47-1/2”• 3/8” lift per stroke• Shipping weight - 122 lbs.

Lt-05-1818 ............................................................................................................................ $521

HEavy duty• 6,000 lbs. capacity• 2 rigid and 2 swivel 6” phenolic resin roller bearing casters with foot operated floor lock• Solid steel top and base construction with four support posts and push handle• Table size - 24” x 36”• Lowered height - 37”. Raised Height - 59”• 3/8” lift per stroke• Shipping weight - 330 lbs.

Lt-60-2436 .......................................................................................................................... $1,175

PoWErEd Lift tabLEsPowered lift tables comes with a remote control for raising/ lowering. Magnets on back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table. With a minimally charged battery, unit can be used while recharging.

• 2,000 lbs. capacity• Charge typically lasts throughout a whole shift• Standard floor lock holds table steady for loading and unloading• Easy to read illuminated battery status voltmeter• Three light LED battery charge status indicator• Table size - 24” x 36”• Lowered height - 37”. Raised Height - 59”. Remote control for raising/lowering. Magnets on

back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table• Shipping weight - 432 lbs.

PLt-20-2436 ....................................................................................................................... $2,016

vaLuE Lift tabLEs• Capacity - 500 lbs.• 4” Polyurethane casters, 2 rigid, 2 swivel with floor lock• Foot operated pump and release• Table size - 18” x 18”• Lowered height - 30”. Raised Height - 48”• Shipping weight - 153 lbs. Ships knocked down

vLt500 .................................................................................................................................. $381

** Other models in different capacities available. Please Call Bastian for more information.

LT-05-1818

LT-60-2436

LT-60-2436

VLT500

4-7 Day Delivery

12



Work PositionersPaLLEt rotator/invErtErWith the ability to handle pallet loads measuring up to 48” x 48” x 60” high, the Pallet Inverter is a simple, rugged machine designed to invert entire pallet loads. This model can handle pallets from 36’’ wide x 30’’ deep x 32’’ high up to 48’’ x 48’’ x 60’’. Other clamp openings available. Standard voltage is 460/3/60. The pressure adjustable clamping mechanism easily secures loads up to 4,400 pounds and rotates them 180 degrees on a massive anti-friction turret bearing.

Dual clamping (both platens move equally toward center, resulting in the load center being near the center of rotation, this means lower stress on the rotating mechanism as opposed to a “single clamp”). Use of cylinders and chains equalizes movement and clamp force. Some of its uses are:

• Replace broken pallets• Switch loads to/from in-house or shipping pallets• Transfer from pallets to slip sheets• Replace damaged goods at the bottom of the load

modelnumber

capacity(lbs.)

base dimensions(W x d x H)

(in.)

max.opening

(in.)

min. opening

(in.)

clamp speed

(per sec)

overall dimensions(W x d x H)

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

SR-44-60 4,400 52 x 85 x 83 60 30 2 96 x 85 x 89 4,000 $23,263

2 Day Delivery

ZEro Lift & tiLt tabLEsThe ZLTT is designed to lift materials to an ergonomic working height, and then tilt them to an ergonomic working position. It is pallet truck loadable. Top may be tilted separately from the base. Unit is constructed of steel and painted blue.

• 45º Maximum Tilt• NEMA-4, 24 Volt, Push Button Hand Control with four buttons, provides maximum

adjustability with separate lift and tilt controls • Industrial quality, 56 frame, 2 HP motor delivers best torque with minimal amperage

draw and maximum life• Electric pinch point guards on front and sides of platform protect personnel• Electronic toeguard on load / unload edge of platform• Upper travel limit switches • Brass Velocity Fuse in cylinder prevents drop of table in event of hydraulic failure• Optional Features - Foot control with guard, warning beeper, electric toeguard on

load/unload side of platform

model number Platform size(W x L)

(in.)

capacity(lbs.)

Lowered Height

(in.)

raised Height(in.)

overall size(W x L x H)

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

ZLTT-4452-2-36 44 x 52 2,000 1/2 36 69 x 54 x 24 2121 $4,313

ZLTT-4452-4-36 44 x 52 4,000 1/2 36 69 x 54 x 24 2173 5265.00

ZLTT-5252-2-36 52 x 52 2,000 1/2 36 77 x 59 x 24 2205 $4,410

ZLTT-5252-4-36 52 x 52 4,000 1/2 36 77 x 59 x 24 2257 $5,321

ZLTT-4472-2-48 44 x 72 2,000 1/2 48 69 x 79 x 24 2950 $4,663

ZLTT-4472-4-48 44 x 72 4,000 1/2 48 69 x 79 x 24 3013 $5,833

ZLTT-5272-2-48 52 x 72 2,000 1/2 48 77 x 79 x 24 3045 $4,761

ZLTT-5272-4-48 52 x 72 4,000 1/2 48 77 x 79 x 24 3129 $5,931

1-2 Week Delivery

13



PortabLE tiLtEr

Portable Tilters have casters that allow them to pick up staged containers and move them to the work cell. Baskets can be tilted up to 85 degrees to allow easy access to parts. Portable Container Tilters are available in 2,000 and 4,000 pound capacities and feature 12 Volt DC power and a built-in charger.

Choose Fork-Over design (PTU models) for containers with open bottoms. Or pick Straddle design (SPTU models) for containers with reinforcing bars or closed bottoms.

• PTU-2 DC - 35 cycles per battery charge• PTU-4 DC - 70 cycles per battery charge

model number capacity(lbs.)

maximum tilt (°)

voltage Weight(lbs.)

Price

PTU-2 2,000 85° 12 675 $2,894

PTU-4 4,000 85° 12 990 $3,470

SPTU-2 2,000 85° 12 900 $3,597

SPTU-4 4,000 85° 12 1,250 $4,172

sParE cHargEr ......................................................................................................................................................................................... $142

2 Week Delivery

airbag tiLtEr

The pneumatic tilter presents the unit container to the operator at an ergonomic position. The tilter can be loaded with a forktruck with a flat platform top of 54” x 54”. The optional ball table top allows for loading from adjacent roller conveyor.

Typical applications allow for loading or unloading containers in a lean manufactur-ing “U” shaped workcell arrangement. The tilter includes a hand operated manual pneumatic valve on pedestal. Solenoid valve control is also available.

Load capacities are 1,500 lbs. and 3,000 lbs. Other capacities are available, please contact Bastian for pricing information.

• Overall length is 44”• Overall width is 44”• Features heavy duty stuctural steel frame• Ball transfer tabletop• Chain height stop

1,500 Lb. caPacity basE PricE .......................................................................................................................................................... $2,7503,000 Lb. caPacity basE PricE .......................................................................................................................................................... $3,135

baLL transfEr toP ............................................................................................................................................................................... $2,200(3” Centers)

4-6 Week Delivery

14



PaLLEt stackEr/disPEnsErA Pallet Stacker is used to stack empty pallets so they can be delivered to the appropriate area. A Pallet Stacker is a heavy duty, low discharge stacker that will typically be fed by an automated conveyor system. A Pallet Stacker/Dispenser can stack/dispense pallets at the rate of 1 pallet per minute.

A Pallet Dispenser is a key component to many automated pallet handling systems. It takes a stack of pallets and dispenses them individually from the bottom of the stack. The stack is typically fed into the dispenser machine with a fork truck, but can also be loaded with a pallet handling conveyor. A pallet stacker is similiar to the dispenser but completes the process in the opposite function.

fEaturEs• Heavy duty welded steel construction• Two piece assembly for ease of installation• PLC controlled• Standard pallet dispenser to handle 40” x 48” x 5-3/4” wooden pallet. Handles other pallet

sizes as well• Magazine holds stack of pallets up to 7’ tall. (14-15 pallets)• Other sizes available upon request• Hydraulic lift table to provide the lifting of the stack of pallets• Pneumatically actuated dogs (both sides)pivot into the fork pocket openings of

the second• Dual-strand conveyor 8’ long total (3’ outside dispenser footprint)• Other lengths available• SEW-Eurodrive gearmotor, end drive configuration• Includes Filter/Regulator and pneumatic lockout valve• Turnkey PLC control package available• Has low pressure switch to shut down machine if the air pressure is lost

bEnEfits• Long lasting, rigid, durable• Comes in two pieces to minimize field assembly• Our extensive experience has resulted in a design that nearly eliminates pallet jams

PLc controLs• Diagnostics built into the control logic for quick troubleshooting capabilities• 3D parametric modeling makes standard design easy to adapt to custom applications

budgEtary PricE ................................................................................................... $26,400** Base price includes controls, engineered approval drawings, and testing prior to shipment

4-6 Week Delivery

HydrauLic box dumPErsThese heavy duty container dumpers are specifically designed to dump gaylord boxes, gondolas, wheeled carts, and many other types of containers. Our dumper units can increase employee produc-tivity and decrease the risk of injury due to bending and lifting. EVI container dumpers are completely self-contained and are virtually maintenance free.

• Available in (3) standard capacities: 2000, 4000, and 6000 pound lift • Stainless and / or washdown construction and components available • Easy access to hydraulic and electrical components • Rugged, 4-bolt, sealed, flange bearings at main pivot point. Bearing is re-greasable and easy

to replace. • Easy operation - dumper can be stopped anywhere in the up/down cycle by simply releasing

the push-button control • Sealed hydraulic system to promote longer cylinder life • Optional liquid tight boxes for coolant management • Custom dump heights and box sizes • Heavy duty mounting stands • Gated enclosures - significantly increases safety for automated systems • Optional power up / power down feature for all models

budgEtary PricE ..................................................................................................... $6,000** Price includes dumper only

safEty EncLosurE ................................................................................................. $2,000** Enclosures are (3) sided including a hinged door with latch

1 Week Delivery

15



Steel Hoppers

LoW ProfiLE 90° sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErsUnits have a full 90° dump angle with a cushioned rubber bumper stop. The low profile design is essential for convenient loading. Dumping with a forklift is quick and simple. A cable is pulled from the seat of the forklift to dump the hopper. The unit returns to an upright and locked position when lowered to the ground. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the forklift. 22 “L usable fork pockets measure 7” W x 2” H on 11-5/8” centers. Unit includes robotic welds to offer a leak proof design. Formed base thickness is 1/4”. Blue powder coat finish.

model number volume(cu. yards)

capacity(lbs.)

overall size(W x d x H)

(in.)

fork Pocket centers

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

LigHt duty - 12 gaugE stEEL

H-25-LD 1/4 2,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 11-1/2 219 $428.48

H-50-LD 1/2 2,000 25 x 5- /4 x 28 11-3/4 256 $488.80

H-100-LD 1 2,000 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 21-3/4 347 $583.44

H-150-LD 1-1/2 2,000 49 x 51-3/4 x 41 21-3/4 486 $666.64

mEdium duty - 10 gaugE stEEL

H-25-MD 1/4 4,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 11-1/2 219 $448.24

H-50-MD 1/2 4,000 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 11-3/4 256 $511.68

H-100-MD 1 4,000 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 21-3/4 395 $598.00

H-150-MD 1-1/2 4,000 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 21-3/4 463 $739.44

HEavy duty - 8 gaugE stEEL

H-25-HD 1/4 6,000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 11-1/2 219 $471.12

H-50-HD 1/2 6,000 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 11-3/4 282 $538.72

H-100-HD 1 6,000 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 21-3/4 462 $666.64

H-150-HD 1-1/2 6,000 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 21-3/4 540 $841.36

sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErs WitH bumPEr rELEasEHopper automatically dumps when bumper release contacts side of dumpster. Hopper returns to an upright and locked position automatically after it dumps. Also includes a cable that may be operated from the seat of the fork truck to manually dump the hopper. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the fork truck. Usable fork pockets are 7-1⁄2”Wx2-1⁄2”H.Constructedwithroboticweldstoofferaleakproofdesign.D-33,D-50,D-75 and D-100 are stackable if you stack the top hopper turned 90° from the bottom. Base fork pockets are 3/16” thick. Powder coat blue finish.

model number volume(cu. yards)

capacity(lbs.)

overall size(W x d x H)

(in.)

fork Pocket centers

(in.)

Weight(lbs.)

Price

LigHt duty - 12 gaugE stEEL

D-100-LD 1 2,000 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 18 524 $620.88

D-200-LD 2 2,000 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 28 725 $746.72

D-300-LD 3 2,000 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 28 991 $1,267.76

mEdium duty - 10 gaugE stEEL

D-200-MD 2 4,000 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 28 725 $810.16

D-300-MD 3 4,000 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 28 991 $1,347.84

HEAVy DUTy - 8 GAUGE STEEL

D-33-HD 1/3 6,000 26 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 18 412 $500.24

D-50-HD 1/2 6,000 33-1/2 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 18 452 $537.68

D-75-HD 3/4 6,000 31-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 18 560 $570.96

D-100-HD 1 6,000 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 18 622 $756.08

D-150-HD 1-1/2 6,000 43-1/2 x 69 x 52 28 747 $875.68

D-200-HD 2 6,000 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 28 777 $1,006.72

D-250-HD 2-1/2 6,000 69-1/2 x 69 x 52 28 900 $1,270.88

D-300-HD 3 6,000 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 28 991 $1,406.08Bumper Release

1-2 Week Delivery

16



Workplace Ergonomics - How To Spot Safety ProblemsWorkPiEcE fEEding and off Loading The feeding and off loading of machines is a process which requires continual lifting and positioning of work pieces. Workers in these activities often develop production-robbing fatigue and even more serious cumulative trauma disorders. Worker fatigue can also result in damage to work pieces or equipment. By using lift tables, lifter trans-porters, or palletizing devices to accomplish level (no lifting) feeding and off loading, many of these injuries and costly downtime can be avoided.

muLti-LEvEL assEmbLyMany light assembly activities such as those in the electronics industry require workers to bend, stoop, squat, and stretch in order to reach various levels and sides of assemblies. Continuous activities of this type can lead to fatigue, decreased productivity and possible injury. Instead of working from a variety of uncomfortable and inefficient posi-tions, workers should use powered mechanical lifting equipment to raise and lower the workpiece to more comfort-able and productive working positions. In many cases, the addition of a turntable allows the worker to have access to all sides of the work without walking.

fEEding and off Loading LargE PiEcEsThis is a job that often requires two people and involves bending, reaching and stretching. By continuously maintaining sheets at a level height, lift tables simplify the feeding and off loading process and allow the job to be handled by one person without the danger of lifting injuries.

Loading and unLoading PaLLEtsThis is a common operation in warehousing and distribution. The bending, lifting, and reaching required is not only strenuous and fatigu-ing, but it can also result in injury to the back or other parts of the body. The use of the spring or pneumatic actuated Pallet Pal Level Loader, which automatically adjusts in height as the load is progressively added or removed, allows the operator to load with little or no lifting. It also allows the operator to rotate the pallet for near side loading and unloading.

Working out of Parts baskEtsBending, reaching, stretching, and lifting can be serious problems when removing parts from baskets. Since this is usually a repetitive process, the danger of injury increases with time. By using lifting and tilting equipment, baskets can be positioned so that the worker can remove the parts from the top to bottom of the basket with minimal effort.

transPortingWhenever flatbed trucks or dollies are used, workers frequently are required to lift material or equipment from the truck to a bench or machine. In such cases, the danger of lifting related injuries can be greatly reduced by using lifter transporters which combine the functions of both a wheeled transporter and a lift table. Lifter transporters are inexpensive and are available in both regular and low profile models.

accEss HigH WorkIt is hazardous to have people up on ladders or climbing up and down from scaffolding or fixed height platforms in order to weld, paint, or work on large assemblies or to access materials in carousels. The danger of the worker falling or dropping a tool on another worker is always present. Powered personnel lifts take the worker, the tools, and any parts required to the necessary height, both safely and efficiently.

HandLing Long WorkPiEcEsLong workpieces are a prime source of accidents in the workplace. The manipulation of even a light workpiece is awkward and a threat to the handler and anyone else in the vicinity. Long workpieces produce a variety of handling problems in transfer, positioning, and storage, making them excellent candidates for mechanical handling equipment. The use of tandem lift tables allows even the longest workpiece to be lifted and handled with ease and safety.

invErting PaLLEt LoadsWhen damage occurs to packages on a pallet load, it is usually caused by the lift truck forks and is usually at the bottom of the load. Manually unloading the pallet to replace the damaged package is a time consuming task that can be eliminated by using a powered pallet inverter. The pallet inverter is also used to transfer loads from pallets to slip sheets.

Lift tabLE ordEring information

• What is the load capacity?• Is hydraulic or electric needed?• What would be the required vertical height and platform size?• Is cycle time an important factor? If so, what cycle time is

required? (50,000 is the std. for total number of cycles in 1 year)• Describe the load and how it will be loaded. Is the load going

to be end loaded or side loaded? What is the pallet size?• Would the lift table need to be floor mounted? Pit mounted?• Is the lift table needed for a washdown application?

• Are certain safety options required? Tape switch, toe guards, bellows, etc?

• What is the speed required?• Is control functionality needed? Foot Pedal or a hand control?• Will the lift table need a turntable or lift option?• Is a 3” overhang needed?• Is the no-coast/no-drift option required for automatic loading?• What is the infeed and discharge height of a full pallet?• When is the lift table needed?

17



Over/Under Conveyor

Over/Under conveyors are popular in a manufacturing environment where floor space is a premium. Over/Under conveyors are used for the loading and unloading of pallets and containers. This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed. Over/Under convey-ors typically handle returnable steel or plastic pallets that contain parts for an assembly operation

PoWErEd ovEr/undEr convEyor

• All powered conveyors are Chain Driven Live roller powered by SEW Eurodrive gear motors (460/3/60) in each zone

• Number of buffer zones can vary (one, two, three positions deep)• 4-1/2” roller centers• Standard Hydraulic lift table is 48” of lift travel. An external, remote hydraulic

power unit will be the standard. Lift tables to have following options: 2,000 lbs. capacity; 4,000 lbs. capacity; No tilt, Tilt toward operator

• Powered conveyors on top and bottom levels for positive conveyance• Hydraulic scissor lift table for lift elevation• Heavy duty welded framework for demanding applications• Includes turnkey control package with operator pushbutton station

controL PackagEEach conveyor system to have a separate complete control package, wired complete and tested prior to shipment. The primary control voltage for the system will be 460/3/60 and the control voltage to be 24 VDC.

budEgtary PricE ................................................................................... $40,000

gravity ovEr/undEr convEyor

• Over/Under conveyors are popular in manufacturing where floor space is a premium. This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed.

• Weight capacity is 3,000 lbs. Consult Bastian if load requirements are more• Gravity flow conveyors to efficiently convey products into and out of work cell• Low profile cantilevered lift (shown to the right) allows for improved

ergonomic heights for certain applications• Pivoting pallet release stop meters product onto lift conveyor• Shown with optional tilt at operator station for improved ergonomics (Keeps

operators from having to stoop to reach bottom of the container)

budEgtary PricE .................................................................................... $38,500

PoWErEd drag cHain convEyor

Typical application is feeding empty pallets to and taking full pallets away from a palletizing robot. Two systems are shown, side by side. Empty pallets are introduced to the lower level conveyor, typically by an automated transfer car. The empty pallet is delivered to a conveyor on a lift, which presents the empty pallet to the robot for loading. Once loaded, the empty pallet discharges on the upper level conveyor and awaits the transfer car.

• Dual strand drag chain conveyor, handles up to 3,000 lbs. pallets• Chain rides in UHMW wearstrip for low maintenance costs• Hydraulic scissor lift table provides vertical travel for lift conveyor

budEgtary PricE .................................................................................... $22,000

4-6 Week Delivery

18



Bridge CranesWorkstation bridgE cranEsBoth the aluminum and steel workstation crane systems utilize enclosed track that is high strength and low in weight. Major advantages are:

• Enclosed track cranes are up to three times easier to move than traditional bridge cranes• The design virtually eliminates dirt and dust from the rolling surface, thus reducing wear on

the wheels of the trolley end trucks• The smooth running surface means lower rolling resistance• The low profile steel track allows the system to be installed where headroom is a problem• The low track weight reduces the applied force exerted on the supporting structure• Long spans allow systems to be installed where supported assemblies are infrequent (up to

30‘ with a steel truss design). This reduces the possibility of the support columns interfer- ing with the work cell layout

• Four distinct sizes of track - 250, 500, 1,000, and 2,000 series - enable you to keep bridge weights and costs to a minimum.

trussEd stEEL trackThe trussed series uses the plain steel track profile but is enhanced for longer spans via a built-up truss design. This design increases the span, which decreases the need for frequent hangers

aLuminum trackThe patented aluminum enclosed track provides for low weight, unparalleled spanning capability, and effortless movement. The low weight results in easier movement, which makes for safe, productive, ergonomic work cells. Runway spans up to 20‘ and bridge lengths up to 34‘ meet a wide range of applications.

frEE standing Workstation bridgE cranE Free Standing Work Station Bridge Cranes can handle even the toughest overhead lifting tasks. These cranes can be installed on any normal 6” reinforced concrete floor, do not put stress on your buildings overhead structure, and feature a pre-engineered modular design that can easily expand as your work centers expand. Available in steel, aluminum, and stain-less steel. Capacities from 250 to 4,000 lbs. Bridge lengths from 4’ to 34’. Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flexibility in a workarea

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• Bridge length - 15’• Overall width - 16-1/2’• 20’ runway

gLcs-fs-1000-15-20-10 ......................................................................... $5,468

cEiLing mountEd Workstation bridgE cranEsWhen a work area must be free from any support structures that may interfere with opera-tions, Ceiling Mounted Bridge Cranes are an excellent solution to keeping floors clear. These systems are pre-engineered and modularly designed for easy installation, expansion and relocation. Customers can install multiple bridges along one set of runways and greatly increase their productivity. Capacities from 250 to 4,000 lbs. Bridge lengths from 4’ to 34’. Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flex-ibility in a work area.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• Bridge length - 15’• Overall width - 15’• 20’ runway

gLcs1000-15-20 ..................................................................................... $3,670

2 Week Delivery

19



tractor drivEs for stEEL or aLuminum track

Tractor Drives provide motorized movement on new or existing enclosed track Work Station Bridge Cranes and Monorails. The drives are designed for indoor use and are avail-able for steel track or aluminum track. Applications for tractor drives include work areas where the operator cannot stand next to the load to move it by hand or during operations with high cycle times that require frequent lifting of heavy, awkward-shaped loads.

• Spring loaded compression adjustment on drive wheel for constant pressure and smooth operation

• Modular drive design for easy installation• 2 year warranty• Direct drive for precise positioning and reduced maintenance• Bolt-on end truck/trolley connections for quick, easy field installation

tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for troLLEy onLy .............................................................. $3,343

tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for bridgE onLy ................................................................. $5,694

tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for botH ................................................................................ $8,071

tarca™ bridgE cranEs

These pre-engineered crane systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track,which continues to be the benchmark of the overhead material handling industry.

Its three piece welded construction is a compound section of a mild steel top flange and web and a specially rolled high-carbon steel lower rail. Tarca™ systems are characterized by consistently straight rail sections and durable, high quality Tarca™ components. Our Tarca™ systems offer unmatched versatility, durability and ease of installation.

frEE standing tarca™ systEmsFree Standing Tarca™ Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track. Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to I-Beams in strength, durability and consis-tency. Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft. Tarca systems require the crane support steel to be tied back to another structure. Heights under bridge from 10 to 20 ft. Runway support centers from 20 - 60 ft. increments.

• 2 tons capacity• Bridge span - 15’• 20’ runway• Rail size - 4500 Tarca• 18’ rail centers

ct-fs-20-2-17-20-10 ................................................................................................................................................................................. $17,375

cEiLing mountEd tarca™ systEmsCeiling Mounted Tarca™ Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track. Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to I-Beams in strength, durability and consistency. Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft. Runway support centers from 20 - 60 ft. increments.

• 2 tons capacity• Bridge span - 15’• 20’ runway• Rail size - 4500 Tarca• 18’ rail centers

ct-cm-20-2-17-20 ................................................................................................................................................................................... $11,869

3-4 Week Delivery

20



Jib CranesWork station Jib cranEs

Work Station Jib Cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam jib cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters and hoists. When column or wall mounted, they can handle up to a 200º rotation. When floor mounted, they can accommodate up to a 360º rotation. Capacities available from 100 lbs. to 1,000 lbs., spans to 16’.

• Tapered roller pivot bearings and trunnion rollers for ease of rotation• Enclosed track boom that virtually eliminates dirt and dust• High-strength, lightweight, low-headroom boom assemblies• Many of the smaller, lighter capacity jibs can be mounted on any normal 6” reinforced concrete floor (no foundation required; contact Bastian

for details)• Enclosed track boom provides effortless trolley movement and virtually eliminates dust and dirt

frEE standing Work station Jib cranE Free standing jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters, and hoists. When floor mounted, they can accommodate up to a 360° rotation. Capacities are available from 100 lbs. to 1000 lbs. with spans up to 16’.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Height under boom - 10’• Overall Height - 11.53’• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

WsJ360-1000-10-10 .................................................................................................................. $1,756

WaLL cantiLEvEr Work station Jib cranE Wall cantilever jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional, heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes. These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers, air balancers, vacuum lifters, and hoists. When column or wall mounted, they can handle up to a 200° rotation. Capacities are available from 100 lbs. to 1000 lbs. with spans up to 16 ft.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• End of beam distance - 1 ft. 9 inches• Bracket centers - 60”• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

WsJ200-1000-10 ......................................................................................................................... $753

aLuminum tiE rod Work station Jib cranE Aluminum tie rod jib cranes use patented light-weight, high strength extruded aluminum enclosed track. This revolutionary track reduces the rotational dead weight of the boom by 56% to 68%, making the jib up to 40% easier to rotate than comparable I-beam Jib Cranes. The tie rod design minimizes deflection and is more precise when positioning loads than other Jib Cranes.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• End of beam distance - 1 ft. 9 inches• Bracket centers - 2 feet 9 inches• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

aL100-g1-1000-10 ....................................................................................................................... $955

2-3 Week Delivery

21



articuLating Jib cranEs

Articulating Jib Cranes can position loads in places that cannot be reached with traditional jibs. This versatile crane can move around corners, reach into machines or doorways, and swing under obstructions. This crane is also perfect in applications that require the operator to rotate the jib in close to its pivot point. Capacities from 150 lbs. to 2,000 lbs with spans up to 16’.

frEE standing articuLating Jib cranE

Free standing articulating jib cranes are perfect for applications that demand an Articulating Jib, but lack the walls or columns needed to mount the crane. These cranes offer effort-less rotation and a consistent responsiveness when positioning loads in a work cell, through open doorways, or into machines.

• Floor mounted for easy installation and relocation • Capacities from 150 to 2,000 lbs., spans to 16’• 360° rotation at both pivot points (optional) • Can be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric, air, or vacuum)

aJ360-f-1000-10-10 ......................................................................................... $9,683

WaLL/coLumn mountEd articuLating Jib cranE

Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Cranes can move loads around corners, reach into machines or doorways, and swing under obstructions. This crane is perfect in applications that require an operator to rotate the jib in close to the pivot point. Capacities from 150 lbs to 2,000 lbs., spans up to 16’. 200° rotation on primary boom. Suited for applications where maneuvering around obstacles or swinging under obstructions is necessary.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Boom length - 75”• Arm length - 45”

aJ200-b2-1000-10 ........................................................................................... $4,712

cEiLing mountEd articuLating Jib cranE Celing mounted jib cranes are mounted so workflow in the production area is disrupted. They can be mounted to a platform supported from a Work Station Bridge Crane to allow the jib to swing under an obstruction or outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane . They can also be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric, air, and vacuum) or stationary mounted or platform supported from a dual girder Work Station Bridge Crane, which allows usage outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane, and allows coverage of multiple work cells. Capacities from 150 to 2,000 lbs., spans to 16 ft.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Boom length - 72”• Arm length - 48”

aJ360-c-1000-10 ............................................................................................. $8,190

2 Week Delivery

22



i-bEam Jib cranEs

frEE standing i-bEam Jib cranE Free standing I-Beam Jib Cranes are the most versatile cranes. They are perfect under-neath large bridge cranes, in open areas where they can serve several work stations, in outdoor applications such as loading docks, or in machining and assembly operations where they can be overlapped with other jib cranes to provide staged coverage. Capacities from 500 to 10,000 lbs, with spans to 20’

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Height under boom - 10’• Mast diameter - 8”• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

fs300-8-6 ......................................................................................................... $1,732

WaLL cantiLEvEr i-bEam Jib cranE Wall Cantilever Jib Cranes provide hoist coverage and 200° rotation for individual use in bays, along walls, or columns of plants, or as a supplement to an overhead crane or mono-rail system. This jib has the advantage of providing maximum lift for the hoist, since it can be installed very close to the underside of the lowest ceiling obstruction. It is composed of a vertical mast mounted to 2 brackets on a wall or vertical building beam with a boom that cantilevers out, perpendicular from the wall at top. Capacities from 1/4 ton to 5 tons and spans to 20’.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Flange width - 5-1/4”• Bracket centers - 3’• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

Wc200-b1-10-8 .................................................................................................. $982

WaLL brackEt i-bEam Jib cranE These cranes are the most economical means of providing hoist coverage for individual use in bays, along walls or columns of plants, or as a supplement to an overhead crane or monorail system. This jib has 2 brackets that mount to a wall or building beam. The bot-tom bracket has a boom that is perpendicular to the wall with a bracket toward the end that a tie rod is attached to. This is the least expensive jib, but it takes up the most head room and it exerts the most force on whatever it’s mounted to. Capacities from 1/2 ton to 5 ton and spans to 30’

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• End of beam distance - 1 foot 6 inches• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

Wb100-g1-10-s6 ............................................................................................... $649

mast tyPE i-bEam Jib cranE Mast type jib cranes are floor supported, top stabilized, and capable of 360° rotation via a top and bottom bearing assembly. MT Series Cranes are available in two styles.

• 1,000 lbs. capacity• 10’ span• Overall height - 10’• Other models available. Please call Bastian for more information

mt400-W10-W8-15 ........................................................................................ $1,512

2 Week Delivery

23



Gantry Cranes (Mobile)Fixed and adjustable height steel gantry cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in the facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. This is a more cost-effective lifting solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. The heavy duty end frame design with square tubing uprights, knee braces, and channel base provides stable lifting and movement.

• The non-marking, durable polyurethane casters provide low rolling resistance for easy movement. The polyurethane wheels roll smoothly, even over rough floor surfaces, and can withstand water, oil and most other chemicals

• The bolted beam to upright connection ensures that the beam does not dislodge• Pre-engineered for use with powered hoists. A factor of 15% of the crane capacity allowed

for the hoist and trolley weight with an additional 25% of the capacity allowed for impact, thus giving maximum capacity use of the crane. For example, if it’s rated for 1,000 lbs., it can safely lift 1,000 lbs. with out having to worry about hoist weight or impact

fixEd HEigHtFixed Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. Available in capacities from 1 - 5 ton and spans up to 30’.

adJustabLE HEigHt Adjustable Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility. The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility. The crane can be adjusted to provide different lifting heights. This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure. Available in capacities from 1 - 5 ton and spans up to 30’. Adjustable in 3 ft. increments.

crane type model number

capacity span(ft.)

Height under boom(ft.)

flange Width

overallHeight

(ft.)

clear span(ft.)

Price

Fixed FG-0.5-10-10 1 ton 10 10 3.332 10.5 8.7708 $1,241

Adjustable AG-0.5-9/12-10 1 ton 10 9 - 12 3.332 12.5 8.7187 $1,899

accEssoriEs

castErsFor all series, the 6” diameter, non-marking, molded phenolic casters are standard. Below are the other caster options in 1 ton capacity.

model number

caster type Wheel diameter (in.)

shipping Weight (lbs.)

Price

GAN-FA732 Urethane 6 10 $62

GAN-FA733 Urethane w/ brake 6 11 $78

GAN-FA708 Steel V-Groove, Rigid body 6 10 $44

GAN-FA710 Steel V-Groove, Rigid body w/ brake 6 11 $61

End stoPEnd stops are used to limit the travel of the trolley on the beam. They are in spans of 8’, 10’, 12’, 15’, 20’, 25’, and 30’ for all standard designs.

8’ to 15’ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ $2920’ to 30’ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... $34

fixEd LanE v-groovE trackWith a fixed length v-groove track, your gantry crane will run in a straight line every time. Choose from single pin (one aligning pin at one end and nothing on the other for mounting to another v-groove track) or dual pin (aligning pins at both ends. Tracks are standard in lengths of 10’ or 20’.

10’ track ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... $11720’ track ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... $210

2 Week Delivery

24



Intelligent Lifting Devices (G-Force™)The G-Force™ is a servo-powered lifting device that enables operators to lift loads and manipulate objects like it is an extension of their own arm. It uses exclusive patented technology and an industrial processor-controlled servo drive system to deliver unmatched lifting precision and speed. Its fusion of advanced tech-nology and basic human guidance maximizes productivity while minimizing the risk of injury to the operator.

g-forcE™ bxi and bxThe G-Force™ comes in the BXi and BX, to better match your application and budget. The BXi and BX are both available in standard capacities of 150, 300 and 380 lbs. Both series come with standard safety features, including anti-recoil, capacity overload protection, power loss protection, operator present switch, e-stop button and operator indicator lights. Some applications include: repetitive lifting, precision placement, parts assembly, machining, loading and unloading, and process equipment maintenance.

bxiThe BXi model comes loaded with standard intelligence features and programmability to customize it to your application.

bxThe BX model has virtually identical performance characteristics to the BXi model in terms of speed, pin-point precision, and intuitive control. It is a lower cost alternative for those applications that require the speed and precision of the BXi, but not the added intelligence capabilities.

series capacity(lbs.)

Lifting stroke(ft.)

float mode shipping Weight (lbs.)

Price

BXi 150 7 yes 100 $9,980

BXi 150 7 No 99 $9,480

BXi 300 7 yes 107 $11,100

BXi 300 7 No 106 $10,600

BXi 380 7 yes 107 $12,200

BXi 380 7 No 106 $11,700

BX 150 7 yes 98 $6,980

BX 150 7 No 97 $6,280

BX 300 7 yes 105 $8,125

BX 300 7 No 104 $7,425

BX 380 7 yes 105 $9,325

BX 380 7 No 104 $8,625

g-forcE™ iQ and QThe G-Force™ iQ and Q are the higher capacity model of the BXi and BX. These models have a capacity of 660 lbs. These model choices offer the right features to fit your application and budget with even more intel-ligence features and capabilities.

iQThe iQ offers enhanced standard intelligence features and flexible customization through programmable inputs and outputs. Available in 660 lbs. capacity.

QThe Q model offers all the speed, precision, and standard options as the iQ without the added cost of enhanced intelligence features. Available in 660 lbs. capacity.

series capacity(lbs.)

float mode shipping Weight (lbs.)

Price

iQ 660 yes 145 $14,489

iQ 660 No 145 $13,954

Q 660 yes 145 $11,505

Q 660 No 145 $10,970

softWarE uPgradE ................................................................................................................ $1,500 ** Adds virtual limits to Q model. Includes programmable upper/lower hard limits, upward/downward points of speed reduction and upward resume speed point.

2 Week Delivery

25



Easy arm

The Easy Arm™ is the newest addition to the G-Force™ family of Intelligent Assist Devices. It takes patented G-Force™ technology and an industrial processor controlled drive system and integrates them into an ergonomic articulating jib design.

• 150 lbs. capacity• Unparalleled precision at speeds from less than 1 fpm up to 150 fpm• Standard spans of 6’, 8’ and 10’• Optional portable base available• Available in Free Standing and Under Hung models

aPPLications• Reaching into a work cell or around obstructions• Reaching under overhead obstructions like conveyors or exhaust hoods• Reaching into machines• High cycle pick and place• Loading/unloading machined parts• Moving products around a work cell• Palletizing and depalletizing

frEE standingThis model requires no special foundation. Just bolt it to any 6” reinforced concrete floor. Its simple 4-bolt pattern makes it easy for you to move it virtually anywhere you want. Free standing Easy Arms™ do not put stress on the building overhead structure. Their design makes them easy to install and easy to relocate.

cEiLing or PLatform mountEdThis configuration frees up valuable floor space. When used with a manipulator platform mounted on a crane system, the ceiling mounted Easy Arm™ becomes a cost effective way to service multiple work cells. Ceiling mounted Easy Arms™ require buildings with adequate overhead structures to resist the forces imposed by the system.

oPtionaL fEaturEs• Float Mode - With a mere 1/2 lb. of up or down force on the load itself, operators can pre-

cisely orient loads through the full stroke range by manipulating it with their hands right on the load. By making the load virtually weightless, operators can precisely place even the heaviest loads over and over again without experiencing fatigue.

• Portable Base - Available for added flexibility. The portable base provides a stable base that can be moved easily.

• End Effectors - Many different tooling is available per your application. See next page for application examples.

• Optional Handles - Soft Touch pendant handle available for less fatigue and stress. (see below for details)

capacity(lbs.)

Height under Hook (ft.)

span float mode shipping Weight (lbs.)

model number Price

150 6 6 yes 631 EA-F-150-6-6-BX-y $9,774

150 6 8 yes 648 EA-F-150-6-8-BX-y $9,999

150 6 10 yes 665 EA-F-150-6-10-BX-y $10,224

150 6 6 No 631 EA-F-150-6-6-BX-N $8,988

150 6 8 No 648 EA-F-150-6-8-BX-N $9,213

150 6 10 No 665 EA-F-150-6-10-BX-N $9,437

150 8 6 yes 676 EA-F-150-8-6-BX-y $10,056

150 8 8 yes 693 EA-F-150-8-8-BX-y $10,281

150 8 10 yes 711 EA-F-150-8-10-BX-y $10,505

150 8 6 No 676 EA-F-150-8-6-BX-N $9,269

150 8 8 No 693 EA-F-150-8-8-BX-N $9,494

150 8 10 No 711 EA-F-150-8-10-BX-N $9,719

** Jib boom, jib arm, pivot assemblies, friction brakes on both pivots, leveling adjustment assemblyfor boom, G-Force® lifting device assembly, handle, and Free Standing mast assembly (anchor

bolts available, but not included) in an enclosed shipping container.

2 Week Delivery

26



Lift Assist Devices

griP & rotatE

PnEumatic od griP

vacuum tooLing

vacuum tooLing

magnEtic tooLing

PoWEr id casting griP

PnEumatic id griP

Table Of Contents


Company profile

Table of ConTenTs

lifT, load, & Work posiTioners

Lift Tables ............................................................................................................................................................... 4 Turntables .............................................................................................................................................................. 7 Pallet Positioners ................................................................................................................................................. 8 Pallet Lifts .............................................................................................................................................................. 9 Mobile Lift Tables ............................................................................................................................................... 10 Work Positioners ............................................................................................................................................... 12 Tilters .................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Pallet Stackers .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Steel Hoppers .................................................................................................................................................... 15 Workplace Ergonomics ..................................................................................................................................... 16 Over/Under Conveyor ..................................................................................................................................... 17 Bridge Cranes .................................................................................................................................................... 18 Jib Cranes ............................................................................................................................................................ 20 Gantry Cranes ................................................................................................................................................... 23 Intelligent Lifting Devices ................................................................................................................................ 24 Lift Assist Devices ............................................................................................................................................. 26

raCk & piCk modules

Carton Flow Rack ............................................................................................................................................. 27 Selective Pallet Rack ......................................................................................................................................... 29 Rack Decking ...................................................................................................................................................... 32 Pallet Flow Rack ................................................................................................................................................ 33 Cantilever Rack .................................................................................................................................................. 34 Stack Rack ........................................................................................................................................................... 34 Push Back Rack .................................................................................................................................................. 35 Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack ............................................................................................................................... 35 Picking Technologies .......................................................................................................................................... 36 Vertical Storage .................................................................................................................................................. 42

sTorage

Shelving ................................................................................................................................................................ 43 High Density Storage ....................................................................................................................................... 49 Storage Cabinets ............................................................................................................................................... 51 Modular Drawer Cabinets .............................................................................................................................. 55 Hazardous Material Storage ........................................................................................................................... 57

plaTforms & sTruCTures

Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices .......................................................................................................... 60 Mezzanines .......................................................................................................................................................... 61 Mezzanine Flooring ........................................................................................................................................... 62 Conveyor Crossovers ...................................................................................................................................... 63 Work Platforms ................................................................................................................................................. 63 Stock Picking Ladders ....................................................................................................................................... 64

ToTes and ConTainers

Plastic Containers ............................................................................................................................................. 65 Bins ........................................................................................................................................................................ 66 Small Parts Storage & Order Picking ............................................................................................................ 67 ESD Containers ................................................................................................................................................. 68 Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers ............................................................................................................ 69 Wire & Rigid Bulk Containers ....................................................................................................................... 70 Collapsible Containers ..................................................................................................................................... 71 Attached Lid Containers ................................................................................................................................. 72 Straight Wall Containers .................................................................................................................................. 72 Modular Nesting Systems ................................................................................................................................ 73 Plastic Pallets ...................................................................................................................................................... 73

Table Of Contents

800.937.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com2

CasTers

Caster Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................. 74 Bearing Descriptions ....................................................................................................................................... 75 Wheel Selection Guide ................................................................................................................................... 75 Wheel Descriptions ......................................................................................................................................... 76 Caster Brakes .................................................................................................................................................... 77 Caster Accessories ........................................................................................................................................... 77 Casters ................................................................................................................................................................ 78 Specialty Casters & Wheels ........................................................................................................................... 84

WorksTaTion & aCCessories

Ergonomic Workstations ................................................................................................................................ 85 Workstation Accessories ................................................................................................................................ 88 Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats .................................................................................................................................. 89 Ergonomic Seating ............................................................................................................................................ 92

safeTy equipmenT

Protective Guard Rail & Columns ................................................................................................................ 94 Hand Rail ............................................................................................................................................................ 95 Overhead & Track Protector ......................................................................................................................... 95 Overhead Door Rail Guards ......................................................................................................................... 96 Rack Armour Rack Protectors ...................................................................................................................... 96 Pallet Rack End Protectors ............................................................................................................................ 97 Conveyor Aisle Guards ................................................................................................................................... 97 Bollards ............................................................................................................................................................... 98 Column Protectors .......................................................................................................................................... 98 Sprinkler Guards .............................................................................................................................................. 98 Overhead Safety Gate ..................................................................................................................................... 99 Floor Tape ........................................................................................................................................................... 99 Safety Mirrors ................................................................................................................................................... 100 Safety Netting .................................................................................................................................................. 101 Wire Partitions & Work Enclosures .......................................................................................................... 102

TruCks

Electric Power Pallet Truck .......................................................................................................................... 103 In Between Handling Lift Truck ................................................................................................................... 104 Power Drive Straddle Truck ........................................................................................................................ 105 Truck Accessories ........................................................................................................................................... 107

CarTs & moving equipmenT

Manual Pallet Trucks ....................................................................................................................................... 108 Drum Handling Equipment .......................................................................................................................... 110 Hand Trucks ..................................................................................................................................................... 112 Convertible Hand Trucks .............................................................................................................................. 113 Safety Appliance Trucks ................................................................................................................................. 114 Heavy Equipment Rollers ............................................................................................................................. 114 Dollies ................................................................................................................................................................ 115 Industrial Cycles & Accessories .................................................................................................................. 116 Platform Trucks ............................................................................................................................................... 117 Custom Carts & Trailers ............................................................................................................................... 118 Steel Carts ....................................................................................................................................................... 119 Stock Picker Carts ......................................................................................................................................... 129 Wire Carts ........................................................................................................................................................ 130 Poly Trucks ........................................................................................................................................................ 131 Bulk Linen Trucks ............................................................................................................................................ 133 Fabric Carts ..................................................................................................................................................... 133

Table Of Contents


Table Of Contents

doCk equipmenT

Flexible Gravity Conveyors ......................................................................................................................... 134 Straight Gravity Conveyors ......................................................................................................................... 135 Custom Turntables ........................................................................................................................................ 136 Dock Boards .....................................................................................................................................................137 Dock Plates ..................................................................................................................................................... 138 Strip Doors ...................................................................................................................................................... 139 Dock Lifts ........................................................................................................................................................ 140 Loading Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 141 Wheel Chocks ............................................................................................................................................... 141 Pallet Pullers ................................................................................................................................................... 141

paCkaging & manifesTing

Case Sealers .................................................................................................................................................... 142 Packaging Machines ........................................................................................................................................ 143 Stretch Wrappers ........................................................................................................................................... 145 Label Printer Applicators .............................................................................................................................. 146 Label Printers .................................................................................................................................................. 149 Exacta® Manifest Software ........................................................................................................................... 150

indusTry experienCe

Renderings ....................................................................................................................................................... 151

inTegraTed sysTems

Benefits & Advantages ................................................................................................................................... 156 Material Handling Solutions ......................................................................................................................... 157 Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) ........................................................................................................ 157 Engineering Studies ......................................................................................................................................... 158 Simulation .......................................................................................................................................................... 159 Integrated System Process ........................................................................................................................... 160

ConTrol sysTems

Advantages ....................................................................................................................................................... 161 Full Service Controls ..................................................................................................................................... 162 Interface Experience ...................................................................................................................................... 162 Control System Capabilities ........................................................................................................................ 163 Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow ................................................................................ 165

produCT guide

Conveyors and Sortation Systems ............................................................................................................ 166 Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies ..................................................................... 167 Software and Controls ................................................................................................................................... 167

appendix

Terms & Conditions ....................................................................................................................................... 168 Order Placement ............................................................................................................................................ 168 Glossary ............................................................................................................................................................ 169 Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................................. 176 Index .................................................................................................................................................................. 177 Supplier Index ................................................................................................................................................. 180 Supplier Advertising ....................................................................................................................................... 181

Our MissionBastian Material Handling is dedicated to helping customers excel in their mar-kets by providing the best material handling system solutions and technology.

To meet this goal, we want a company that our people are proud of and com-mitted to, where all employees have an opportunity to contribute, learn, grow, and advance based on merit. We want our people to feel respected, treated fairly, listened to, and involved. Above all, we want satisfaction from accomplishments and friendships, blended personal and professional lives, and to have fun as we compete in the market place.

Bastian is one of the most reputable material handling system integrators in the country. Over 80% of our business is made up of repeat customers. This is a testi-mony to the value we place on each and every one of our client partnerships.

Engineering tomorrow’s solutions today...

Bastian Office LocationsINDIANAINDIANAPOLIS888.575.9992

FORT WAYNE260.489.0226

EVANSVILLE812.858.7206

MISSOURIST. LOUIS800.569.6762

MICHIGANDETROIT800.399.6974

GRAND RAPIDS616.235.3775

KENTUCKYLOUISVILLE800.627.2194

LEXINGTON859.271.3120

CALIFORNIALOS ANGELES800.524.3173

INDUSTRIES SERvED:

RetailFood, bakery and groceryBeverageAutomotiveTransportation

ALLISON TRANSMISSIONAMTRAKANHEUSER-BUSCHANN TAYLORAT&TBLUE RHINOBRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBBCABELA’SCARRIERCENTRAL LIGHT ALLOYCLAYTON MARCUSCOVANCE

COORSCVS/PHARMACYELI LILLY and CO.ELECTRONIC ARTSEPSONFASTENAL COMPANYFORDFOREST PHARMACEUTICALSGAGE MARKETINGGANDER MOUNTAINGENERAL ELECTRICGENERAL MOTORS

INTERNATIONAL PAPERJACK OF ALL GAMESKERR PLASTICSKROGERLAWSON PRODUCTSMARY KAYMELALEUCAMERCK MSC INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIESMOTOROLAPRIME WHEELROCHE DIAGNOSTICS

EntertainmentCatalog and e-commerceComputer electronicsPharmaceuticalParcel delivery

OpERATIONS:

DistributionManufacturing3rd Party LogisticsKit assembly/value added servicePackaging

WarehousingFulfillmentReturns processingCross docking

ROLLS-ROYCES. ABRAHAM and SONSSHAKLEESTARBUCKSTHOMAS and BETTSTHOMSON LEARNINGTIMBERLANDTOYOTAUPS LOGISTICSUSPSVISTEONZIMMER

Company Profile

Partial Client List

Broad Industry ExperienceWith thousands of customers worldwide, Bastian has breadth of system experience across many industries. Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to light for your operational success. Our goal is to help you achieve the “world-class” performance required in today’s business environment.

CENTRAL CA800.517.4858

OHIOCINCINNATI888.398.0382

TOLEDO419.261.4850

FLORIDABOCA RATON561.392.4550

vIRGINIAFAIRFAX877.254.4695

SOUTH CAROLINACHARLESTON843.810.2484

INDIABANGALORE0091.80.51152300

Documents

Safety and Storage Solutions LowRes